Nirma LTD Bhv39 Eia1

M/S.
NIRMA LIMITED
Draft EIA Report for EC & CRZ of

Proposed Expansion in Nirma Chemical
Complex at Village - Kalatalav, Taluka &
District - Bhavnagar, Gujarat.
JANUARY 2020
Kadam
Environmental Consultants
www.kadamenviro.com
Environment for Development
E: kadamenviro@kadamenviro.com; T:+91-265-6131000
ACCREDITATION DETAILS
NABET Certificate No. NABET/EIA/1619/RA 0042, Issued on 28-03-2017, Valid up to 26-05-2019,
Extended till 15th October 2019 & Certificate No. NABET/EIA/1922/RA 0138, Issued on 05-08-2019,
valid till 25-05-2022.
NABL Certificate No. TC- 7099 valid until 26/03/2020

EIA FOR PROPOSED EXPANSION IN NIRMA CHEMICAL COMPLEX AT VILLAGE -
NIRMA LTD. KALATALAV, TALUKA & DISTRICT - BHAVNAGAR, GUJARAT QUALITY CONTROL
M/S. NIRMA LIMITED
EC & CRZ of Proposed Expansion in Nirma Chemical

Complex at Village - Kalatalav, Taluka & District -
Bhavnagar, Gujarat
© Kadam Environmental Consultants (‘Kadam’), January 2020
This report is released for the use of the Nirma Limited, Regulators and relevant stakeholders solely as part of the
subject project’s Environmental Clearance process. Information provided, unless attributed to referenced third
parties, is copyrighted and shall not be used for any other purpose without the written consent of Kadam.
QUALITY CONTROL
Name of EIA for EC & CRZ of Proposed Expansion in Nirma Chemical Complex at Village - Kalatalav, Taluka &
Publication District - Bhavnagar, Gujarat.
Project Number 1730141406 Issue No. 1 Revision No. 0 Released January 2020
DISCLAIMER
Kadam has taken all reasonable precautions in the preparation of this report as per its auditable quality plan. Kadam also
believes that the facts presented in the report are accurate as on the date it was written. However, it is impossible to dismiss
absolutely, the possibility of errors or omissions. Kadam therefore specifically disclaims any liability resulting from the use or
application of the information contained in this report. The information is not intended to serve as legal advice related to the
individual situation.
Description of images on the front page:
1. Site view of Bhavnagar Plant

2. Reference Image of Pure Water plant 3. Reference Image for RO-DM Plant & Salt Works
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | JANUARY 2020 2




NIRMA LTD. KALATALAV, TALUKA & DISTRICT - BHAVNAGAR, GUJARAT TABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1 INTRODUCTION ............................................................................................................................. 26
1.1 PURPOSE OF THE REPORT................................................................................................................. 26
1.2 IDENTIFICATION OF PROJECT PROPONENT ....................................................................................... 26
1.2.1 About Nirma ............................................................................................................................... 26
1.2.2 History of the Company ............................................................................................................... 27
1.3 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT ............................................................................................... 27
1.3.1 Importance to the country & region .............................................................................................. 28
1.4 REGULATORY FRAMEWORK ............................................................................................................... 29
1.4.1 Status of Existing Environmental Clearances, CC&A & Other Environmental Compliances .................. 29
1.4.2 Statutory Clearance as Other Permissions ...................................................................................... 37
1.5 SCOPE OF STUDY.............................................................................................................................. 38
2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION ................................................................................................................. 51
2.1 TYPE OF PROJECT ............................................................................................................................. 51
2.2 NEED FOR THE PROJECT ................................................................................................................... 51
2.3 LOCATION ........................................................................................................................................ 51
2.3.1 Approach to the Project Site ......................................................................................................... 51
2.4 SIZE OR MAGNITUDE OF OPERATION ................................................................................................ 55
2.4.1 Size, Land Distribution and Project Site Layout .............................................................................. 55
2.4.2 Magnitude of the Project .............................................................................................................. 57
2.4.3 Site History & Nearby Industries ................................................................................................... 63
2.5 PROPOSED SCHEDULE FOR APPROVAL AND IMPLEMENTATION ........................................................... 63
2.6 TECHNOLOGY AND PROCESS DESCRIPTION ....................................................................................... 63
2.6.1 Soda Ash Plant (Expansion from 2,800 TPD to 4,300 TPD) ............................................................. 63
2.6.2 Caustic Soda Plant (Expansion from 750 TPD to 1,000 TPD) ........................................................... 66
2.6.3 Cogeneration Plant (Expansion from 197.18 MW to 350 MW) ......................................................... 68
2.6.4 Sea Water Intake and Effluent Discharge ...................................................................................... 71
2.7 PROPOSED INFRASTRUCTURE FOR THE PROJECT ............................................................................... 72
2.8 UTILITIES......................................................................................................................................... 73
2.8.1 Water Requirement and its Source ................................................................................................ 73
2.8.2 Power & Steam Requirement and its Source .................................................................................. 73
2.8.3 Fuel Requirement and its Source .................................................................................................. 73
2.9 MANPOWER ...................................................................................................................................... 74
2.10 STORAGE DETAILS ...................................................................................................................... 74

2.10.1 Raw Material ........................................................................................................................... 74
2.10.2 Finished Products .................................................................................................................... 74
2.11 AIR EMISSIONS & ONLINE MONITORING SYSTEMS ....................................................................... 77
2.11.1 Point Source Emissions & Control (Action Plan to Achieve NAAQ Standards) ................................. 77
2.11.2 Volume Source Emissions & Control .......................................................................................... 80
2.11.3 Line Source Emissions & Control ............................................................................................... 80
2.11.4 Fugitive Emissions & its Control ................................................................................................ 81
2.11.5 Work Place Monitoring ............................................................................................................. 81
2.11.6 Online Monitoring Systems ....................................................................................................... 81
2.12 NOISE GENERATION ................................................................................................................... 82
2.13 WATER CONSUMPTION, WASTE WATER GENERATION & DISPOSAL DETAILS ................................. 82
2.13.1 Water Consumption & Waste Water Generation Details .............................................................. 82
2.13.2 Water Balance ......................................................................................................................... 83
2.13.3 Wastewater Generation, Treatment and Disposal facility ............................................................. 87
2.13.4 Wastewater Characteristics ...................................................................................................... 87
2.13.5 Wastewater Treatment Facility for Existing Unit ......................................................................... 87
2.13.6 Combined Characteristics of Treated Wastewater for final Discharge to Creek .............................. 92
2.13.7 Wastewater Treatment Facility after Expansion of Plant .............................................................. 93
2.13.8 Combined Load at Final Discharge Point/Lagoon for disposal at Creek ......................................... 93
2.13.9 Plant wise effluent treatment and disposal/utilization ................................................................. 94
2.14 SOLID AND HAZARDOUS WASTE IDENTIFICATION, QUANTIFICATION, STORAGE AND DISPOSAL ... 95
2.14.1 Quantification and Categorization of Waste ................................................................................ 95
2.14.2 Storage of Waste ..................................................................................................................... 96
2.14.3 Handling of Solid and Hazardous Wastes ................................................................................... 96
2.14.4 Treatment & Disposal of Hazardous Waste ................................................................................ 96
2.14.5 Decontamination of discarded drums/ containers ....................................................................... 96
2.14.6 Ash Handling System ............................................................................................................... 97
2.14.7 Transportation of Waste ........................................................................................................... 97
2.14.8 Waste recycling ....................................................................................................................... 97
2.15 CONCEPT OF WASTE MINIMIZATION & ENERGY CONSERVATION .................................................. 97
2.15.1 Waste Minimization .................................................................................................................. 97
2.15.2 Energy Conservation ................................................................................................................ 98
2.16 ASSESSMENT OF NEW AND UNTESTED TECHNOLOGY ................................................................... 98
2.17 MITIGATION MEASURES DURING DESIGN STAGE ......................................................................... 98
3 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT ......................................................................................... 100

3.1 STUDY AREA ................................................................................................................................... 100
3.2 STUDY PERIOD ............................................................................................................................... 100
3.3 COMPONENTS................................................................................................................................. 100
3.4 METEOROLOGY ............................................................................................................................... 103
3.4.1 General Study Methodology ........................................................................................................ 103
3.4.2 Secondary Data Collection & Review – Long Term Meteorology .................................................... 103
3.4.3 Primary data collection & review – Site Specific Meteorology......................................................... 105
3.5 LAND USE / LAND COVER ................................................................................................................ 108
3.5.1 General Study Methodology of Land use Pattern Studies .............................................................. 108
3.5.2 Secondary Data Collection & Review ........................................................................................... 108
3.5.3 Primary Data Collection & Review ............................................................................................... 109
3.5.4 Key Findings ............................................................................................................................. 110
3.6 AMBIENT AIR .................................................................................................................................. 113
3.6.4 Key Findings – AAQM Results ..................................................................................................... 116
3.7 TRAFFIC SURVEY ............................................................................................................................ 119
3.7.4 Key Findings ............................................................................................................................. 120
3.8 NOISE & VIBRATION ....................................................................................................................... 120
3.8.4 Key Findings – Noise Level Results ............................................................................................. 123
3.9 SURFACE WATER ............................................................................................................................ 124
3.9.4 Key Findings – Surface Water Analysis Results ............................................................................. 126
3.10 GEOLOGY & HYDROGEOLOGY .................................................................................................... 128
3.10.1 General Study Methodology .................................................................................................... 128
3.10.2 Secondary Data Collection & Review ....................................................................................... 128

3.10.3 Primary Data Collection & Review ........................................................................................... 129
3.10.4 Key Findings ......................................................................................................................... 132
3.11 SOIL ......................................................................................................................................... 136
3.11.4 Key Findings - Soil Quality Results .......................................................................................... 137
3.12 ECOLOGY AND BIODIVERSITY ................................................................................................... 139
3.13 SOCIO-ECONOMICS .................................................................................................................. 156
4 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES....................................... 170
4.1 Introduction .................................................................................................................................... 170
4.2 Methodology of Identification and Assessment of Environmental Impacts ............................................ 170
4.3 Identification of Impacting Activities and Impacts for the Proposed Project .......................................... 170
4.4 AIR ENVIRONMENT ......................................................................................................................... 174
4.4.1 Emission Rates .......................................................................................................................... 176
4.4.2 Dispersion Modelling .................................................................................................................. 178
4.4.3 Traffic Survey & Incremental Traffic ............................................................................................ 181
4.5 NOISE ENVIRONMENT ..................................................................................................................... 184
4.5.1 Assessment of Noise using SoundPlan ......................................................................................... 184
4.5.2 Mitigation Measures ................................................................................................................... 189
4.5.3 Impacts due to Vibrations .......................................................................................................... 189
4.5.4 Proposed Vibration Control Measures .......................................................................................... 190
4.6 WATER ENVIRONMENT ................................................................................................................... 191
4.6.1 Impact on Ground Water ........................................................................................................... 191
4.6.2 Impact on Surface Water ........................................................................................................... 191
4.6.4 Rainwater Harvesting ................................................................................................................. 191
4.7 LAND ENVIRONMENT ...................................................................................................................... 194
4.7.1 Site Preparation......................................................................................................................... 194
4.7.2 Operation Phase ........................................................................................................................ 194
4.8 ECOLOGY & BIODIVERSITY ............................................................................................................. 197

4.8.1 Greenbelt Development ............................................................................................................. 199
4.8.2 Status of Existing Greenbelt in Plant premises ............................................................................. 199
4.8.3 Proposed Greenbelt within Proposed Site Boundary...................................................................... 200
4.9 SOCIAL ENVIRONMENT ................................................................................................................... 201
4.10 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND RISK TO SURROUNDING COMMUNITY ........................................... 202
4.10.1 General Safety Measures ........................................................................................................ 203
5 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (Technology & Site) ...................................................................... 205
5.1 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES – SITE ................................................................................................ 205
5.2 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES – TECHNOLOGY .................................................................................. 205
6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM ................................................................................ 206
6.1 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME FOR THE PROPOSED PROJECT .................................... 206
6.2 POST EC MONITORING PLAN ........................................................................................................... 208
6.3 ENVIRONMENT SOCIAL COMMITMENT ............................................................................................. 208
6.3.1 Existing CSR Activities ................................................................................................................ 208
6.3.2 Corporate Environment Responsibility Budget .............................................................................. 209
7 ADDITIONAL STUDIES ................................................................................................................. 210
7.1 PUBLIC CONSULTATION .................................................................................................................. 210
7.2 COASTAL REGULATORY ZONE (CRZ) MAPPING ................................................................................. 210
7.2.1 Explanatory Notes ..................................................................................................................... 210
7.3 HAZARD IDENTIFICATION AND CONSEQUENCE ANALYSIS ................................................................ 212
7.3.1 Methodology of Consequence Analysis & Risk Assessment ............................................................ 212
7.3.2 Hazard Identification ................................................................................................................. 212
7.3.3 Selection of Maximum Credible Loss Scenarios (MCLs’) ................................................................. 214
7.3.4 Simulation of Release and Development of Contours .................................................................... 217
7.4 RISK ASSESSMENT .......................................................................................................................... 225
7.4.1 Estimate Frequency of Occurrence for Risk Assessment ................................................................ 225
7.4.2 Estimate Risk ............................................................................................................................ 225
7.4.3 Individual Risk........................................................................................................................... 226
7.4.4 Societal Risk.............................................................................................................................. 226
7.4.5 Risk Criteria .............................................................................................................................. 229
7.4.6 Conclusion & Recommendations ................................................................................................. 229
7.5 DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN ........................................................................................................ 230
7.5.1 Classification of Emergency ........................................................................................................ 231
7.5.2 On-Site Emergency Plan ............................................................................................................. 232

7.5.3 Off-Site Emergency Plan ............................................................................................................ 250
7.6 SOCIAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT AND R&R ACTION PLANS ................................................................... 251
8 PROJECT BENEFITS ...................................................................................................................... 252
8.1 Improvements in the Physical Infrastructure ..................................................................................... 252
8.2 Improvements in the Social Infrastructure ......................................................................................... 252
8.3 Employment Potential –Skilled; Semi-Skilled and Unskilled.................................................................. 252
8.4 Other Tangible Benefits ................................................................................................................... 252
9 ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS ............................................................................... 253
10 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (EMP) ............................................................................. 254
10.1 INTRODUCTION ........................................................................................................................ 254
10.2 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN ....................................................................................... 254
10.3 SOCIAL MANAGEMENT PLAN ...................................................................................................... 262
10.3.1 Implementation Arrangement ................................................................................................. 262
10.3.2 Monitoring and Evaluation ...................................................................................................... 262
10.3.3 Grievance Redressal Mechanism ............................................................................................. 262
10.4 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT CELL ........................................................................................... 262
10.4.1 Environment Policy ................................................................................................................ 262
10.4.2 Environment Management Cell ............................................................................................... 262
10.4.3 Reporting mechanism of Non-Compliance / Violations of Environmental Norms .......................... 263
11 SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION ...................................................................................................... 265
11.1 PROJECT DESCRIPTION ............................................................................................................. 265
11.1.1 Proposed Project ................................................................................................................... 265
11.1.2 Utilities ................................................................................................................................. 266
11.1.3 Manpower ............................................................................................................................. 267
11.1.4 Air Emissions ......................................................................................................................... 267
11.1.5 Noise Sources ....................................................................................................................... 267
11.1.6 Waste Water Generation & Disposal ........................................................................................ 268
11.1.7 Hazardous & Other Solid Waste .............................................................................................. 269
11.2 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT ....................................................................................... 269
11.2.1 Study Period, Area & Monitoring/Sampling Locations ................................................................ 269
11.2.2 Land Use and Land Cover....................................................................................................... 269
11.2.3 Meteorology .......................................................................................................................... 269
11.2.4 Ambient Air Quality ................................................................................................................ 269
11.2.5 Noise Levels .......................................................................................................................... 270
11.2.6 Water Quality ........................................................................................................................ 270

11.2.7 Soil Quality............................................................................................................................ 270
11.2.8 Biological Environment ........................................................................................................... 271
11.2.9 Socio-Economic Environment .................................................................................................. 271
11.3 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES ...................................... 272
11.3.1 Air Environment..................................................................................................................... 272
11.3.2 Traffic ................................................................................................................................... 272
11.3.3 Noise Environment................................................................................................................. 272
11.3.4 Water Environment ................................................................................................................ 272
11.3.5 Land Environment ................................................................................................................. 273
11.3.6 Biological Environment ........................................................................................................... 273
11.3.7 Socio-Economic Environment .................................................................................................. 274
11.4 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM ................................................................................ 274
11.4.1 Corporate Environmental Responsibilities (CER) ....................................................................... 274
11.5 ADDITIONAL STUDIES ............................................................................................................... 275
11.5.1 Risk & Hazards ...................................................................................................................... 275
11.6 PROJECT BENEFITS ................................................................................................................... 276
11.7 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN .......................................................................................... 276
11.8 CONCLUSION ............................................................................................................................ 276
12 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS ................................................................................................... 277
12.1 BRIEF RESUME AND NATURE OF CONSULTANCY (KADAM) .......................................................... 277
12.2 EIA TEAM MEMBERS .................................................................................................................. 278

LIST OF ANNEXURES
Annexure 1: Terms of Reference (TOR) Letter from MoEF&CC dated 5 th April, 2018 .......................................... 281
Annexure 2: TOR Amendment Letter dated 18th December 2018 ...................................................................... 283
Annexure 3: Fees Receipts for CTE for Proposed Expansion Units from GPCB .................................................... 284
Annexure 4: Cover Letter for Online Form 1 Submission .................................................................................. 286
Annexure 5: Application for TOR Amendment ................................................................................................. 287
Annexure 6: Previous Environmental Clearances ............................................................................................. 288
Annexure 7: Copy of valid CC&As .................................................................................................................. 306
Annexure 8: Compliance of CC&A .................................................................................................................. 324
Annexure 9: NOC for Other Inorganic Products ............................................................................................... 357
Annexure 10: Fuel Analysis Report ................................................................................................................. 362
Annexure 11: Willingness Letter for Supply of Fuel .......................................................................................... 369
Annexure 12: Assurance Letter for accepting Hazardous Waste for Incineration & TSDF ................................... 371
Annexure 13: MOU with (UTCL – GCW) for Accepting Fly Ash .......................................................................... 373
Annexure 14: Classification of Land Use and Land Cover ................................................................................. 374
Annexure 15: Long Term Meteorological Data (1981 – 2010) – IMD Bhavnagar ................................................ 380
Annexure 16: CPCB’s National Ambient Air Quality Standards ........................................................................... 382
Annexure 17: Detailed AAQM Results ............................................................................................................. 384
Annexure 18: Yearly AAQM Data.................................................................................................................... 392
Annexure 19: Impact Assessment Methodology .............................................................................................. 401
Annexure 20: Air Dispersion Modelling Isopleths & GCL Results (Point Source) .................................................. 410
Annexure 21: Air Dispersion Modelling Isopleths & GCL Results (Line Source) ................................................... 428
Annexure 22: Detailed Traffic Survey Results .................................................................................................. 440
Annexure 23: CRZ maps indicating HTL and LTL and project layout (Scale – 1:35,000)...................................... 442
Annexure 24: Aim, Objectives and Methodology of the Risk Assessment Study .................................................. 443
Annexure 25: EHS Policy – Nirma, Bhavnagar ................................................................................................. 446
Annexure 26: Sample Health Report of Nirma Employee .................................................................................. 448
Annexure 27: Sample Workplace Monitoring Reports ....................................................................................... 455
Annexure 28: NABET Certificates & Letter of EIA Consultant (Kadam Environmental Consultants) ...................... 459
Annexure 29: KEC Laboratory Certificate ........................................................................................................ 462
Annexure 30: Undertakings by the Project Proponent and the EIA Consultant ................................................... 463
Annexure 31: Acknowledgment copy of Submission of Conservation Plan ......................................................... 465

LIST OF TABLES
Table 1-1: Existing & Proposed Production Capacities ........................................................................................ 27
Table 1-2: Details of Previous Environmental Clearances from MoEF&CC ............................................................ 29
Table 1-3: Summary of Complied, Compliance under progress and Complied subject to Conditions....................... 29
Table 1-4: Action Plan for Complying Conditions for which Compliance under progress and Complied subject to
Conditions of Previous ECs .............................................................................................................................. 30
Table 1-5: Details of Notice/Directions issued to Nirma by GPCB/CPCB during Last Three Years ........................... 36
Table 1-6: Statutory Clearances / Permissions required from Concerned Ministries or Bodies ................................ 37
Table 1-7: Compliance with Terms of Reference ............................................................................................... 38
Table 2-1: Area Breakup ................................................................................................................................. 55
Table 2-2: Production Capacities for the Products in which Expansion is Proposed ............................................... 57
Table 2-3: Detailed Existing & Proposed Product List ......................................................................................... 59
Table 2-4: List of Nearby Major Industries in Study Area ................................................................................... 63
Table 2-5: Project Approval & Implementation Schedule.................................................................................... 63
Table 2-6: Mass Balance – Soda Ash ................................................................................................................ 65
Table 2-7: Mass Balance – Caustic Soda ........................................................................................................... 67
Table 2-8: List of major Machineries / Equipment for Expansion Project.............................................................. 72
Table 2-9: Details of Raw material Quantity, Source and Storage Details ............................................................ 75
Table 2-10: Details of Final Product Quantity, Marketing area and Storage Details ............................................... 76
Table 2-11: Details of Flue Gas Stacks ............................................................................................................. 77
Table 2-12: Details of Process Stacks/Vents...................................................................................................... 78
Table 2-13: Technical Specifications of ESPs ..................................................................................................... 79
Table 2-14: Technical Specifications of Bag Filters ............................................................................................ 80
Table 2-15: Technical Specifications of Other Scrubbers .................................................................................... 80
Table 2-16: Details of Existing Online Monitoring Systems ................................................................................. 82
Table 2-17: Details of Water Consumption........................................................................................................ 82
Table 2-18: Details of Wastewater Generation .................................................................................................. 83
Table 2-19: Wastewater characteristics ............................................................................................................ 87
Table 2-20: Inlet & Outlet Characteristics of Waste water – Soda Ash Plant ........................................................ 87
Table 2-21: Adequacy of Existing Soda Ash ETP treatment Units ........................................................................ 88
Table 2-22: Inlet and outlet characteristics of wastewater – Caustic Soda Plant .................................................. 89
Table 2-23: Adequacy of Existing Caustic Soda ETP units .................................................................................. 89
Table 2-24: Inlet and outlet characteristics of wastewater – Toilet Soap Plant ..................................................... 90
Table 2-25: List of Toilet Soap Plant ETP Units with Capacity ............................................................................. 90
Table 2-26: Adequacy of Existing Toilet Soap Plant ETP units ............................................................................ 92

Table 2-27: Stoichiometrically combined characteristics of Treated Water for Existing Plant ................................. 93
Table 2-28: Stoichiometrically combined characteristics of ETP Treated Water after Expansion ............................. 93
Table 2-29: Quality of Wastewater Generated from once through Cooling Tower ................................................ 94
Table 2-30: Plant wise Effluent treatment procedure and disposal/utilization ....................................................... 94
Table 2-31: Solid Waste Generation and Disposal Details ................................................................................... 95
Table 2-32: Hazarddous Waste Generation and Disposal ................................................................................... 95
Table 2-33: Operational Controls at Design Stage ............................................................................................. 99
Table 3-1: Predominant Wind Direction based on Long-Term Data ................................................................... 104
Table 3-2: Average Meteorological Condition based on Long-term Data ............................................................ 104
Table 3-3: Monitoring Methodology of Meteorological Data .............................................................................. 105
Table 3-4: Mean Meteorological Data – Nirma, Bhavnagar ............................................................................... 106
Table 3-5: GPS Readings within Study Area .................................................................................................... 109
Table 3-6: Area Statistics for Land Use/ Land Cover Categories in the Study Area ............................................. 109
Table 3-7: Sensitive Ecological Features in Study Area .................................................................................... 111
Table 3-8: Methodology of Analysing Ambient Air Monitoring Parameters ......................................................... 113
Table 3-9: Yearly (2014-15) Average AAQM Data for Bhavnagar City by GPCB .................................................. 114
Table 3-10: AAQM Locations with Justification ................................................................................................ 115
Table 3-11: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Results ......................................................................................... 117
Table 3-12: AAQM Locations (Yearly) with Justification .................................................................................... 119
Table 3-13: Compiled Yearly AAQM Results .................................................................................................... 119
Table 3-14: Noise Level Monitoring Methodology ............................................................................................ 121
Table 3-15: Ambient Air Quality Standards in respect of Noise for Different Areas/Zones ................................... 121
Table 3-16: Noise Level Monitoring Locations ................................................................................................. 122
Table 3-17: Noise Level Monitoring Results ..................................................................................................... 123
Table 3-18: Analysis Methods Adopted for Surface Water Samples ................................................................... 124
Table 3-19: Details of Surface Water Sampling Locations ................................................................................. 125
Table 3-20: Surface Water (Ponds) Analysis Results ........................................................................................ 127
Table 3-21: Classification of River Water ........................................................................................................ 128
Table 3-22: Geological Succession ................................................................................................................. 129
Table 3-23: Ground Water Sampling Locations ............................................................................................... 129
Table 3-24: Ground Water Analysis Results .................................................................................................... 130
Table 3-25: Sensitive Ecological Features - Hydrogeology ................................................................................ 132
Table 3-26: Methodology for Analysing Soil Samples ....................................................................................... 136
Table 3-27: Soil Sampling Locations ............................................................................................................... 137
Table 3-28: Soil Analysis Results .................................................................................................................... 137

Table 3-29: Ecological Sensitive Areas within 25 km of the Project Site ............................................................. 140
Table 3-30: Trees in the Study Area ............................................................................................................... 142
Table 3-31: List of Herbaceous Species Observed in the Study Area ................................................................. 142
Table 3-32: List of Grasses observed in the study area .................................................................................... 143
Table 3-33: Location of Quantitative Study of Vegetation ............................................................................. 145
Table 3-34: Quantitative Assessment of Vegetation ......................................................................................... 146
Table 3-35: Quantitative Assessment of Mangroves ......................................................................................... 146
Table 3-36: Ecological Sensitive Areas within 25 km of the Project Site ............................................................. 147
Table 3-37: Quantitative Assessment of Fauna ............................................................................................... 148
Table 3-38: List of Birds in the Study Area with its Distribution and Migratory Status ......................................... 148
Table 3-39: List and Location of Birds Observed in the Study Area ................................................................... 152
Table 3-40: Quantitative Assessment of Birds ................................................................................................. 154
Table 3-41: List of Reptiles in the Study Area ................................................................................................. 155
Table 3-42: List of Mammals in the Buffer Zone .............................................................................................. 155
Table 3-43: List of Threatened and Near Threatened Birds of the study area .................................................... 156
Table 3-44: Approach and Methodology for Conducting the Socio-economic study ............................................ 157
Table 3-45 Sensitive Ecological Features – Socio Economics............................................................................. 158
Table 3-46: Demographic Profile of Project District and Sub-district .................................................................. 159
Table 3-47: Villages in Study Area with Households and Population .................................................................. 159
Table 3-48: Population and Sex Ratio ............................................................................................................. 160
Table 3-49: Schedule Caste (SC) and Schedule Tribe (ST) Population Distribution ............................................. 160
Table 3-50: Literacy Rate in Study Area ......................................................................................................... 160
Table 3-51: Education Facilities ..................................................................................................................... 161
Table 3-52: Water Facilities ........................................................................................................................... 161
Table 3-53: Communication Facilities ............................................................................................................. 162
Table 3-54: Transportation Facilities .............................................................................................................. 162
Table 3-55: Occupational Pattern ................................................................................................................... 162
Table 3-56: Suggested Community Development Activities .............................................................................. 168
Table 4-1: Aspect – Impact due to Proposed Project ....................................................................................... 171
Table 4-2: Impact Scoring and Mitigation Measures (Air Environment).............................................................. 175
Table 4-3: Emission Rates from Proposed Flue Gas Stacks ............................................................................... 177
Table 4-4: Emission Rates from Proposed Process Vents/Stacks ....................................................................... 177
Table 4-5: Emission Estimates for Line Source Emissions (Vehicular Exhaust) ................................................... 177
Table 4-6: Summary of Air Dispersion Modelling Results for Proposed Stack Emissions ...................................... 179
Table 4-7: Summary of Air Dispersion Modelling Results for Line Source Emissions ............................................ 179

Table 4-8: Incremental GLC from Proposed Project ......................................................................................... 179
Table 4-9: Peak Hourly Average Traffic on Kalatalav - Nirma Plant Road (Towards Nirma Plant) ......................... 183
Table 4-10: Peak Hourly Average Traffic on Kalatalav - Nirma Plant Road (Towards Kalatalav) ........................... 183
Table 4-11: Sources of Noise with their Sound Pressure Levels ........................................................................ 185
Table 4-12: Incremental Noise Levels............................................................................................................. 185
Table 4-13: Impact Scoring and Mitigation Measures (Noise Environment) ........................................................ 188
Table 4-14: Details of Rain Water Harvesting Ponds ........................................................................................ 192
Table 4-15: Impact Scoring and Mitigation Measures (Water Environment) ....................................................... 193
Table 4-16: Impact Scoring and Mitigation Measures (Land Environment) ......................................................... 195
Table 4-17: Impact Scoring and Mitigation Measures (Ecology & Biodiversity) ................................................... 198
Table 4-18: Various Plant Species of the Existing Greenbelt Area ..................................................................... 199
Table 4-19: Plant Species Suggested for Greenbelt Development ..................................................................... 200
Table 4-20: Budget for Proposed Greenbelt Development within Project Site .................................................... 201
Table 4-21: Impact scoring of Socio-Economic ................................................................................................ 202
Table 4-22: Impact Scoring of Occupational Health, Community Health and Safety ........................................... 202
Table 6-1: Environmental Monitoring Plan ...................................................................................................... 207
Table 6-2: Post EC Environment Monitoring Plan ............................................................................................. 208
Table 6-3: Budget allotted for CER Activities ................................................................................................... 209
Table 7-1: Permitted Activities Falling under CRZ Area .................................................................................... 210
Table 7-2: Important Hazardous Events ......................................................................................................... 212
Table 7-3: Damage due to Radiation Intensity ................................................................................................ 213
Table 7-4: Overpressure Damage .................................................................................................................. 213
Table 7-5: Chemicals selected for Simulation .................................................................................................. 215
Table 7-6: Scenarios Selected for Simulation .................................................................................................. 216
Table 7-7: Broadly Accepted Frequency .......................................................................................................... 217
Table 7-8: Maximum Concentration Effect Distance - Ammonia ........................................................................ 217
Table 7-9: Radiation Level & Effect Distance – LDO......................................................................................... 219
Table 7-10: Radiation Level and Effect Distance – HSD ................................................................................... 219
Table 7-11: Maximum Concentration Effect Distance – Bromine ....................................................................... 220
Table 7-12: Maximum Concentration Effect Distance – Chlorine Bullet .............................................................. 221
Table 7-13: Maximum Concentration Effect Distance – Chlorine Tonner ............................................................ 222
Table 7-14: Summary – Maximum Effective Distances (Consequence Analysis) ................................................. 224
Table 7-15: Failure Cases Input to Risk Assessment ........................................................................................ 225
Table 7-16: Event Consequences, Treatment and Control ................................................................................ 230
Table 7-17: Mode of Emergency .................................................................................................................... 231

Table 7-18: Potential Hazards and their Control Measures ............................................................................... 232
Table 7-19: Fire Hydrant System ................................................................................................................... 234
Table 7-20: Fire Hydrant Pump details at Pump House .................................................................................... 234
Table 7-21: First-Aid Fire Fighting Appliances (Fire Extinguishers) .................................................................... 234
Table 7-22: Provision of Fire Protection .......................................................................................................... 235
Table 7-23: Alarms / Sirens and Provisions for Fire Protection .......................................................................... 235
Table 7-24: Respiratory Safety Equipment ...................................................................................................... 236
Table 7-25: Sub Emergency Control Centre in the Plant ................................................................................... 237
Table 7-26: Details of Emergency Control Center ............................................................................................ 239
Table 7-27: Details of Emergency Safety Appliances ........................................................................................ 239
Table 7-28: Details of Ammonia Gas Detector ................................................................................................. 240
Table 7-29: List of Chlorine/Hydrogen Monitors .............................................................................................. 240
Table 7-30: Details of Control Measures for Each Hazardous Chemicals ............................................................ 242
Table 7-31: Expenditure Spend on Health & Safety in Six Months ..................................................................... 246
Table 7-32: Process & Vessel Hazard Control .................................................................................................. 247
Table 7-33: Details of Other Hazards & Controls ............................................................................................ 249
Table 7-34: Medical Arrangements ................................................................................................................. 249
Table 7-35: Contact Telephone Numbers of Govt. Officials / Outside agencies................................................... 250
Table 10-1: Environment Management Plan – Air Environment ........................................................................ 255
Table 10-2: Environment Management Plan – Traffic Management................................................................... 257
Table 10-3: Environment Management Plan – Noise Management .................................................................... 258
Table 10-4: Environment Management Plan – Water Environment .................................................................... 259
Table 10-5: Environment Management Plan – Land / Soil Environment ............................................................. 260
Table 10-6: Environment Management Plan – Ecology & Biodiversity ................................................................ 261
Table 11-1: Details of Previous Environmental Clearances ............................................................................... 265
Table 11-2: Production Capacities for the Products in which Expansion is Proposed ........................................... 265
Table 11-3: List of Existing & Proposed Utilities............................................................................................... 266
Table 11-4: Details of Fuel required for Existing & Proposed Project ................................................................. 266
Table 11-5: Plant wise Effluent treatment procedure and disposal/utilization ..................................................... 268
Table 11-6: Post EC Environment Monitoring Plan ........................................................................................... 274
Table 11-7: Summary – Maximum Effective Distances (Consequence Analysis) ................................................. 275
Table 12-1: EIA Team Members involved in the Project ................................................................................... 278

LIST OF FIGURES
Figure 2-1: Pie Chart – Area Distribution .......................................................................................................... 55
Figure 2-2: Process Flow Diagram - Soda Ash Manufacturing Process ................................................................. 65
Figure 2-3: Process Flow Diagram – Caustic Soda Plant ..................................................................................... 67
Figure 2-4: Process Flow Diagram – Proposed Cogeneration Plant ...................................................................... 69
Figure 2-5: Typical Drawing showing Operation of Proposed Cogeneration Plant ................................................. 70
Figure 2-6: Water Balance – Existing Units ....................................................................................................... 84
Figure 2-7: Water Balance – Proposed Expansion Units ..................................................................................... 85
Figure 2-8: Water Balance – After Expansion (Existing + Proposed Units) ........................................................... 86
Figure 2-9: Process Flow Diagram – Treatment units (Soda Ash Plant) ............................................................... 88
Figure 2-10: Process Flow Diagram – Treatment Units (Caustic Soda Plant) ........................................................ 89
Figure 2-11: Process Flow Diagram – Treatment Units (Toilet Soap Plant) .......................................................... 91
Figure 3-1: Windrose Diagram (Site Specific) – Post Monsoon, 2017 ................................................................ 107
Figure 3-2: Pie – Chart showing Area Statistics for Land Use / Land Cover ........................................................ 110
Figure 3-3: Formulas for Analysing Phytosociological characteristics of vegetation ............................................. 141
Figure 4-1: Data Flow in AERMOD Modelling System ....................................................................................... 178
Figure 4-2: Isopleths for Incremental Noise Generated During Day Time .......................................................... 186
Figure 4-3: Isopleths for Incremental Noise Generated During Night Time ........................................................ 187
Figure 7-1: Maximum Concentration Effect Contour – Ammonia Leak (5 mm leak at WC 2.5/E) .......................... 218
Figure 7-2: Maximum Concentration Effect Contour – Ammonia Leak (25 mm leak at WC 4/D) .......................... 218
Figure 7-3: Maximum Concentration Effect Contour – Ammonia Leak (Catastrophic Rupture at 4/D) ................... 218
Figure 7-4: Late Pool Fire Effect Contour – LDO Leak (Catastrophic Rupture at WC 4/D) .................................... 219
Figure 7-5: Late Pool Fire Contour – HSD Leak (Catastrophic Rupture at WC 4.0/D) .......................................... 220
Figure 7-6: Maximum Concentration Effect Contour – Bromine Leak (1 mm leak at WC 2.5/E) ........................... 221
Figure 7-7: Maximum Concentration Effect Contour – Bromine Leak (Catastrophic Rupture at WC 2.5/E) ............ 221
Figure 7-8: Maximum Concentration Effect Contour – Chlorine Bullet Leak (5 mm leak at WC 2.5/E) .................. 222
Figure 7-9: Maximum Concentration Effect Contour – Chlorine Bullet Leak (25 mm leak at WC 2.5/E) ................. 222
Figure 7-10: Maximum Concentration Effect Contour – Chlorine Tonner Leak (5 mm leak at WC 2.5/E) .............. 223
Figure 7-11: Maximum Concentration Effect Contour – Chlorine Tonner Leak (25 mm leak at WC 2.5/E) ............. 223
Figure 7-12: Maximum Concentration Effect – Chlorine Tonner Leak (Catastrophic Rupture at WC 2.5/E) ............ 224
Figure 7-13: Iso-Risk Contours for Individual Risk – Hazardous Chemical Storages ............................................ 226
Figure 7-14: Typical Representative F-N Curve Graph ...................................................................................... 227
Figure 7-15: FN Curve for Societal Risk – Hazardous Chemical Storages ........................................................... 228
Figure 7-16: Risk Criteria in Other Countries ................................................................................................... 229
Figure 10-1: Hierarchy of Environment Management Cell – Nirma, Bhavnagar ................................................... 263

Figure 10-2: Reporting Mechanism................................................................................................................. 264

LIST OF MAPS
Map 2-1: General Location of Proposed Project Site .......................................................................................... 52
Map 2-2: Specific Map Showing Project Boundary ............................................................................................. 53
Map 2-3: Map Showing Project Site on Toposheet (F43M1, F43M5) .................................................................... 54
Map 2-4: Site Layout Map ............................................................................................................................... 56
Map 3-1: Study Area Map– 10 Km from Project Site ........................................................................................ 101
Map 3-2: Sampling Location Map ................................................................................................................... 102
Map 3-3: Land Use Map ................................................................................................................................ 112
Map 3-4: Drainage Map of Study Area ............................................................................................................ 133
Map 3-5: Mineralogical Map ........................................................................................................................... 134
Map 3-6: Soil Map ........................................................................................................................................ 135

LIST OF PHOTOGRAPHS
Photograph 2-1: Photographs of Existing Project Site ........................................................................................ 57
Photograph 2-2: Gundala Pumping Station (Sea Water Intake) .......................................................................... 71
Photograph 3-1: Photograph showing Meteorological Station ........................................................................... 105
Photograph 3-2: Photographs of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stations .......................................................... 115
Photograph 3-3: Photographs showing Traffic Survey ...................................................................................... 120
Photograph 3-4: Photographs of Noise Level Monitoring Stations ..................................................................... 122
Photograph 3-5: Photographs of Surface Water Sampling Locations ................................................................. 126
Photograph 3-6: Mud Cracks near Sea Coast .................................................................................................. 132
Photograph 3-7: Photographs of Soil Sampling ............................................................................................... 137
Photograph 3-8: Photo documentation of Floral Diversity ................................................................................. 145
Photograph 3-9: Photo Documentation of Fauna in the Study Area................................................................... 153
Photograph 3-10: Photographs of FGDs in Narbad Village ................................................................................ 164
Photograph 3-11: Photographs of FGDs in Khetakhatli Village .......................................................................... 165
Photograph 3-12: Photographs of FGDs in Kala Talav Village ........................................................................... 166
Photograph 3-13: Photographs of FGDs in Madihya Village .............................................................................. 168
Photograph 4-1: Existing Greenbelt Photographs ............................................................................................ 200

ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS
AAQM : Ambient Air Quality Measures

APC : Air Pollution Control
BSE : Bombay Stock Exchange
CAGR : Compounded Annual Growth Rate
CAPEX : Captital Expenditures
CAS : Chemical Abstracts Service
CC&A : Consoledated Consent and Authorization
CER : Corporate Environment Responsibility
CETP : Common Effluent Treatment Plant
CFBC : Circulating Fluidized Bed Combustion
CHWIF : Common Hazardous Waste & Incineration Facility
CPCB : Central Pollution Control Board
CRZ : Costal Regulatory Zone
CTE : Consent to Establish
CTO : Consent to Operate
DG : Diesel Generator
DM : De-mineralized
EAC : Expert Appraisal Committee
EIA : Environment Impact Assessment
ESP : Electrostatic Precipitator
ETP : Effluent Treatment Plant
FD : Forced Draft
FMCG : Fast Moving Consumer Goods
GCV : Gross Calorific Value
GIDC : Gujarat Industrial Development Corporation
GOTS : Global Organic Textile Standard
GPCB : Gujarat Pollution Control Board
GPS : Global Positioning System
GST : Goods and Services Tax
HDPE : High-density polyethylene
HSD : High Speed Diesel
ICC : Indian Chemical Council
IL&FS : Infrastructure Leasing & Financial Services
IMD : Indian Meteorological Department
INR : Indian Rupees
ISO : International Organization for Standardization
KLD : Kilo Litre Per Day
LDO : Light Diesel Oil
LPH : Litre Per Hour
MNC : Multi National Company
MoEF&CC : Ministry of Environment, Forest & Climate Change
MS : Mild Steel
MSL : Mean Sea Level
MT : Metric Ton

MTPA : Metric Ton Per Annum

MTPD : Metric Ton Per Day
MW : Mega Watt
NABET : National Accreditation Board for Education and Training
NECL : Nandesari Environment Control Limited
NH : National Highway
NOC : No Objection Certificate
NSE : National Stock Exchange
OCEMS : Online Continuous Emission Monitoring System
OPEX : Operating Expenses
PFD : Process Flow Diagram
PPE : Personal Protective Equipment
PVC : Polyvinyl Chloride
QCI : Quality Council of India
RCC : Reinforced Cement Concrete
RO : Reverse Osmosis
SEIAA : State Environment Impact Assessment Authority
SEPPL : Saurastra Enviro Projects Private Limited
SPCB : State Pollution Control Board
SPM : Suspended Particulate Matter
STP : Sewage Treatment Plant
TLV : Threshold Limit Value
TORs : Terms of References
TPA : Ton Per Annum
TPD : Ton Per Day
TPH : Ton Per Hour
TSDF : Treatment, Storage & Disposal Facility

LIST OF PERSONS MET
S. No. Villages Location within Village Participant Names

Surajben Thobhan ( Sarpanch )
Panchayat Office
Jagdishbhai Thobhan
1 Narbad Anganwadi Sonalben Gondalia (AWW)
PHC - Sub-Centre Belim Nilofer
School Balvantbhai Bhatt
Panchayat Office Valiben Parmar ( Sarpanch )
2 Kalatalav Anganwadi Alpaben Bhatt
PHC - Sub-Centre Belim Nilofer
Panchayat Office Surajben Thoban
3 KhetaKhatli
School Rajendrasinh Gohil (Principal)
Bhanuben Rathod (Sarpanch)
Panchayat Office
Gidhabhai Rathod
4 Madhiya
Anganwadi Bhartiben Parmar
School Yuvrajsinh Gohil
S. No. Name of the Person Met at Nirma, Ltd. Designation

1 Mr. Hiren Patel Managing Director
2 Mr. Ashish Desai Vice President
3 Mr. D. G. Jhakhade Vice President - Operations
4 Dr. K. C. Pathak AGM – QA
5 Ms. Tejal Patel Sr. Manager
6 Mr. Kalpesh Trivedi Sr. Officer
7 Mr. Pawan Shukla Engineer

NIRMA LTD. KALATALAV, TALUKA & DISTRICT - BHAVNAGAR, GUJARAT INTRODUCTION
1 INTRODUCTION
Nirma Limited is hereby proposing for expansion of their existing production plant capacities of soda ash, caustic
soda & cogeneration plant at Village - Kalatalav, Taluka & District - Bhavnagar, Gujarat.
1.1 PURPOSE OF THE REPORT
Purpose of this report is to identify environmental aspects & impacts arising from the proposed project and to
propose mitigation measures in the form of an EIA Report and seek Environmental Clearance cum CRZ Clearance,
following the due process of law laid down in the EIA notification 2006 (amended till date) and CRZ Notification
2011 (amended till date).
The EIA Report is prepared as per the Terms of References (TORs) issued by MoEF&CC, in their Letter Ref: F. No.
J-11011/560/2017-IA-II(I) dated 5th April, 2018 (Annexure 1) and TOR Amendment dated 18th December, 2018
(Annexure 2).
This report is prepared based on ‘General Structure of EIA’ given in Appendix III and IIIA of EIA Notification, 2006
as amended till date and ‘Technical EIA Guidance Manual’ prepared by IL&FS for MoEF&CC for Soda Ash & Chlor-
Alkali Plant sectors.
1.2 IDENTIFICATION OF PROJECT PROPONENT
Nirma Limited is one of the leading soda ash producing companies in India. Nirma has more than 20 years of
operating experience. The turnover of the company is ~INR 10,000 Crores. The group has integrated backwards for
the production of detergents and toilet soaps by establishing industrial chemical manufacturing facilities of Linear
Alkyl Benzene, Alfa Olefin Sulphate, Soda Ash (light and dense), Caustic Soda, Cogeneration Plant, industrial salt
and consumer salt to facilitate quality production of their consumer products. Additionally, the unit is also
developing manufacturing facility for Phosphoric Acid (Food Grade), Refined Sodium Bicarbonate and Calcium
Chloride.
Apart from those stated above, Nirma Ltd. Also has manufacturing facilities for Single Super Phosphate (SSP
fertilizer), formulation of API and consumables for use in pharma & healthcare sector, castor oil and derivative and
cement.
1.2.1 About Nirma
Nirma is one of the few names - which is instantly recognized as a true Indian brand, which took on mighty
multinationals and rewrote the marketing rules to win the heart of the consumer.
Nirma, the proverbial ‘Rags to Riches’ saga of Dr. Karsanbhai Patel, is a classic example of the success of Indian
entrepreneurship in the face of stiff competition. Starting as a one-man operation in 1969, the Company has an
18,000+ employee-base.
Dr. Karsanbhai K. Patel, a marketing legend and philanthropist, continues to play the role of key strategic decision-
maker, whereas his next generation has already exhibited skilled management capabilities. Shri Rakesh K Patel – a
qualified management graduate, is spearheading the procurement, production and logistic functions, whereas Shri
Hiren K Patel – a qualified Chemical engineer and management graduate, heads the marketing and finance
functions of the organisation with hands-on approach. Shri Kalpesh Patel, Executive Director, leads the recently
diversified sector of Health-care, apart from LAB plant.
The man behind the success of Nirma phenomenon – Dr. Karsanbhai Patel is a recipient of various awards and
accolades. He has been bestowed with various awards like:

 Padmashri in 2010 by Govt. of India;

 Udyog Ratna by Federation of Association of Small-Scale Industries of Gujarat, New Delhi;
 Outstanding Industrialist of Eighties by Gujarat Chamber of Commerce and Industry, Ahmedabad (in
1990);
 Gujarat Businessman Award in 1998 by Gujarat Chamber of Commerce and Industry, Ahmedabad;
 Excellence in Corporate Governance Award by Rotary International District 2000;
 A&M Hall of Fame.
Dr. Karsanbhai has been awarded an Honorary Doctorate by Florida Atlantic University, Florida, USA in the year
2001 in recognition of his exceptional accomplishments as a philanthropist and businessman. He has also served as
a Chairman for two terms to the Government of India’s Development Council for soaps and detergents, as a
Member of Bureau of Indian Standards Committee for Soaps and Detergent Industries and President of Gujarat
Detergent Manufacturers Association.
In recent times, through acquiring manufacturing capabilities in Healthcare, Soda Ash, Cement and Bromine
production facilities, Nirma has surged new corporate success milestones.
1.2.2 History of the Company
In 1969, Dr. Karsanbhai Patel, started door-to-door selling of his detergent powder, priced at an astonishing Rs. 3
per kg, when the available cheapest brand in the market was Rs. 13 per kg. Gradually, the product became well
accepted in the consumer community, and in a short span, he captured the domestic market, with a quality
product. He swiftly crafted low-to-medium consumer pockets – a whole new consumer segment for detergent
category. He took on mighty multi-nationals and rewrote the marketing rules.
From initial days, Nirma believed in value-for-money equation, in creating and maintaining long-lasting
relationships. It has always remained committed to offer better products, at better value, for better living.
The performance of Nirma during the decade of 1980s has been labelled as ‘Marketing Miracle’ of an era. During
this period, the brand surged well ahead its nearest rival – Surf, which was well-established detergent product by
Hindustan Lever. It was a severe battering for the MNC as it recorded a sharp drop in its market share. Nirma
literally captured the market share by offering value-based marketing mix of four P’s, i.e. a perfect match of
product, price, place and promotion.
Now, the year 2004 sees Nirma’s annual sales touch 8,00,000 tones, making it one of the largest volume sales with
a single brand name in the world. Looking at the FMCG synergies, Nirma stepped into toilet soaps relatively late in
1990 but this did not deter it to achieve a volume of 100,000 per annum. This makes Nirma the largest detergent
and the second largest toilet soap brand in India with market share of 38% and 20% respectively.
1.3 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT

The brief description of the project is given in Table 1-1.
Table 1-1: Existing & Proposed Production Capacities

S No. Details Description
1 Nature Expansion of soda ash, caustic soda & cogeneration plant.
Soda Ash: 2,800 TPD to 4,300 TPD;
Caustic Soda: 750 TPD to 1,000 TPD;
2 Size
Cogeneration Plant: 197.18 MW to 350 MW.
Table showing existing and proposed products is shown in Table 2-2.
Survey No. 478/p, 447 – 453, 455 - 457,
3 Location
Village – Kalatalav, Taluka & District Bhavnagar, Gujarat
Cost of existing plant ~ INR 3,110 Crore
4 Cost of the project
Proposed additional cost for expansion ~ Approx. INR 1,320 Crore

1.3.1 Importance to the country & region
The promoters are interested in setting up the project considering the following technical and economical features
of the project:
 The project brings the benefits to the Country and the Region that are both needed and beneficial as the
proposed projects products are widely used in soap, detergent, fertilizer, pulp, paper, textile, ETP & Other
organic and inorganic chemicals industries having high demand.
 Various products have export potential and will help domestic economy by generating foreign exchange.
 Project will generate employment and state revenue.
 CER activities will contribute towards upliftment of the socio economic status of nearby villages.
 The positive impact includes enhanced direct employment for technical / administrative works and indirect
employment opportunities for transporters of raw material and finished goods.
Need for the Project
Chlor Alkali
The Chlor-Alkali industry is the oldest and largest segment of the inorganic chemical industry. It comprises of
caustic soda, liquid chlorine and soda ash.
Caustic soda is used in various applications such as finishing operations in textiles, manufacture of soaps and
detergents, alumina, paper and pulp, control of pH (softening) of water, general cleansing and bleaching. The
aluminium industry is the biggest demand driver for caustic soda. Chlorine is used in multiple sectors such as
manufacture of polymers like PVC, bleaching applications, paper and pulp and textile industry. Alumina processing
is expected to drive the caustic soda demand in the country.
Textile and chemical sectors are expected to further push the caustic soda demand in India. Domestic consumption
of caustic soda was 33.6 Lac Tons during 2015-16. Out of this, 5.7 Lac tons was met through imports, which is
nearly 17% of total demand. Furthermore Hydrogen is the cleanest fuel available. This project aims to satisfy
pending caustic soda demand in the country and will help in import substitution to a great extent.
As per Infoholic Research (March 30, 2019), chlor alkali market is expected to grow at the compounded annual
growth rate (CAGR) ~6.8%. Therefore, the need for the country will be fulfilled by the proposed project.
Soda Ash
Soda ash is a type of chemical commodity used in several branches of industry like glass, detergent, steel, non-
ferrous metallurgy industry & other chemical industries.
India has the advantage of abundance of raw materials viz. limestone and salt, energy efficient technological plants
and growing domestic demand. Major soda ash industry is established in the coastal belt of Gujarat because of the
availability of raw material like Chemical Grade Limestone & Salt. Proposed expansion will fulfil the increasing
demand of Soda Ash in domestic & international market.
Cogeneration Plant
Proposed expansion in Cogeneration plant will meet the requirement of power and steam of the other proposed
new soda ash & caustic soda plants.

1.4 REGULATORY FRAMEWORK

As a part of Environmental Clearance process 1, Form – 1 was uploaded along with a pre-feasibility report, proposed
Terms of Reference (TORs) and relevant attachments for carrying out Environmental Studies, to the Expert
Appraisal Committee (EAC) MoEF&CC on 6th December, 2017 as attached as Annexure 4.
Based on the information contained in the documents submitted and the ToR presentation made during the 33rd
Expert Appraisal Committee (Industry 2) meeting held in the Ministry during 23rd January, 2018. The EAC finalized
TORs to be addressed whilst conducting the Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) studies, vide its letter F. No.
J-11011/560/2017-IA-II(I) dated 5th April, 2018 as attached as Annexure 1.
However, due to need for amendment in ToR, an application for amendment in TOR was submitted on 17 th May,
2018, as attached as Annexure 5. TOR amendment was received on 18.12.2018 as attached as Annexure 2.
1.4.1 Status of Existing Environmental Clearances, CC&A & Other Environmental Compliances
Nirma has received Environmental Clearances from MoEF&CC, New Delhi as tabulated in Table 2-2.
Table 1-2: Details of Previous Environmental Clearances from MoEF&CC

S. No. Letter No. Dated Attached as
1 J-11011/369/2014-IA II (I) 10 March, 2017
th
2 J-11011/423/2010-IA-II(I) 8th August, 2014 Annexure 6

3 J-11011/456/2007-IA-II(I) 24 June, 2008
th
Certified Compliance Report from RO, MoEF&CC (Bhopal)
Nirma had applied to get Certified Monitoring Report & Certified Compliance Report for conditions as stipulated in
Previous Environmental Clearances from Regional Officer, MoEF&CC, (West Zone), Bhopal.
Site visit was carried out by RO-MoEF&CC, Bhopal (West Zone) to verify conditions as stipulated in previous
environmental clearances on 15th July, 2018. Certified Monitoring & Compliance report was received from Regional
Office of MoEF&CC, Bhopal vide letter F. No: 5-12/2017(ENV)/531 dated 4th Oct, 2018. The copy of the same is
attached as Appendix 1.
Summary of the conditions considered complied, compliance under progress and complied subject to condition as
observed by RO, MoEF&CC, Bhopal is summarized in Table 1-3.
Table 1-3: Summary of Complied, Compliance under progress and Complied subject to Conditions
EC Conditions
S. Environmental Clearance
Compliance under Complied subject
No. Details Total Complied
Progress to conditions
EC: J-11011/369/2014-IA II (I) 34
1 28 2 4
dated 10.03.17 (16 + 18)
Based on the remarks made by RO – MoEF&CC, Bhopal, action plan for points in which compliance is subject to
conditions are tabulated as Table 1-4.
1
As per the EIA Notification, 2006, as amended till date

EIA FOR PROPOSED EXPANSION IN NIRMA CHEMICAL COMPLEX AT VILLAGE - KALATALAV, TALUKA & DISTRICT -
NIRMA LTD. BHAVNAGAR, GUJARAT INTRODUCTION
Table 1-4: Action Plan for Complying Conditions for which Compliance under progress and Complied subject to Conditions of Previous ECs
S. N. Compliance subjected to condition Observation of RO – Bhopal Progress & Action Plan for complying the Condition
A EC: J-11011/369/2014-IA II (I) dated 10.03.17

Specific Conditions:
12. Two continuous online AAQM along with their In view of the information furnished by Complied.
display at company’s main gate should be the PP and as the procurement process Two continuous online AAQM station has been installed at company. Frist at main gate and
provided. is under way for the second online second near Caustic Soda Plant.
AAQM, the stipulated condition is
Photograph of both AAQM station is attached hereunder.
considered compliance in progress.
COMPLIANCE IN PROCESS
AAQM station at company main gate AAQM station within company premises
13. As proposed, Green belt action plan shall be In view of the information furnished by Being Complied.
implemented in a time bound manner. PP in line with the onsite observation  Green belt development is a continuous process; Plantation has been carried out as per the
w.r.t. extensive greenbelt available action plan for implementation given as under till year 2021 which we will followed strictly.
within the plant premises and action
plan for development of green belt still

in progress, the stipulated condition is  Action plan is as below
considered compliance in progress.
Greenbelt Development Area
COMPLIANCE IN PROCESS S. No. Year Status
(Acres)
1 Up to 2016-2017 85 Developed
2 2017-2018 25 Developed
3 2018-2019 15 Developed
4 2019-2020 15 Planned
5 2020-2021 10 Planned
TOTAL 150
15. To have effective traffic movements of truck In view of the information furnished by Complied.
to carry raw material and finished products, PP, and as per site observation, the Traffic Management Plan is prepared for movement of Raw Materials &Finished Products.
traffic management plan to be drawn. stipulated condition is considered
Salt is major raw material for soda ash and caustic soda which is internally produced in our
Pucca Parking area should be constructed complied subject to submission of
salt works adjacent to the plant and no need to transport it from outside. Other raw
and efforts to be done to control dust traffic management plan.
materials are transported by road.
emission from traffic movement within plant. COMPLIED SUBJECT TO CONDITION.
 Sufficient parking facilities are provided for vehicle loading and unloading of goods. As the
plant is located 14 km from the major road, there is no unauthorized shop or settlements
along the road connecting the plant site. The vehicles are provided with pucca parking place
near material gate.
 Traffic signs are placed in the battery limit.
 The drivers of the vehicles are provided with TREM cards and are explained the measures to
be adopted during various emergencies.
 Water sprinkling is carried out on a regular basis to control dust emission from truck
movement.
 All vehicles are controlled under Computerized Vehicle Movement System (VMS) in which
vehicle Tag is provided for online tracking without which no vehicle is permitted to sense at
the weigh bridge.
Photographs of pucca parking area with regular water sprinkling through tanker is given
below.

Parking Area Water sprinkling through tanker at Parking Area

General Conditions:
8. The company shall also comply with all the In view of the information furnished by Complied
environmental protection measures and the PP, w.r.t action taken so far and the  The compliance w.r.t Public Hearing issues with time targeted and funds allocated to
safeguards proposed in the documents commitment made by the PP w.r.t some them are attached hereunder.
submitted to the Ministry. of the issues are still to be implemented,
All the recommendations made in the the stipulated condition is considered
EIA/EMP in respect of environmental complied subject to submission of time
management, risk mitigation measures and target for fulfilment of the commitment
public hearing relating to the project shall be and the clarity on the funds to be
implemented. allocated for the same.
COMPLIED SUBJECT TO CONDITION.

Sr. No Issue raised during public hearing Commitment made Time Target Funds
1 Employment to be provided to 10th / 12th passed students Rs. 2,02,45,967 has been spent
Nirma is conducting Company has trained 220
2 Assistance to be provided to apprentice for employment in on apprenticeship program.
Apprenticeship course for skill 10th/12th passed students in last
other companies / units, if not possible in Nirma five years under Apprenticeship
development for 10th students.
course for skill development.
Company has also requested for
3 Efforts to be made for skill development of local people ITI permission, to start courses Regularly Human Development Rs. 13,49,868 has been spent.
from surrounding villages. and Capacity Building
for local students.
programmes being organised to
Apart from the above, the promote the education
company is also assisting awareness among the
through support made by supply surrounding villages.
of Education Kits under School
Pravesh Mahotsav and providing
infrastructural assistance to
schools as required.
4 Request for help to provide cattle feed / cattle camps and Nirma is duly providing cattle
Grass (fodder) to cattle feed and Rs 51,69,532 has been spent.
water during drought conditions. fodder and water in the nearby
villages during drought water has been regularly
conditions. Cattle camps are also supplied to the surrounding
conducted for the surrounding villages.
villages.
Construction of Aweda Water Rs. 1,11,027
Tank for cattle
5 Suggestion to construct limestone road towards creek to Nirma does not stop people who
Construction of Rakshak Rs. 19,09,525 has been spent.
assist fishermen want to go for fishing and the
register is also maintained for Bund/revenue bund at village
this. Ganeshgadh, Jaswantpura,
Kotda, and Bhad Bhid has been
Bunds have been provided for completed.
approach.
Constructed lime stone road. Rs. 21,97,960 has been spent.
11. A separate Environmental Management Cell In view of the information furnished by Complied.
equipped with full-fledged laboratory facilities PP, the stipulated condition is
shall be set up to carry out the Environmental considered complied subject to clarity
Management and Monitoring functions. on availability of manpower with

environmental science / engg.  Mr. Trivedi Kalpeshkumar Vinodkant has been appointed as Environment Officer in
Background at the plant level. Environmental Department having background Environmental Science at NL-Kalatalav,
COMPLIED SUBJECT TO CONDITION. Bhavnagar.
The organogram for the Environment Management Cell is shown as under:

12. The company shall earmark sufficient funds In view of the information furnished by Complied.
towards capital cost and recurring cost per the PP, the stipulated condition is  Due funds have been earmarked with a view to ensure compliance with the conditions
annum to implement the conditions stipulated considered complied subject to stipulated by the regulatory authorities.
by the Ministry of Environment and Forests as submission of CAPEX incurred so far and  Company has earmark Rs. 1420 core as CAPEX cost, expenditure of approx. Rs
well as the State Government along with the recurring expenditure incurred during 881 Crores has been incurred.
implementation schedule for all the conditions the FY 2017-18.
 EMP Capital Cost allocated– approx. Rs 25 Crores
stipulated herein.
 Actual expenditure incurred on EMP – Rs. 12.87 Crores
The funds so earmarked for environment COMPLIED SUBJECT TO CONDITION.
management/pollution control measures shall  EMP recurring Cost – Rs. 2,15,71,001/- during year 2017 & Rs.
not be diverted for any other purpose.  6,32,21,830/- during year 2018.
 The funds earmarked for environment management/pollution control measures are
not diverted for any other purpose.
The item-wise break-up for the same for two years is attached hereunder:-
Sr. Expenditure made in Expenditure made in

Activity
No. Year, 2017 (In Rs) Year, 2018 (In Rs)
Environmental Management
1 (Includes cost associated with in-house & third party monitoring, cost of waste disposal at TSDF sites, consent fees 1,44,28,051 5,77,72,883
payable to GPCB, Env. Audit fee, recurring cost for maintenance for APCMs and hazardous wastes storage area,
greenbelt development & mangroves plantations, etc.)
Safety Management
2 (Includes cost associated with purchase and maintenance of PPEs, expenses associated with safety trainings, mock 55,87,813 38,68,810
drills, expense for maintenance of various safety systems & equipment in plant, etc.)
Occupational Health Management
3 (Includes cost associated with operation & maintenance of occupational health centre, cost associated with medical 15,55,137 15,80,137
check-up of employees, etc.)
Total 2,15,71,001 6,32,21,830
AVERAGE 4,23,96,415.5

CTE, CC&A / NOC from SPCB
For this proposed project, CTE based on TOR was applied for and fees were paid. Receipt of the same is attached
as Annexure 3.
Nirma Limited has received following CC&A from State Pollution Control Board, Gujarat:
 For Soda Ash plant:

 CC&A Order No. AWH-102462, issued on 24/06/2019 and valid till 31/03/2024, outward No. 512345 dated
04/07/2019.
 For Caustic Soda & Cogeneration Plant:
 CC&A Order No. AWH-104142, issued on 23/09/2019 and valid till 30/06/2024, outward No. 523613 dated
05/10/2019.
 For Toilet Soap Plant:
 CC&A Order No. AWH-94642, issued on 18/07/2018 and valid till 31/03/2023, vide letter no.: GPCB/CCA-
BHV-40(3)/ID-16112/ dated 07/07/2018.
 For Bromine Plant:
 CC&A Order No. AWH-77627, issued on 29/03/2016 and valid till 31/12/2020, vide letter no.: GPCB/CCA-
BHV-1041/ID-45157/ dated 12/04/2016.
Copies of these CC&A orders are attached as Annexure 7. Compliance of the same are provided as Annexure 8.
Apart from the above, Nirma is also holding CTE from State Pollution Control Board, Gujarat for the following:
 For Calcium Chloride Plant*:

 CTE – 69749 issued vide letter no.: PC/CCA-BHV-886/GPCB ID 41583/ dated 29/04/2015 and amended
vide subsequent order dated 11/05/2015.
 For Phosphoric Acid Plant (Food Grade)*:
 CTE – 76071 issued vide letter no.: PC/CCA-BHV-886/GPCB ID 41583/ dated 12/02/2016, attached as
Annexure 9. And its subsequent amendment.
*Although these proposals are being developed within Nirma Chemical Complex – Bhavnagar, these products are
not covered under the purview of EIA Notification and hence do not attract Environment Clearance. Hence,
requisite permissions were directly sought from State Pollution Control Board, Gujarat.
Litigation Pending / Show Cause / Closure Notice from GPCB & Response
There is no litigation pending against the project and / or any direction / order passed by any Court of Law against
the project. Summary of notice/show cause notice and response in the last three years is provided in Table 1-5.
Table 1-5: Details of Notice/Directions issued to Nirma by GPCB/CPCB during Last Three Years
S. Notice/SCN Date of
Points raised by GPCB Reply submitted by Nirma and Action taken
No. issued issue
1 Notice under 06/09/2018 Regarding suspended It has been clarified to GPCB that the sample collected
section 33A of solids concentration of was in fact untreated effluent from Bromine Plant.
Water (Prevention sample collected from final Hence the SS concentration was reflected as such.
and Control of outlet of ETP being 2390 Reports of third party and previous GPCB sampling for
Pollution) Act – mg/L – being greater than the final treated effluent showing SS concentrations
1974 from GPCB GPCB disposal norms within prescribed limits were also submitted.
for Bromine plant
2 Direction under 28/08/2018 Regarding direction to It was conveyed to CPCB that treated effluent from
Section 5 of the close down all operational caustic soda plant is in fact recycled to soda ash plant
Environment activities in caustic soda – process and hence there is no discharge of effluent
(Protection) Act – plant (chlor-alkali sector) from the caustic soda plant. In line with the same, only
1986 from CPCB until online continuous flow meter and camera are required to be provided at
for Caustic Soda monitoring system is outlet of ETP as per OCEMS guidelines by CPCB – both
plant (Chlor Alkali installed for TSS of which had already been installed, apart from online
sector) parameter at treated pH analyser as well. Considering the same, OCEMS for

S. Notice/SCN Date of
Points raised by GPCB Reply submitted by Nirma and Action taken
No. issued issue
effluent outlet point and TSS parameter was not envisaged. Connectivity with
connectivity for the same CPCB portal for the flow meter and camera has been
is provided to CPCB. established and is verified by CPCB. The order for
revocation in this regard was issued by CPCB vide their
letter dated 04/10/2018.
3 Direction under 16/04/2018 Direction to comply with It was conveyed that we have co-generation power
Section 5 of the new emission norms for plant and not stand-alone power plant.
Environment power plants notified on The details pertaining to installed boilers for the power
(Protection) Act – 07/12/2015 by prescribed plant with their commissioning dates and applicable
1986 from CPCB time limits and submission emission norms were submitted. It was also submitted
for Power plant of PERT chart regarding that all boilers have been installed with ESP and
compliance for the same requisite scrubbers as APCM, hence the norms specified
within 2 months. by CPCB are being achieved.
4 Notice under 15/11/2017 Regarding suspended It was clarified to GPCB that the sample collected was
section 33A of solids concentration of in fact untreated effluent from Bromine Plant. Hence the
Water (Prevention sample collected from final SS concentration was reflected as such. Reports of third
and Control of outlet of ETP being 3500 party for the final treated effluent showing SS
Pollution) Act – mg/L –being greater than concentrations within prescribed limits were also
1974 from GPCB GPCB disposal norms submitted.
for Bromine plant
5 Notice of 22/05/2017 Regarding intention to It was conveyed that we have co-generation power
Intention under issued amendment in plant and not stand-alone power plant.
Section 27(2)(a) CC&A w.r.t new emission It was also submitted that cooling water (sea water
of Water and effluent norms issued used for once through cooling) from the power plants
(Prevention and by CPCB for thermal power is recirculated back to the saltworks. Hence, although
Control of plants issued on the quantum for once through cooling is 5.14m3/MW,
Pollution) Act – 07/12/2015 the net sea water consumption is reduced by virtue of
1974 from GPCB reuse in saltworks.
for Power Plant
It was also submitted that ESPs have been installed as
APCM in order to comply with the revised emission
norms.
6 Notice under 01/12/2016 Regarding direction to It was submitted that all leakages had been attended
Section 31(a) of show cause for the during Annual Shutdown (completed by end of Nov’16)
Air (Prevention following observations: in and housekeeping was improved. Photographs
and Control of To attend leakages in coal supporting the same were submitted to GPCB.
Pollution) Act, conveyer belt, lime stone
1981 from GPCB discharge point, calciner
for Soda Ash plant section, fly ash storage silo
and ammonia distillation
section.
7 Show Cause 21/12/2015 Regarding direction to It was conveyed to GPCB that Dispute Settlement
Notice w.r.t Fly submit details pertaining Committee as required under the Fly Ash Notification
Ash Notification, to dispute settlement had been constituted and requisite details were
1999 & committee (Rule 2(4)) and submitted.
amendments associated details
thereunder
1.4.2 Statutory Clearance as Other Permissions
Details of permits and clearance as applicable to this project are provided in Table 1-6. Nirma Limited has already
obtained statutory permissions and clearances from concerned authorities for the existing site. From the mentioned
applicable permissions, pending permissions/clearances shall be taken.
Table 1-6: Statutory Clearances / Permissions required from Concerned Ministries or Bodies
S. No. Legal Requirements
1 Factory License
2 The Factories Act, 1948
3 Gujarat State Factories Rules, 1963/1995

S. No. Legal Requirements

4 The Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974 and Rules 1975 as amended to date.
5 The Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981 and Rules, 1982 as amended to date
6 The Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemical rules, 1989, as amended to date
7 The Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management and Trans boundary Movement) Rules, 2016 as amended to date
8 The Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 and Rules,1986, as amended to date
9 Chemical Accidents (Emergency Planning, preparedness and response) Rules, 1996
10 The Motor Vehicles Act, 1988 & The Central Motor Vehicle Rules, 1989
11 The Public Liability Insurance Act and Rules, 1991, as amended to date
12 The Petroleum Act, 1934 and Rules, 2002
13 The Explosive Act, 1884 and Rules, 1983, as amended to date
14 The Gas Cylinders Rules, 2004
15 The Static and Mobile Pressure Vessels (Unfired) Rules, 1981
16 The Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control) Rules, 2000 as amended to date
17 E-waste (Management and Handling) Rules, 2011 as amended to date
18 Plastic Waste Management Rules, 2016
19 Bio-Medical Waste Management Rules, 2016
20 Batteries (Management and Handling) Rules, 2001
21 Electricity Rule, 2005
22 Consents from GPCB
23 Environmental Impact Assessment Notification, 2006 as amended to date
24 CRZ Notification, 1991 as amended till date
1.5 SCOPE OF STUDY
As per the ToR letter (Annexure 1, Page 281) and TOR Amendment Letter (Annexure 2, Page 283), scope of
study for the preparation of detailed EIA/EMP report includes collection of baseline data with respect to major
environmental components, viz. Air, Noise, Water, Land, Biological and Socio-economic components for one season,
not older than three years, identification, assessment of impacts and formulation of mitigation measures.
This EIA report complies with Terms of Reference given by the State Expert Appraisal Committee. Summarized
details of the same are tabulated in Table 1-7.
Table 1-7: Compliance with Terms of Reference

S. N. TOR Point Compliance in EIA report
A ADDITIONAL TOR POINTS
After achieving the prescribed standards,
treated industrial effluent will be discharged
All the industrial effluent shall be treated to the prescribed standards
to Gulf of Khambhat through diffuser system
and discharged to Gulf of Khambhat through diffuser system at an
at location identified by NIO as provided in
identified location. Sea water intake and the effluent discharge
1 Chapter 2, Section 2.6.4, Page No. 71.
facilities being in CRZ areas, recommendations from the State
Recommendations from the State Coastal
Coastal Zone Management Authority shall be obtained and
Zone Management Authority will be obtained
submitted.
for Sea water intake and the effluent
discharge and submitted in Final EIA report.
Public hearing/consultation to be conducted by State Pollution This EIA report is being submitted for Public
2
Control Board as per the provisions of the EIA Notification, 2006 Hearing.
Monitoring report on compliance status of the existing Details of existing environmental clearance &
3 environmental clearance, duly certified by concern regional office of its certified compliance status: Chapter 1,
the Ministry to be submitted. Section 1.4.1, Page No. 29.
Consent to operate for the existing industrial operations shall be Details of CC&A & NOCs: Chapter 1,
4
obtained/renewed from the SPCB. Section 1.4.1, Page No. 36.


Details of greenbelt & plantation: Chapter
5 Plantation/Greenbelt should cover 33% of the total project area.
4, Section 4.8.1, Page No. 199.
STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCES – CHLOR ALKALI
B
PROJECTS
Executive Summary: Chapter 11, Page No.
1 Executive Summary
265.
2 Introduction
Details of the EIA Consultant: Chapter 12,
i Details of the EIA Consultant including NABET accreditation
Section 12.1, Page No. 277.
About Nirma: Chapter 1, Section 1.2.1,
ii Information about the project proponent
Page No. 26.
Importance of project to country: Chapter
iii Importance and benefits of the project
Benefits of project: Chapter 8, Page No.
252.
3 Project Description
Proposed additional cost for expansion ~
Approx. INR 1,320 Crore, as mentioned in
Chapter 1, Section 1.3, Page No. 27.
i Cost of project and time of completion.
Proposed schedule for approval and
implementation: Chapter 2, Section 2.5,
Page No. 63.
Product List: Chapter 2, Section 2.4.2,
ii Products with capacities for the proposed project.
Page No. 59.
Details of existing products: Chapter 2,
If expansion project, details of existing products with capacities and
Section 2.4.2, Page No. 59. Adequate land
iii whether adequate land is available for expansion, reference of
is available as per the area statement, Refer
earlier EC if any.
Chapter 2, Section 2.4.1, Page No. 55.
List of raw materials required and their source along with mode of
iv
transportation. Storage & transportation details: Chapter 2,
Other chemicals and materials required with quantities and storage Section 2.10.1, Page No. 75.
v
capacities
Air emission: Chapter 2, Section 2.11,
Page No. 77.
Details of emission, effluents, hazardous waste generation and their Effluent details: Chapter 2, Section
vi
management. 2.13.1, Page No. 83.
Hazardous waste details: Chapter 2,
Water Requirement: Chapter 2, Section
2.8.1, Page No. 73.
Power Requirement: Chapter 2, Section
Requirement of water, power, with source of supply, status of 2.8.2, Page No. 73.
vii approval, water balance diagram, man-power requirement (regular
and contract) Water balance: Chapter 2, Section 2.13.2,
Page No. 83.
Manpower Requirement: Chapter 2,
Process description: Chapter 2, Section
Process description along with major equipments and machineries, 2.6, Page No. 63.
viii process flow sheet (quantative) from raw material to products to be
List of major equipment:
provided.
Hazard Identification: Chapter 7, Section
7.3.2, Page No. 212.
ix Hazard identification and details of proposed safety systems.
Details of proposed safety systems: Chapter
x Expansion/modernization proposals:


Copy of all the Environmental Clearance(s) including Amendments
thereto obtained for the project from MOEF/SEIAA shall be attached
as an Annexure. A certified copy of the latest Monitoring Report of Details of existing environmental clearance &
the Regional Office of the Ministry of Environment and Forests as its certified compliance status: Chapter 1,
a per circular dated 30th May, 2012 on the status of compliance of Section 1.4.1, Page No. 29.
conditions stipulated in all the existing environmental clearances Details of CC&A & NOCs: Chapter 1,
including Amendments shall be provided. In addition, status of Section 1.4.1, Page No. 36.
compliance of Consent to Operate for the ongoing existing operation
of the project from SPCB shall be attached with the EIA-EMP report.
In case the existing project has not obtained environmental
clearance, reasons for not taking EC under the provisions of the EIA
Not applicable. PP has obtained
Notification 1994 and/or EIA Notification 2006 shall be provided.
environmental clearances for the existing
Copies of Consent to Establish/No Objection Certificate and Consent
b chemical complex, details of the same is
to Operate (in case of units operating prior to EIA Notification 2006,
provided in Chapter 1, Section 1.4.1,
CTE and CTO of FY 2005-2006) obtained from the SPCB shall be
Table 1-2, Page No. 29.
submitted. Further, compliance report to the conditions of consents
from the SPCB shall be submitted.
4 Site Details
Location of the project site: Chapter 2,
Location of the project site covering village, Taluka/Tehsil, District
i and State, Justification for selecting the site, whether other sites No other site was considered as the project is
were considered. for expansion. Benefits due to selecting the
site: Chapter 5, Section 5.1, Page No.
205.
A toposheet of the study area of radius of 10km and site location on
Toposheet of study area: Chapter 2,
ii 1:50,000/1:25,000 scale on an A3/A2 sheet. (including all eco-
sensitive areas and environmentally sensitive places)
No other site was considered as the project is
iii Details w.r.t. option analysis for selection of site
for expansion.
iv Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all four corners of the site. Co-ordinates of site boundary on google
map-earth: Chapter 2, Section 2.4.1,
v Google map-Earth downloaded of the project site. Page No. 53.
Layout maps indicating existing unit as well as proposed unit
indicating storage area, plant area, greenbelt area, utilities etc. If Site is not within an Industrial
vi located within an Industrial area/Estate/Complex, layout of area/Estate/Complex. Site layout map:
Industrial Area indicating location of unit within the Industrial Chapter 2, Section 2.4.1, Page No. 56.
area/Estate.
Site photographs: Chapter 2, Section
Photographs of the proposed and existing (if applicable) plant site. 2.4.1, Page No. 57. Photographs of
vii
If existing, show photographs of plantation/greenbelt, in particular. existing greenbelt: Chapter 4, Section
4.8.2, Page No. 200.
Landuse break-up of total land of the project site (identified and Area breakup at site: Chapter 2, Section
acquired), government/ private - agricultural, forest, wasteland, 2.4.1, Page No. 55.
Viii
water bodies, settlements, etc shall be included. (not required for Land use breakup & Map: Chapter 3,
industrial area) Section 3.5, Page No. 109.
A list of major industries with name and type within study area (10 Major industries: Chapter 2, Section 2.4.3,
ix
km radius) shall be incorporated. Land use details of the study area. Page No. 63.
Geological features and Geo-hydrological
Geological features and Geo-hydrological status of the study area
x status of the study area: Chapter 3,
shall be included.
Section 3.10.4, Page No. 132.
Details of drainage of the project upto 5 km radius of study area. If There is no major river in 1 km radius of
the site is within 1 km radius of any major river, peak and lean project site. Drainage Map of Study area:
season river discharge as well as flood occurrence frequency based Chapter 3, Section 3.10.4, Map 3-4,
xi
on peak rainfall data of the past 30 years. Details of Flood Level of Page No. 133.
the project site and maximum Flood Level of the river shall also be
provided. (mega green field projects)
Land has been already acquired by Nirma.
Status of acquisition of land. If acquisition is not complete, stage of
Expansion is within the site only. No
xii the acquisition process and expected time of complete possession of
additional land is purchased for the proposed
the land.
project.


Not applicable as no additional land is
xiii R&R details in respect of land in line with state Government policy.
acquired for the proposed project.
5 Forest and wildlife related issues (if applicable):
Permission and approval for the use of forest land (forestry
i clearance), if any, and recommendations of the State Forest
Department. (if applicable)
Landuse map based on High resolution satellite imagery (GPS) of
ii the proposed site delineating the forestland (in case of projects
involving forest land more than 40 ha)
Status of Application submitted for obtaining the stage I forestry Not applicable as no National Parks,
iii Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves are present
clearance along with latest status shall be submitted.
within 10 Km of the project site. But,
The projects to be located within 10 km of the National Parks, presence of blackbuck and peacock was
Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves, Migratory Corridors of Wild noted in the study area. For the same,
Animals, the project proponent shall submit the map duly conservation plan was prepared and
iv
authenticated by Chief Wildlife Warden showing these features vis- submitted to Chief Wildlife Warden.
à-vis the project location and the recommendations or comments of Acknowledgment copy of the receipt from
the Chief Wildlife Warden-thereon. them is attached as Annexure 31.
Wildlife Conservation Plan duly authenticated by the Chief Wildlife
v Warden of the State Government for conservation of Schedule I
fauna, if any exists in the study area.
Copy of application submitted for clearance under the Wildlife
vi (Protection) Act, 1972, to the Standing Committee of the National
Board for Wildlife.
6 Environmental Status
Determination of atmospheric inversion level at the project site and Atmospheric inversion level at the project site
i site-specific micrometeorological data using temperature, relative & site-specific micrometeorological data:
humidity, hourly wind speed and direction and rainfall. Chapter 3, Section 3.4.3, Page No. 106.
Based on the long term meteriological data
AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8 locations for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX, of IMD, predominant wind direction is from
CO and other parameters relevant to the project shall be collected. NW for the monitoring period of October to
ii The monitoring stations shall be based CPCB guidelines and take December, 2017. Accordingly, as per CPCB
into account the pre-dominant wind direction, population zone and guidelines, AAQM was carried out at 9
sensitive receptors including reserved forests. locations: Chapter 3, Section 3.6, Page
No. 115.
Raw data of all AAQ measurement for 12 weeks of all stations as per Compiled AAQ results: Chapter 3, Section
frequency given in the NAQQM Notification of Nov. 2009 along with 3.6, Page No. 117.
iii - min., max., average and 98% values for each of the AAQ
parameters from data of all AAQ stations should be provided as an Compiled AAQ data: Annexure 17, Page
annexure to the EIA Report. No. 384.
Surface water quality of nearby River (100 m upstream and

Surface water quality data: Chapter 3,
iv downstream of discharge point) and other surface drains at eight
locations as per CPCB/MoEF&CC guidelines.
Whether the site falls near to polluted stretch of river identified by Site does not fall near polluted stretch of any
v
the CPCB/MoEF&CC, if yes give details. river identified by the CPCB/MoEF&CC.
Ground water monitoring at minimum at 8 locations shall be Ground water monitoring data: Chapter 3,
vi
included. Section 3.9, Page No. 130.
Noise monitoring levels: Chapter 3, Section
vii Noise levels monitoring at 8 locations within the study area.
3.8, Page No. 123.
Soil Characteristics: Chapter 3, Section
viii Soil Characteristic as per CPCB guidelines.
3.11, Page No. 137.
Approximately, 400 trucks/tankers per day
carrying raw material and finished goods
shall be using the state highway connecting
Traffic study of the area, type of vehicles, frequency of vehicles for
Bhavnagar and Ahmedabad. Employees and
ix transportation of materials, additional traffic due to proposed
contract workers (~20 cars & 30 two
project, parking arrangement etc.
wheelers) shall use the same route during
peak hour. Parking facility is available at
various locations within the plant premesis.


Traffic survey: Chapter 3, Section 3.7,
Page No. 119.
Detailed description of flora and fauna (terrestrial and aquatic)
existing in the study area shall be given with special reference to
Description of flora and fauna: Chapter 3,
x rare, endemic and endangered species. If Schedule-I fauna are
found within the study area, a Wildlife Conservation Plan shall be
prepared and furnished.
Socio-economic status of study area:
xi Socio-economic status of the study area.
7 Impact and Environment Management Plan
AERMOD software was used for determining
Assessment of ground level concentration of pollutants from the Ground Level Concentration (GLCs) of
stack emission based on site-specific meteorological features. In pollutants from point & line source due to the
case the project is located on a hilly terrain, the AQIP Modelling proposed project.
shall be done using inputs of the specific terrain characteristics for
Input data used is provided in Chapter 4,
determining the potential impacts of the project on the AAQ.
Section 4.4.1, Page No. 177 & GLCs due
i Cumulative impact of all sources of emissions (including
to proposed project: Chapter 4, Section
transportation) on the AAQ of the area shall be assessed. Details of
4.4.2, Page No. 179.
the model used and the input data used for modelling shall also be
provided. The air quality contours shall be plotted on a location map Air quality contours due to point & line
showing the location of project site, habitation nearby, sensitive source emissions are provided in Annexure
receptors, if any. 20 & Annexure 21, Page No. 410 & 428
respectively.
Covered in Marine EIA report prepared by
ii Water Quality modelling - in case of discharge in water body.
NIO as per Appendix 2.
Incremental GLCs due to road transport of
raw materials & end products: Chapter 4,
Impact of the transport of the raw materials and end products on There is no rail connectivity inside the plant
the surrounding environment shall be assessed and provided. In this premises. But, some products like soda ash &
iii regard, options for transport of raw materials and finished products vacuum salt is being transported to
and wastes (large quantities) by rail or rail-cum road transport or Bhavnagar railway depot via trucks and then
conveyor-cum-rail transport shall be examined. transported via railway to the end users in
India. And in similar way, raw materials like
coal, petcoke and limestone is being
transported to site.
Details of waste water & its recycle & reuse:
A note on treatment of wastewater from different plant operations, Chapter 2, Section 2.13.1, Page No. 83.
extent recycled and reused for different purposes shall be included. ETP Details: Chapter 2, Section 2.13.5,
iv Complete scheme of effluent treatment. Characteristics of untreated Page No. 87.
and treated effluent to meet the prescribed standards of discharge Characteristics of untreated and treated
under E(P) Rules. effluent: Chapter 2, Section 2.13.8, Page
No. 87.
Details of stack emission and action plan for control of emissions to Point source emission source & its APCM:
v
meet standards. Chapter 2, Section 2.11, Page No. 77.
Fugitive emission control: Chapter 2,
vi Measures for fugitive emission control
Details of hazardous waste generation & its
Details of hazardous waste generation and their storage, utilization management: Chapter 2, Section 2.14,
and management. Copies of MOU regarding utilization of solid and Page No. 95.
vii hazardous waste in cement plant shall also be included. EMP shall
include the concept of waste-minimization, recycle/reuse/recover Concept of waste-minimization, water
techniques, Energy conservation, and natural resource conservation. conservation, energy conservation: Chapter
2, Section 2.15, Page No. 97.
Proper utilization of fly ash shall be ensured as per Fly Ash Fly ash utilization action plan: Chapter 2,
viii
Notification, 2009. A detailed plan of action shall be provided. Section 2.14.6, Page No. 97.
Action plan for the green belt development plan in 33 % area i.e.
land with not less than 1,500 trees per ha. Giving details of species, Action plan for development of greenbelt:
ix
width of plantation, planning schedule etc. shall be included. The Chapter 4, Section 4.8.1, Page No. 199.
green belt shall be around the project boundary and a scheme for


greening of the roads used for the project shall also be
incorporated.
Action plan for rainwater harvesting measures at plant site shall be
submitted to harvest rainwater from the roof tops and storm water
Existing rainwater harvesting pond details:
x drains to recharge the ground water and also to use for the various
activities at the project site to conserve fresh water and reduce the
water requirement from other sources.
Total capital cost and recurring cost/annum
Total capital cost and recurring cost/annum for environmental
xi for EMP: Chapter 6, Section 6.1, Page
pollution control measures shall be included.
No. 207.
Post Project Environmental Monitoring
Action plan for post-project environmental monitoring shall be
xii Programme: Chapter 6, Section 6.2, Page
submitted.
No. 208.
Onsite and Offsite Disaster (natural and Man-made) Preparedness Onsite Emergency Plan: Chapter 7, Section
and Emergency Management Plan including Risk Assessment and 7.5.2, Page No. 232.
xiii
damage control. Disaster management plan should be linked with Offsite Emergency Plan: Chapter 7, Section
District Disaster Management Plan. 7.5.3, Page No. 250.
8 Occupational health
Expenditure Spend on Health & Safety in Six
Plan and fund allocation to ensure the occupational health & safety
i Months: Chapter 7, Section 7.5.2, Table
of all contract and casual workers.
7-31, Page No. 246.
Details of exposure specific health status evaluation of worker. If the
workers' health is being evaluated by pre designed format, chest x
rays, Audiometry, Spirometry, Vision testing (Far & Near vision,
colour vision and any other ocular defect) ECG, during pre Occupation health checkup details: Chapter
ii
placement and periodical examinations give the details of the same. 4, Section 4.10.1, Page No. 203.
Details regarding last month analyzed data of above mentioned
parameters as per age, sex, duration of exposure and department
wise.
List of relevant occupational and safety
hazards & control measures are provided in:
Details of existing Occupational & Safety Hazards. What are the Chapter 7, Section 7.5.2, Table 7-18,
exposure levels of hazards and whether they are within Permissible Page No. 232 & Table 7-30, Page No.,
iii Exposure level (PEL). If these are not within PEL, what measures 242.
the company has adopted to keep them within PEL so that health of Work place monitoring is regularly carried
the workers can be preserved, out at project site. Control measures if PEL
exceeds the permissible limits are provided in
Health status of workers are checked as per
Annual report of health status of workers with special reference to the regulatory requirement and reference
iv
Occupational Health and Safety. annual report of one employee is provided in
Annexure 26, Page No. 448.
9 Corporate Environment Policy
Does the company have a well laid down Environment Policy
EHS policy of Nirma is provided in Annexure
i approved by its Board of Directors? If so, it may be detailed in the
25, Page No. 446.
EIA report.
Does the Environment Policy prescribe for standard operating
No separate Environment policy is available.
process / procedures to bring into focus any infringement / deviation
ii Only EHS policy is available as already
/ violation of the environmental or forest norms / conditions? If so, it
mentioned above.
may be detailed in the EIA.
What is the hierarchical system or Administrative order of the
Hierarchical system of Nirma to deal with the
company to deal with the environmental issues and for ensuring
iii environmental issues: Chapter 10, Section
compliance with the environmental clearance conditions? Details of
10.4.2, Page No. 263.
this system may be given.
Does the company have system of reporting of non-compliances / System of reporting of non-compliances /
violations of environmental norms to the Board of Directors of the violations of environmental norms to the
iv
company and / or shareholders or stakeholders at large? This Board of Directors: Chapter 10, Section
reporting mechanism shall be detailed in the EIA report. 10.4.3, Page No. 264.


Infrastructure facilities such as sanitation,
Details regarding infrastructure facilities such as sanitation, fuel,
restroom etc. shall be provided to the labour
restroom etc. to be provided to the labour force during construction
10 force during construction as well as to the
as well as to the casual workers including truck drivers during
casual workers including truck drivers during
operation phase.
operation phase.
11 Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC)
As per the CER office memorandum dated
Adequate funds (at least 2.5 % of the project cost) shall be 01st May, 2018 of MoEF&CC, CER budget of
earmarked towards the Enterprise Social Commitment based on INR 3.3 crores i.e. 0.25% of project cost INR
i Public Hearing issues and item-wise details along with time bound 1,320 crores has been earmarked towards
action plan shall be included. Socio-economic development activities community development program in the
need to be elaborated upon. study area. Details of these fund allocation:
Any litigation pending against the project and/or any direction/order
passed by any Court of Law against the project, if so, details thereof
There is no any litigation pending against the
shall also be included. Has the unit received any notice under the
12 project and/or any direction/order passed by
Section 5 of Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 or relevant Sections
any Court of Law against the project.
of Air and Water Acts? If so, details thereof and compliance/ATR to
the notice(s) and present status of the case.
TOR Compliance table: Chapter 1, Section
13 A tabular chart with index for point wise compliance of above TOR.
1.5, Page No. 38.
SPECIFIC TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR EIA STUDIES FOR
C
CHLOR ALKALI INDUSTRIES
Details on demand of the product- chlorine and its associated Need of chlor-alkali plant: Chapter 1,
1
products. Section 1.3.1, Page No. 28.
Storage & transportation details of raw
Details on raw materials used in the production of chlorine (sodium
2 material: Chapter 2, Section 2.10.1, Page
chloride, potassium chloride, etc.), its storage and handling.
No. 75.
Details of proposed source - specific pollution control schemes (salt
Details of APCM to meet NAAQS: Chapter 2,
3 washing, filtration, cell ventilation as, chlorine handling and safety,
etc.) and equipments to meet the national standards.
Details of product handling: Chapter 2,
4 Details on products to rage and handling-chlorine, caustic soda, etc.
5 Details on tail gas treatment. None identified in the proposed project.
Power Requirement: Chapter 2, Section
Details on requirement of energy and water along-with its source 2.8.2, Page No. 73.
6
and authorization from the concerned department. Water Requirement: Chapter 2, Section
2.8.1, Page No. 73.
In case of modernization of existing mercury based chlor-alkali
plants with membrane cell Process (MBCP) industries or new units in
the existing industry premises, remediation measures adopted to Not applicable as the proposed project is
7
restore then environmental quality of the ground water, soil, crop, having membrane based chlor-alkali plant.
air, etc., are affected due to salinity and a detailed compliance to
the prior environmental clearance/ consent conditions.
Details on ground water quality and surface water quality of near by Ground water monitoring data: Chapter 3,
water sources and other surfaced rains. The parameters of water Section 3.9, Page No. 130.
8
quality may include Residual chlorine*, TDS*, alkalinity*, pH* & Surface water quality data: Chapter 3,
Mercury* (in water & sediment), etc. (*- As applicable) Section 3.9, Page No. 127.
Details on existing ambient air quality and expected, emissions for AAQ results: Chapter 3, Section 3.6, Page
PM10, PM2.5, SO2*, NOx*, CO2*, CO*, Chlorine*, acid mist* etc., and No. 117.
9 evaluation of the adequacy of the proposed pollution control devices Expected emissions (emission rates from
to meet standards for point sources and to meet AAQ standards. (*- proposed project): Chapter 4, Section
As applicable) 4.4.1, Page No. 177.
Programme to monitor safety and health
Specific programme to monitor safety and health protection of
10 protection of workers: Chapter 4, Section
workers.
4.10.1, Page No. 203.
Risk assessment should also include leakages and location near to Risk Assessment: Chapter 7, Section 7.4,
11
caustic soda plant & proposed measures for risk reduction Page No. 225.


Onsite Emergency Plan: Chapter 7, Section
Details of the emergency preparedness plan for chlorine/ Hydrogen 7.5.2, Page No. 232.
12 storage, handling and transportation and onsite and offsite
disaster management plan. Offsite Emergency Plan: Chapter 7, Section
7.5.3, Page No. 250.
STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCES – SODA ASH Standard TOR points for soda ash industries
INDUSTRIES are same as for Chlor Alkali Projects.
D
SPECIFIC TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR EIA STUDIES FOR
SODA ASH INDUSTRIES
Complete process flow diagram describing each unit, its processes
Process description of soda ash: Chapter 2,
1 and operations, along with material and energy inputs and outputs
(material and energy balance).
Storage & transportation details of raw
Details on requirement of raw materials (sea water, lime-stone,
2 material: Chapter 2, Section 2.10.1, Page
coke, ammonia, additives, etc.), its source and storage at the plant.
No. 75.
Consequence Analysis of Ammonia: Chapter
3 Details of handling ammonia and risk assessment.
Details on water balance including water use, quantity of effluent
Water Balance: Chapter 2, Section 2.13.2,
4 generated, recycled and reused and its impact of discharge to
Page No. 84.
receiving water body.
ETP Details: Chapter 2, Section 2.13.5,
Detail of effluent treatment plant, inlet and treated water quality Page No. 87.
5 with specific efficiency of each treatment unit in reduction in respect
of all concerned/ regulated environmental parameters. Inlet & treated water quality: Chapter 2,
CO2 emission details: Chapter 2, Section
6 Details of CO2 emissions including its quantum per ton of soda ash.
2.6.1, Page No. 64.
Details of hazardous waste generation & its
management: Chapter 2, Section 2.14,
Management plan for solid waste generation (fines of lime stone, Page No. 95.
7
grits, brine sludge etc.), storage, utilization and disposal modes. Details of other waste generation & its
management: Chapter 2, Section 2.14,
Page No. 95.
In case of coast at plants details on extraction of seawater and
Water consumption details: Chapter 2,
8 effluent disposal, development of solar salt works based on sea
water evaporation, etc,.
Details on ground water quality and surface water quality of near by Ground water monitoring data: Chapter 3,
waters ounces and other surfaced rains. The parameters of water Section 3.9, Page No. 130.
9
quality may include Cl-*, Ca2+*, Na+*, SO42-*, NH4+, Suspended Surface water quality data: Chapter 3,
solids* etc. (*- As applicable) Section 3.9, Page No. 127.
AAQ results does include Ammonia: Chapter
10 Ambient air quality should include NH3.
3, Section 3.6, Page No. 117.
STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCES – THERMAL POWER
E
PLANTS
Name of the project: EC & CRZ of Proposed
The proposed project shall be given a unique name in consonance
Expansion in Nirma Chemical Complex at
1 with the name submitted to other Government Departments etc. for
Village - Kalatalav, Taluka & District -
its better identification and reference.
Bhavnagar, Gujarat
Vision document specifying prospective long term plan of the project
2 Refer: Annexure 25.
shall be formulated and submitted.
Latest compliance report duly certified by the Regional Office of
MoEF&CC for the conditions stipulated in the environmental and CRZ
3 Refer APPENDIX 1.
clearances of the previous phase(s) for the expansion projects shall
be submitted.
The project proponent needs to identify minimum three potential
sites based on environmental, ecological and economic
Since this being expansion project, no other
4 considerations, and choose one appropriate site having minimum
sites were identified.
impacts on ecology and environment. A detailed comparison of the
sites in this regard shall be submitted.


Executive summary of the project indicating relevant details along
with recent photographs of the proposed site (s) shall be provided.
Response to the issues raised during Public Hearing and the written
5 Refer Chapter 11, Page No. 265.
representations (if any), along with a time bound Action Plan and
budgetary allocations to address the same, shall be provided in a
tabular form, against each action proposed.
Harnessing solar power within the premises of the plant particularly
at available roof tops and other available areas shall be formulated Solar lights are already placed at salt work
6
and for expansion projects, status of implementation shall also be area and labour colony.
submitted.
Coordinates of plant boundary: Chapter 2,
The geographical coordinates (WGS 84) of the proposed site (plant Map 2-2, Page No. 53.
boundary), including location of ash pond along with topo sheet Toposheet showing project site: Chapter 2,
(1:50,000 scale) and IRS satellite map of the area, shall be Map 2-3, Page No. 54.
7
submitted. Elevation of plant site and ash pond with respect to HFL Elevation of project site varies from 5 m to
of water body/nallah/River and high tide level from the sea shall be 10 m.
specified, if the site is located in proximity to them. Map showing HTL is provided in Annexure
23.
Layout plan indicating break-up of plant area, ash pond, green belt, Site Layout plan: Chapter 2, Map 2-4,
8
infrastructure, roads etc. shall be provided. Page No. 56.
Since, the project does not include
standalone thermal power plant and includes
Land requirement for the project shall be optimized and in any case co-generation unit, CEA guidelines are not
9 not more than what has been specified by CEA from time to time. applicable.
Item wise break up of land requirement shall be provided.
Area breakup at site: Chapter 2, Section
2.4.1, Table 2-1, Page No. 55.
Present land use (including land class/kism) as per the revenue
records and State Govt. records of the proposed site shall be
Land use map: Chapter 3, Section 3.5.3,
furnished. Information on land to be acquired including coal
10 Map 3-3, Page No. 112. No additional land
transportation system, laying of pipeline, ROW, transmission lines
will be procured.
etc. shall be specifically submitted. Status of land acquisition and
litigation, if any, should be provided.
If the project involves forest land, details of application, including
date of application, area applied for, and application registration Not applicable as project does not involves
11
number, for diversion under FCA and its status should be provided forest land.
along with copies of relevant documents.
The land acquisition and R&R scheme with a time bound Action Plan Not applicable, as no additional land will be
12
should be formulated and addressed in the EIA report. procured.
Satellite imagery and authenticated topo sheet indicating drainage, Toposheet: Chapter 2, Map 2-3, Page No.
cropping pattern, water bodies (wetland, river system, stream, 54.
13 nallahs, ponds etc.), location of nearest habitations (villages),
creeks, mangroves, rivers, reservoirs etc. in the study area shall be Drainage Map: Chapter 3, Map 3-4, Page
provided. No. 133.
Location of any National Park, Sanctuary, Elephant/Tiger Reserve

Not applicable as there are no National Park,
(existing as well as proposed), migratory routes / wildlife corridor, if
Sanctuary, Elephant/Tiger Reserve, migratory
14 any, within 10 km of the project site shall be specified and marked
routes / wildlife corridor within 10 km from
on the map duly authenticated by the Chief Wildlife Warden of the
proposed project.
State or an officer authorized by him.
Topography of the study area supported by toposheet on 1:50,000
scale of Survey of India, along with a large scale map preferably of Topography of study area: Chapter 3,
1:25,000 scale and the specific information whether the site requires Section 3.10.2, Page No. 128.
15
any filling shall be provided. In that case, details of filling, quantity Toposheet: Chapter 2, Map 2-3, Page No.
of required fill material; its source, transportation etc. shall be 54.
submitted.
A detailed study on land use pattern in the study area shall be
carried out including identification of common property resources Land use studies: Chapter 3, Section 3.5,
16 (such as grazing and community land, water resources etc.) Page No. 108. No action plan is required as
available and Action Plan for its protection and management shall be additional land will not be procured.
formulated. If acquisition of grazing land is involved, it shall be


ensured that an equal area of grazing land be acquired and
developed and detailed plan submitted.
A mineralogical map of the proposed site (including soil type) and Mineralogical map & soil type maps:
17 information (if available) that the site is not located on potentially Chapter 3, Section 3.10.3, Map 3-5 -
mineable mineral deposit shall be submitted. Map 3-6, Page No. 134.
Details of fly ash utilization plan as per the latest fly ash Utilization Fly ash utilization plan: Chapter 2, Section
Notification of GOI along with firm agreements / MoU with 2.14.6, Page No. 97.
18 contracting parties including other usages etc. shall be submitted.
The plan shall also include disposal method / mechanism of bottom MOU with (UTCL – GCW) for Accepting Fly
ash. Ash: Annexure 13, Page No. 373.
Water conservation measures: Chapter 2,

The water requirement shall be optimized (by adopting measures Section 2.15.1, Page No. 97.
such as dry fly ash and dry bottom ash disposal system, air cooled Water requirement & source: Chapter 2,
condenser, concept of zero discharge) and in any case not more Section 2.13.1, Page No. 82.
19 than that stipulated by CEA from time to time, to be submitted along Water consumption details with reuse &
with details of source of water and water balance diagram. Details recirculation quantities: Chapter 2, Section
of water balance calculated shall take into account reuse and re- 2.13.1, Table 2-17, Page No. 82.
circulation of effluents. Water balance diagram: Chapter 2, Section
2.13.2, Page No. 83.
Water body/Nallah (if any) passing across the site should not be
disturbed as far as possible. In case any Nallah / drain is proposed
to be diverted, it shall be ensured that the diversion does not disturb No Water body/Nallah passing across the site
20
the natural drainage pattern of the area. Details of proposed will be disturbed.
diversion shall be furnished duly approved by the concerned
Department of the State.
Plant boundary is more than 500 m from HFL
It shall also be ensured that a minimum of 500 m distance of plant of river, railway track & national highway.
boundary is kept from the HFL of river system / streams etc. and Distances of the same is provided in
21
the boundary of site should also be located 500 m away from Chapter 2, Section 2.3.1, Page No. 51 &
railway track and National Highways. Chapter 3, Section 3.5.4, Table 3-7,
Page No. 111.
Hydro-geological study of the area shall be carried out through an
The Hydrogeological study of the area was
institute/ organization of repute to assess the impact on ground and
conducted by an expert duly accredited by
22 surface water regimes. Specific mitigation measures shall be spelt
NABETas FAE (HG). Hydro-geological study:
out and time bound Action Plan for its implementation shall be
submitted.
Detailed studies on the impacts of the ecology including fisheries of
Impact on ecology: Chapter 4, Section
the River/Estuary/Sea due to the proposed withdrawal of water /
4.8, Page No. 197. Marine impact
discharge of treated wastewater into the River/Sea etc shall be
assessment study was carried out by CSIR-
23 carried out and submitted along with the EIA Report. In case of
NIO, Chennai. Details of water intake and
requirement of marine impact assessment study, the location of
outfall is provided in Chapter 2, Section
intake and outfall shall be clearly specified along with depth of water
2.6.4, Page No. 71.
drawl and discharge into open sea.
Source of water and its sustainability even in lean season shall be
provided along with details of ecological impacts arising out of
withdrawal of water and taking into account inter-state shares (if
Source of water is sea water. So, it is
24 any). Information on other competing sources downstream of the
sustainable throughout the year.
proposed project and commitment regarding availability of requisite
quantity of water from the Competent Authority shall be provided
along with letter / document stating firm allocation of water.
Detailed plan for rainwater harvesting and its proposed utilization in Details of existing rainwater harvesting:
25
the plant shall be furnished. Chapter 4, Section 4.6.4, Page No. 191.
Feasibility of near zero discharge concept shall be critically examined Not applicable for the proposed project due
26
and its details submitted. to high sea water intake.
Optimization of Cycles of Concentration (COC) along with other Not applicable, as once through cooling by
27
water conservation measures in the project shall be specified. sea water is proposed.
Plan for recirculation of ash pond water and its implementation shall
28 Not applicable as no ash pond will be built.
be submitted.


Detailed plan for conducting monitoring of water quality regularly
with proper maintenance of records shall be formulated. Detail of
methodology and identification of monitoring points (between the
Plan for conducting monitoring of water
plant and drainage in the direction of flow of surface / ground
29 quality: Chapter 6, Section 6.1, Table 6-1
water) shall be submitted. It shall be ensured that parameter to be
Page No. 207.
monitored also include heavy metals. A provision for long-term
monitoring of ground water table using Piezometer shall be
incorporated in EIA, particularly from the study area.
Socio-economic study of the study area comprising of 10 km from
the plant site shall be carried out through a reputed institute / Socio economic study details: Chapter 3,
30
agency which shall consist of detail assessment of the impact on Section 3.13, Page No. 156.
livelihood of the local communities.
Action Plan for identification of local employable youth for training in
Employment will be given to locals based on
skills, relevant to the project, for eventual employment in the project
31 their skills. Details of the same: Chapter 2,
itself shall be formulated and numbers specified during construction
& operation phases of the Project.
Employment will be given to local tribals as
If the area has tribal population it shall be ensured that the rights of per the need and their skills: Details of tribal
32 tribals are well protected. The project proponent shall accordingly population in study area is provide din
identify tribal issues under various provisions of the law of the land. Chapter 3, Section 3.13.2, Table 3-49,
Page No. 160.
A detailed CSR plan along with activities wise break up of financial
commitment shall be prepared. CSR component shall be identified
considering need based assessment study and Public Hearing issues.
Financial commitments for Environment
Sustainable income generating measures which can help in
33 Social Commitment: Chapter 6, Section
upliftment of affected section of society, which is consistent with the
6.3, Table 6-3, Page No. 209.
traditional skills of the people shall be identified. Separate budget
for community development activities and income generating
programmes shall be specified.
While formulating CSR schemes it will be
While formulating CSR schemes it shall be ensured that an in-built ensured that an in-built monitoring
monitoring mechanism for the schemes identified are in place and mechanism for the schemes identified are in
mechanism for conducting annual social audit from the nearest place. Action Plan for the status of
government institute of repute in the region shall be prepared. The implementation of the scheme from time to
34
project proponent shall also provide Action Plan for the status of time and dovetail the same with any Govt.
implementation of the scheme from time to time and dovetail the scheme(s) will be prepared.
same with any Govt. scheme(s). CSR details done in the past should
be clearly spelt out in case of expansion projects. Existing CSR activities: Chapter 6, Section
6.3, Page No. 208.
R&R plan, as applicable, shall be formulated wherein mechanism for
protecting the rights and livelihood of the people in the region who
are likely to be impacted, is taken into consideration. R&R plan shall
R&R is not applicable, as no additional land is
35 be formulated after a detailed census of population based on socio
acquired.
economic surveys who were dependant on land falling in the
project, as well as, population who were dependant on land not
owned by them.
Assessment of occupational health and endemic diseases of No occupational health and endemic diseases
36 environmental origin in the study area shall be carried out and of environmental origin in the study area is
Action Plan to mitigate the same shall be prepared. recorded.
Occupational health and safety measures for the workers including Occupational health and safety measures:
identification of work related health hazards shall be formulated. Chapter 4, Section 4.10.1, Page No.
The company shall engage full time qualified doctors who are 203.
trained in occupational health. Health monitoring of the workers Full time qualified doctors who are trained
shall be conducted at periodic intervals and health records are available at site as mentioned in
maintained. Awareness programme for workers due to likely adverse Chapter 7, Section 7.5.2, Page No. 236.
37
impact on their health due to working in non-conducive environment Health monitoring of the workers is regularly
shall be carried out and precautionary measures like use of personal conducted and health records are
equipments etc. shall be provided. Review of impact of various maintained.
health measures undertaken at intervals of two to three years shall
Awareness programme for workers due to
be conducted with an excellent follow up plan of action wherever
likely adverse impact on their health due to
required.
working in non-conducive environment is


carried out and precautionary measures like
use of personal equipment etc. is ensured.
Review of impact of various health measures
undertaken are conducted with top
management as per Chapter 10, Section
10.4, Figure 10-1, Page No. 263.
One complete season site specific meteorological and AAQ data
(except monsoon season) as per latest MoEF&CC Notification shall
be collected and the dates of monitoring shall be recorded. The One complete season site specific
parameters to be covered for AAQ shall include PM10, PM2.5, SO2, meteorological and AAQ data (project specific
NOx, CO and Hg. The location of the monitoring stations should be parameter) with its dates of monitoring:
38 so decided so as to take into consideration the upwind direction, Annexure 17, Page No. 384.
pre-dominant downwind direction, other dominant directions, Locations of AAQM as per guidelines:
habitation and sensitive receptors. There should be at least one Chapter 3, Section 3.6.3, Table 3-10,
monitoring station each in the upwind and in the pre - dominant Page No. 115.
downwind direction at a location where maximum ground level
concentration is likely to occur.
In case of expansion project, air quality monitoring data of 104 Annual Ambient Air quality data is provided
observations a year for relevant parameters at air quality monitoring in: Chapter 3, Section 3.6.2, Table 3-9,
39
stations as identified/ stipulated shall be submitted to assess for Page No. 114 and Annexure 18, Page
compliance of AAQ Standards (annual average as well as 24 hrs). No. 392.
List of Nearby Major Industries in Study
A list of industries existing and proposed in the study area shall be
40 Area: Chapter 2, Section 2.4.3, Table
furnished.
2-4, Page No. 63.
Impacts & mitigations for air quality:
Cumulative impacts of all sources of emissions including handling
AERMOD software was used for processing
and transportation of existing and proposed projects on the
the GLCs.
environment of the area shall be assessed in detail. Details of the
Model used and the input data used for modelling shall also be Input data used for modelling: Chapter 4,
41 provided. The air quality contours should be plotted on a location Section 4.4, Table 4-3, Page No 177.
map showing the location of project site, habitation nearby, The air quality contours are plotted on a
sensitive receptors, if any. The windrose and isopleths should also location map showing the location of project
be shown on the location map. The cumulative study should also site, habitation nearby, sensitive receptorsas
include impacts on water, soil and socio-economics. provided in Annexure 20 & Annexure 21,
Page No. 410 & Page No. 428
respectively.
Radio activity and heavy metal contents of coal to be sourced shall Radioactivity & Heavy metal reports:
42
be examined and submitted along with laboratory reports. Annexure 10, Page No. 362.
Fuel analysis shall be provided. Details of auxiliary fuel, if any, Fuel analysis report along with linkage:
43
including its quantity, quality, storage etc should also be furnished. Annexure 11, Page No. 369.
Fuel details: Chapter 2, Section 2.8.3,
Quantity of fuel required, its source and characteristics and Page No. 73.
documentary evidence to substantiate confirmed fuel linkage shall
Fuel Linkage: Annexure 11, Page No.
be furnished. The Ministry's Notification dated 02.01.2014 regarding
44 369.
ash content in coal shall be complied. For the expansion projects,
the compliance of the existing units to the said Notification shall also Since, the proposed project is having CFBC
be submitted. technology, the said notification, is not
applicable in our case.
Details of transportation of fuel from the source (including port
handling) to the proposed plant and its impact on ambient AAQ shall
Details of transportation of fuel from the
be suitably assessed and submitted. If transportation entails a long
45 source: Chapter 2, Section 2.6.3, Page
distance it shall be ensured that rail transportation to the site shall
No. 71.
be first assessed. Wagon loading at source shall preferably be
through silo/conveyor belt.
For proposals based on imported coal, inland transportation and port Imported Coal will be handled by Bhavnagar
46 handling and rail movement shall be examined and details furnished. port and will be sent in covered
The approval of the Port and Rail Authorities shall be submitted. trucks/dumpers.
Details regarding infrastructure facilities such as sanitation, fuel, Local construction worker will be hired as far
47 restrooms, medical facilities, safety during construction phase etc. to as possible so basic infrastructure like
be provided to the labour force during construction as well as to the sanitation and medical facilities will be


casual workers including truck drivers during operation phase should provided to labour force during construction
be adequately catered for and details furnished. phase.
EMP to mitigate the adverse impacts due to the project along with EMP will item wise cost and time bound
48 item - wise cost of its implementation in a time bound manner shall implementation: Chapter 6, Section 6.2,
be specified. Table 6-1, Page No. 207.
A Disaster Management Plan (DMP) along with risk assessment
study including fire and explosion issues due to storage and use of
fuel should be carried out. It should take into account the maximum
inventory of storage at site at any point of time. The risk contours DMP: Chapter 7, Section 7.5, Page No.
should be plotted on the plant layout map clearly showing which of 230.
49
the proposed activities would be affected in case of an accident Risk Assessment: Chapter 7, Section 7.4,
taking place. Based on the same, proposed safeguard measures Page No. 225.
should be provided. Measures to guard against fire hazards should
also be invariably provided. Mock drills shall be suitably carried out
from time to time to check the efficiency of the plans drawn.
The DMP so formulated shall include measures against likely
Fires/Tsunami/Cyclones/Storm Surges/ Earthquakes etc, as Onsite Emergency Plan: Chapter 7, Section
applicable. It shall be ensured that DMP consists of both On-site and 7.5.2, Page No. 232.
50 Off-site plans, complete with details of containing likely disaster and
shall specifically mention personnel identified for the task. Smaller Offsite Emergency Plan: Chapter 7, Section
version of the plan for different possible disasters shall be prepared 7.5.3, Page No. 250.
both in English and local languages and circulated widely.
Detailed scheme for raising green belt of native species of
appropriate width (50 to 100 m) and consisting of at least 3 tiers
around plant boundary with tree density of 2,000 to 2,500 trees per
ha with a good survival rate of around 80% shall be submitted.
Green belt development plan: Chapter 4,
51 Photographic evidence must be created and submitted periodically
including NRSA reports in case of expansion projects. A shrub layer
beneath tree layer would serve as an effective sieve for dust and
sink for CO2 and other gaseous pollutants and hence a stratified
green belt should be developed.
Over and above the green belt, as carbon sink, plan for additional
plantation shall be drawn by identifying blocks of degraded forests,
in close consultation with the District Forests Department. In Not applicable as no degraded forests are
52
pursuance to this the project proponent shall formulate time bound identified in the study area.
Action Plans along with financial allocation and shall submit status of
implementation to the Ministry every six months.
53 Corporate Environment Policy
Does the company has a well laid down Environment Policy
EHS Policy of Nirma: Annexure 25, Page
a approved by its Board of Directors? If so, it may be detailed in the
No. 446.
EIA report.
Does the Environment Policy prescribe for standard operating
process / procedures to bring into focus any infringement / deviation EHS policy of the Nirma is available and
b
/ violation of the environmental or forest norms / conditions? If so, it complies with the condition.
may be detailed in the EIA.
What is the hierarchical system or Administrative order of the
Hierarchical system of the company:
company to deal with the environmental issues and for ensuring
c Chapter 10, Section 10.4.2, Figure 10-1,
compliance with the environmental clearance conditions. Details of
Page No. 263.
this system may be given.
Compliance management system is in place
Does the company has compliance management system in place wherein compliance status along with
wherein compliance status along with compliances / violations of compliances / violations of environmental
environmental norms are reported to the CMD and the Board of norms are reported to the CMD and the
d
Directors of the company and / or shareholders or stakeholders at Board of Directors of the company.
large? This reporting mechanism should be detailed in the EIA
report. Reporting mechanism: Chapter 10, Section
10.4.3, Figure 10-2, Page No. 264.
Details of litigation pending or otherwise with respect to project in
54 No, litigation pending.
any Court, Tribunal etc. shall invariably be furnished.

Additional TOR for Coastal Based Thermal Power Plants

Projects (TPPs):
Low lying areas fulfilling the definition wetland as per Ramsar
There are no low lying areas as per
a Convention shall be identified and clearly demarcated w.r.t the proposed
Ramsar convention near the project site.
site.
If the site includes or is located close to marshy areas and backwaters,
CRZ Map has been prepared by IRS,
these areas must be excluded from the site and the project boundary
b Anna University, Chennai showing CRZ
should be away from the CRZ line. Authenticated CRZ map from any of
areas is shown in Annexure 23.
the authorized agencies shall be submitted.
The soil leveling should be minimum with no or minimal disturbance to
the natural drainage of the area. If the minor canals (if any) have to be
diverted, the design for diversion should be such that the diverted canals There will be no disturbance to the
c not only drains the plant area but also collect the volume of flood water natural drainage of the area. There will
from the surrounding areas and discharge into marshy areas/major be no diversion of any canal.
canals that enter into creek. Major canals should not be altered but their
embankments should be strengthened and desilted.
Additional soil required for leveling of the sites should as far as possible Top soil will be used for greenbelt
d be generated within the site itself in such a manner that the natural development. Also, no soil from outside
drainage system of the area is protected and improved. will be used for levelling.
Marshy areas which hold large quantities of flood water to be identified
e No marshy area will be disturbed.
and shall not be disturbed.
No waste should be discharged into Creek, Canal systems, Backwaters,
Marshy areas and seas without appropriate treatment. Wherever No untreated waste water will be
feasible, the outfall should be first treated in a Guard Pond and then only discharged into the creek. Plant wise
discharged into deep sea (10 to 15 m depth). Similarly, the Intake Effluent treatment procedure and
f
should be from deep sea to avoid aggregation of fish and in no case disposal/utilization is provided in
shall be from the estuarine zone. The brine that comes out from Chapter 2, Section 2.13.9, Table 2-
Desalinization Plants (if any) should not be discharged into sea without 30, Page No 95.
adequate dilution.
Nirma has already planted mangroves in
the area approx. 153 ha. (378 acres) in
Mangrove conservation and regeneration plan shall be formulated and consultation with District Forest
g Action Plan with details of time bound implementation shall be specified, Department in the vicinity of seawater
if mangroves are present in Study Area. intake system (Sonarai creek) and soda
ash effluent disposal system (Malcolm
channel).
EMP for Ecological & Biodiversity as
A common Green Endowment Fund should be created by the project
mentioned in Chapter 6, Section 6.1,
h proponents out of EMP budgets. The interest earned out of it should be
Table 6-1, Page No. 207 includes the
used for the development and management of green cover of the area.
green endowment fund.
Covered in Chapter 7, Section 7.1,
i Impact on fisheries at various socio economic level shall be assessed.
Page No. 197 of Marine EIA report.
An endowment Fishermen Welfare Fund should be created out of CSR
CER funds is including Fishermen
grants not only to enhance their quality of life by creation of facilities for
Welfare activities as provided in
j Fish Landing Platforms / Fishing Harbour / cold storage, but also to
Chapter 6, Section 6.3.2, Table 6-3,
provide relief in case of emergency situations such as missing of
Page No. 210.
fishermen on duty due to rough seas, tropical cyclones and storms etc.
Tsunami Emergency Management Plan shall be prepared wherever Tsunami Emergency Management Plan
k applicable and Plan submitted prior to the commencement of will be prepared before commencement
construction work. of construction work.
There should not be any contamination of soil, ground and surface
Necessary preventive measures as
waters (canals & village pond) with sea water in and around the project
provided in Chapter 4, Section 4.6.3,
sites. In other words necessary preventive measures for spillage from
Page No. 191, shall be taken to avoid
pipelines, such as lining of Guard Pond used for the treatment of outfall
l contamination of soil, ground and
before discharging into the sea and surface RCC channels along the
surface waters (canals & village pond)
pipelines of outfall and intake should be adopted. This is just because
with sea water in and around the project
the areas around the projects boundaries could be fertile agricultural
sites.
land used for paddy cultivation.
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | JANUARY 2020 50 (i)

NIRMA LTD. KALATALAV, TALUKA & DISTRICT - BHAVNAGAR, GUJARAT PROJECT DESCRIPTION
2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION
This chapter provides a condensed description of those aspects of the project likely to cause environmental effects.
Details are described in following sections with regards to type, need, location, size or magnitude of project
operations, technology and other related activities.
2.1 TYPE OF PROJECT

The proposed project falls under 4(d)-Caustic-Soda Plant, 4(e)- Soda Ash Plant & 1(d)-Thermal Power Plant in the
‘Project or Activities’ listed within the Schedule to the EIA Notification dated September 14th, 2006 (amended till
date). This project shall be treated as Category “A”.
As per the Coastal Regulation Zone (CRZ) map prepared by Anna University, Chennai, the project activities partly
falling under CRZ are categorized in Chapter 7, Section 7.2, Table 7-1, hence CRZ clearance is also required for
the project as per the CRZ Notification 2011 amended till date.
2.2 NEED FOR THE PROJECT
Proposed project is required as there is regular use of the proposed products and has demand in local market as
well as in export.
This will meet the local demand, generate employment and generate revenue for government.
2.3 LOCATION
Proposed project is located at Survey No. 478/p, 447-453, 455-457, Village-Kalatalav, Taluka & District Bhavnagar,
and Gujarat.
Location map showing general location of proposed project is given in Map 2-1. Specific Map showing project
boundary and the co-ordinates of the project site is given in Map 2-2. Map showing project site on Toposheet is
provided as Map 2-3.
2.3.1 Approach to the Project Site
By Road
The nearest highway (Bhavnagar-Ahmedabad SH-6 Coastal highway) is about 14.0 kms away from the plant in the
West direction.
By Rail
Major railway station for public transportation is Bhavnagar Railway Station located at an aerial distance of ~10 Km
from the project site in the South-South West Direction.
By Air
Bhavnagar has its own airport, Bhavnagar Airport, which is at ~10 Km from project site.

NIRMA LTD. EIA FOR PROPOSED EXPANSION IN NIRMA CHEMICAL COMPLEX AT VILLAGE - KALATALAV, TALUKA & DISTRICT - BHAVNAGAR, GUJARAT PROJECT DESCRIPTION
Map 2-1: General Location of Proposed Project Site

Map 2-2: Specific Map Showing Project Boundary

Map 2-3: Map Showing Project Site on Toposheet (F43M1, F43M5)

2.4 SIZE OR MAGNITUDE OF OPERATION
2.4.1 Size, Land Distribution and Project Site Layout
Plot area of the proposed project consists of 22,49,458 m2 out of which expansion will take place in 4,00,824 m2 of
existing land. Area breakup of the site is as per Table 2-1. Pie chart showing area distribution at site is given in
Figure 2-1. Photographs of the existing project site is given in Photograph 2-1. Site layout plant is shown in
Map 2-4.
Table 2-1: Area Breakup
Area, m2
% of total
S. No. Title Additional from
Existing Total Area
existing land area
1 Plant facilities 3,39,825 95,300 4,35,125 19.3
Storage (Raw Material &
2 1,83,216 10,184 1,93,400 8.6
Finished Products)
3 Storage (Fuel) 4,33,940 -- 4,33,940 19.3
4 Storage (Water) 30,400 -- 30,400 1.4
5 Utilities 68,250 8,750 77,000 3.4
6 Laboratory 3,600 -- 3,600 0.2
7 Approach Road(s) 13,000 -- 13,000 0.6
8 Green Belt 4,59,031 2,83,290 7,42,321 33.0
9 ETP 12,500 3,300 15,800 0.7
10 Office + Parking + Security 14,500 -- 14,500 0.6
11 Open area 6,91,196* -4,00,824 2,90,372 12.9
Total 22,49,458 100%
* The existing & proposed industrial operational activities are within the existing land premises in possession of
Nirma Ltd. No additional land area is to be acquired.
Figure 2-1: Pie Chart – Area Distribution

Map 2-4: Site Layout Map

Photograph 2-1: Photographs of Existing Project Site
Soda Ash Plant Captive Co-generation Unit
Hypo Plant Caustic Soda Plant
2.4.2 Magnitude of the Project
Production capacities for the products in which expansion is proposed is tabulated in Table 2-2. Total product list
is tabulated in Table 2-3.
Table 2-2: Production Capacities for the Products in which Expansion is Proposed
Sr. Product/ By- CAS no. / Capacity (TPD)

End Use
No. product CI no. Existing Proposed Total
Soda Ash Plant (Area = 2,61,548.33 m2)
Used as a water softener, in detergents which
helps remove grease, oil and stains. Used as
Light Soda Ash
1 497-19-8 2,800 1,500 4,300 ingredient in the manufacture of dyes and
Plant
colouring agents, synthetic detergents,
Silicates and fertilizers.
Dense Soda Used as raw material for manufacture of glass,
2 497-19-8 1,800 600 2,400
Ash* silicate & precipitated silica
* Dense Soda Ash is conversion of Light Soda Ash
Caustic Soda Plant (Area = 2,88,945.55 m2)
Used in manufacture of Pulp & Paper, Alumina,
Caustic Soda Soap & Detergents, Petroleum products, water
1 1310-73-2 750 250 1,000
(100%) treatment, food, textiles, metal processing &
mining
Used in manufacture of batteries, photoflash
Hydrochloric
2 7647-01-0 280 220 500 bulbs, fireworks, in process sugar & gelatine,
Acid (100%)
refinement of ore, production of tantalum & tin


End Use
Caustic Soda Plant – By Products
Used as an antiseptic and is used to make
drinking water safe and to treat swimming
pools. Large amounts of chlorine are used in
Chlorine Gas
1 7782-50-5 665.2 220.8 886 many industrial processes, such as in
(100%)
the production of paper products, plastics,
dyes, textiles, medicines, antiseptics,
insecticides, solvents and paints
Used to make ammonia for agricultural
fertiliser (the Haber process) and cyclohexane
Hydrogen and methanol, which are intermediates in
2 1333-74-0 18.75 6.25 25
(100%) the production of plastics and pharmaceuticals.
It is also used to remove sulfur from fuels
during the oil-refining process
Used in bleaching, cleaning, disinfection,
Sodium Hypo
3 7681-52-9 12 3 15 deodourizing, waste water treatment, nerve
Chlorite (100%)
agent neutralization, reduction of skin damage
Co-Generation Plant (Area = 69,100 m2)
Cogeneration 197.18 152.82
1 -- 350 MW Captive usage (Not for sale)
Plant MW MW

NIRMA LTD. BHAVNAGAR, GUJARAT PROJECT DESCRIPTION
Table 2-3: Detailed Existing & Proposed Product List
CAS no. / Capacity

Sr. No. Products/By-Products Unit End Use
CI no. Existing Proposed Total
1 Soda Ash Plant
Water softener, in detergents. Used as ingredient in the manufacture
A Light Soda Ash TPD 2,800 1,500 4,300 of dyes and colouring agents, synthetic detergents, Silicates and
497-19-8 fertilizers.
B Dense Soda Ash TPD 1,800 600 2,400 Raw material for manufacture of glass, silicate & precipitated silica
Used in various foods as baking agent, confectionery, beverages and
C Refined Sodium Bicarbonate (RBC) 144-55-8 TPD 400 0 400
dairy products.
D Pure Water - M3/D 6,720 0 6,720
Used for food or animal feed (agriculture) as well as several industrial
E Vacuum Salt 7647-14-5 TPD 2,400 0 2,400
applications & water conditioning
2 Caustic Soda Plant
A Product
Pulp & Paper, Alumina, Soap & Detergents, Petroleum products,
Caustic Soda (100%) 1310-73-2 TPD 750 250 1,000
water treatment, food, textiles, metal processing & mining
Batteries, photoflash bulbs, fireworks, in process sugar & gelatine,
Hydrochloric Acid (100%) 7647-01-0 TPD 280 220 500
B By-Products
Antiseptic and is used to water treatment plants, swimming pool.
Chlorine Gas (100%) 7782-50-5 TPD 665.2 220.8 886 Production of paper products, plastics, dyes, textiles, medicines,
antiseptics, insecticides, solvents and paints
Production of Ammonia, cyclohexane and methanol which are
Hydrogen (100%) 1333-74-0 TPD 18.75 6.25 25 intermediates in the production of plastics and pharmaceuticals. It is
also used to remove sulfur from fuels during the oil-refining process
Bleaching, cleaning, disinfection, deodourizing, waste water
Sodium Hypo Chlorite (100%) 7681-52-9 TPD 12 3 15
treatment, nerve agent neutralization, reduction of skin damage
3 Cogeneration Plant
Power MW 197.18 152.82 350 Captive Use only
Chlorine & Hydrogen
4 Derivatives (NOC/CTE
obtained)

CAS no. / Capacity

Bleaching of chemical pulp, mechanical pulp, and recycled pulp (de-
A Hydrogen Peroxide (100%) 7722-84-1 TPD 84 0 84 inking),in pulp & paper bleaching increases brightness levels,
improves brightness stability, and reduces manufacturing cost
Making glycerine and as a monomer/building block for making plastics
B Epichlorohydrin (ECH) 51594-55-9 TPD 150 0 150 and other polymers, coagulant aids in water treatment, the paper and
drug industries as an insect fumigant.
Used in food and beverages, serves as a humectant, solvent, and
sweetener, preserve foods, as filler in commercially prepared low-fat
C Glycerin 56-81-5 TPD 160 0 160
foods (e.g., cookies), and as a thickening agent in liqueurs. Glycerol
and water are used to preserve certain types of plant leaves
Used as building block in organic synthesis, the production of various
D Mono Chloro Acetic Acid (MCAA) 79-11-8 TPD 120 0 120
chemical compounds, drugs, and agrochemicals
By-Products
Used in pickling operations to remove rust and other impurities from
carbon, alloy and stainless steels, to prepare the steel for final
Hydrochloric Acid (100%) 7647-01-0 TPD 48 0 48
applications in car bodies, bridges and household appliances
f,aluminum etching and metal cleaning applications
Used as building block in organic synthesis, the production of various
Mother Liquor of MCAA 79-11-8 TPD 30 0 30
chemical compounds, drugs, and agrochemicals
Used for water purification. It is used on a large scale for surface
purification, bleaching, odor removal and water disinfection
Product
Used as an acetylating agent with the acylation capability being
stronger than acetic anhydride,organic synthesis and dyes, catalyst
E Tricolor Acetyl Chloride (TCAC) 75-36-5 TPD 10 0 10
for the carboxylic acid to have chlorination reaction as well as being
used forhydroxyl and amino quantitative analysis
By-Product
Used in pickling operations to remove rust and other impurities from
carbon, alloy and stainless steels, to prepare the steel for final
Hydrochloric Acid (100%) 7647-01-0 TPD 9 0 9 applications in car bodies, bridges and household appliances for
example. It is also used in aluminum etching and metal cleaning
applications
Used for water purification. It is used on a large scale for surface
purification, bleaching, odor removal and water disinfection

CAS no. / Capacity

Used as a food additive and a food preservative, purification and

decolorization processes during production of various chemicals,
Sodium Bisulfite Solution (100%) 7631-90-5 TPD 3 0 3
wastewater treatment, in drinking water treatment, in prevention of
corrosion, wine making, and DNA sequencing.
Used as a dehydrating agent in the petrochemical industry, due to its

Calcium Chloride (100%) 10035-04-8 TPD 152 0 152 ability to deprive a chemical compound of its water content.Calcium
chloride helps in lowering the freezing or melting point of water.
F
Used as a dehydrating agent in the petrochemical industry, due to its
Calcium Chloride Granules 10035-04-8 TPD 160 0 160 ability to deprive a chemical compound of its water content.Calcium
chloride helps in lowering the freezing or melting point of water.
By-Product
CO2 Gas 124-38-9 TPD 60 0 60 Utilized by plants to form food by photosynthesis.
Used for refrigeration and cooling as an inert gas in chemical
processes, in the storage of carbon powder and in fire extinguishers.
Solid CO2 (Dry Ice) & / or Liquid CO2 124-38-9 TPD 60 0 60
Metals Industry: Carbon dioxide is used in the manufacture of casting
molds to enhance their hardness
Used as food & beverages, pharmaceuticals, agriculture and
cosmetics. The food grade phosphoric acid is used as a foodadditive
G Phosphoric Acid (61.5% P2O5) 7664-38-2 TPD 100 0 100
in seafood, meat and poultry products for making them firm and
smoother.
5 Toilet Soap Plant
Used to wash an object or a body and contains more acids which is
called fatty material. With high fatty content these soaps cleanse very
Toilet Soap 8029-38-7 TPD 200 0 200
well and removes all most all germs including few agents which are
helpful for skin.
Used as a Cleaning agent that helps to remove dirt and grease from
porous surfaces (such as fabrics, clothes, non-treated wood) and/or
Detergent Powder 7758-29-4 TPD 414.66 0 414.66
non-porous surfaces (such as metals, plastics, and treated wood). All
detergents are made principally of soaps or surfactants
Used as a Cleaning agent that helps to remove dirt and grease from
porous surfaces (such as fabrics, clothes, non-treated wood) and/or
Detergent Cake 27276-87-0 TPD 414.66 0 414.66
non-porous surfaces (such as metals, plastics, treated wood). All
detergents are made principally of soaps or surfactants

CAS no. / Capacity

Used in the production of soap, both for cosmetic purposes, in the
case of metallic soaps, as lubricants. Fatty acids are also converted,
Fatty Acid 67701-03-05 TPD 150 0 150
via their methyl esters, to fatty alcohols and fatty amines, which are
precursors to surfactants, detergents, and lubricants.
Food industry. In food and beverages, glycerol serves as a
humectant, solvent, and sweetener, preserve foods, used as filler in
Glycerin 56-81-5 TPD 167 0 167 commercially prepared low-fat foods (e.g., cookies), and as a
thickening agent in liqueurs. Glycerol and water are used to preserve
certain types of plant leaves
6 Bromine Plant
Used in many areas such as agricultural chemicals, dyestuffs,
insecticides, pharmaceuticals and chemical intermediates. Some uses
Bromine 7726-95-6 TPD 20 0 20
are being phased out for environmental reasons, but new uses
continue to be found

2.4.3 Site History & Nearby Industries
Nirma limited had purchased 555 Acres of land, out of which, 480 Acres was waste land/non-agriculture land
purchased from government and 75 Acres land was non-agriculture land which was purchased from land owner.
The soda ash plant was commissioned in 2000 and caustic soda plant was commissioned in 2009.
There is only few major industries in the study area. Details of the same is tabulated in Table 2-4.
Table 2-4: List of Nearby Major Industries in Study Area

S. Distance from Direction w.r.t.
Name of Industry Type of product
No. Project Site (in Km) Project site
1 Archit Organosys 0.7 N MCAA (derivatives of chlorine)
2 Excel Crop Care Limited 7.0 S Pesticide based products
2.5 PROPOSED SCHEDULE FOR APPROVAL AND IMPLEMENTATION
Project implementation schedule describing various activities from commencement of site work to commercial
production with expected dates of all these activities is described in Table 2-5.
Table 2-5: Project Approval & Implementation Schedule

S. No. Activities Start Finish
1 EC + CRZ Approval November, 2017 September, 2020
2 Detailed Engineering May, 2020 December, 2020
Delivery start from
3 Procurement and Delivery January, 2021
June, 2021
4 Construction at Site (Buildings, Mech., Piping, Elec., Inst etc.) June, 2021 December, 2022
5 Pre Commissioning January, 2023 June, 2023
6 CTO Approval July, 2023 January, 2024
7 Process Start-up and Stabilization September, 2023 February, 2024
2.6 TECHNOLOGY AND PROCESS DESCRIPTION
2.6.1 Soda Ash Plant (Expansion from 2,800 TPD to 4,300 TPD)
Process Description
The global theoretical equation for the production of soda ash, involving sodium chloride and calcium carbonate is
as follows;
2 NaCl + CaCO3  Na2CO3 + CaCl2
In practice the reaction is not possible and needs the participation of other substances and many different process
steps to get the final product. The first reaction involves absorption of ammonia in salt solution, followed by
reaction of ammoniated brine with carbon dioxide to obtain ammonium carbonate followed by ammonium
bicarbonate. The continuous introduction of carbon dioxide injection and cooling the solution, precipitation of
sodium bicarbonate is achieved and ammonium chloride is formed. The chemical reactions of the process are given
below:
NaCl + H2O + NH3  NaCl + NH4OH

2 NH4OH + CO2  (NH4)2CO3 + H2O
(NH4)2CO3 + CO2 + H2O  2 NH4HCO3
2 NH4HCO3 + 2 NaCl  2 NaHCO3 + 2 NH4Cl

Sodium Bicarbonate crystals are separated from the mother liquor by filtration, followed by thermal decomposition
to obtain sodium carbonate, water and carbon dioxide. Sodium carbonate, thus formed is called “light soda ash”
because its bulk density is approximately 0.5 t/m3.
2 NaHCO3  Na2CO3 + H2O + CO2
CO2 is recovered in the carbonation step. The mother liquor is treated to recover ammonia, by reacting with dry
lime followed by steam stripping to recover free gaseous ammonia, which is recycled to absorption step.
2 NH4Cl + H2O+CaO  CaCl2 + 2 NH3 + 2 H2O
Carbon dioxide and Calcium oxide originate from limestone calcinations CaCO 3  CaO + CO2. Calcium and
magnesium which are impurities in the brine are removed by reacting with alkali and carbon dioxide to produce
insoluble salts. Brine purification reactions are described in the following equations:
Ca2+ + CO32-  CaCO3

Mg2+ + 2 OH-  Mg (OH) 2
The difference between Light and Dense Soda ash is bulk density & the size of particles. Dense Soda ash is
produced via the monohydrate process. The hot light soda ash discharge from Calciner is transported via chain
conveyors and bucket elevator to Hydrator.
In hydrator Light Soda ash is mixed with water to form monohydrate according to the exothermic reaction:
Na2CO3 + H2O  Na2CO3.H2O
The next step is dehydration and drying of the monohydrate in Fluid Bed Dryer according to endothermic reaction:
Na2CO3.H2O  Na2CO3 + H2O
The Dense Soda Ash is cooled and transported to storage to packing plant.
CO2 emissions
CO2 generation during soda ash production is 0.76 ton/ton of Soda Ash. Out of which 0.43 tons is consumed in the
process and 0.33 tons is vent out.
Process Flow Diagram
The block diagram of the Soda Ash Manufacturing unit is given in Figure 2-2.

Figure 2-2: Process Flow Diagram - Soda Ash Manufacturing Process
Mass Balance
Mass balance for Soda Ash Plant is provided in Table 2-6.
Table 2-6: Mass Balance – Soda Ash

S. Input/MT of Product
No. Raw Materials Quantity (MT)
1 Salt 2
2 Lime Stone 1.75
3 Ammonia 0.003
4 Coke 0.114
5 Sodium Sulphide 0.005
6 Water 11.08
Total 14.95
Output/MT of Product
S.
Waste Air Recovery/ Remarks
No. Product Solid Waste
water Emission Product
1 Soda Ash -- -- 1 -- Product
2 CaCl2 1.05 -- -- -- Recycle / Disposal
3 CO2 Gas -- 0.58 -- -- Venting
4 NH3 Gas -- 0.003 -- -- To Scrubber
Co-product & For road
5 Waste Water 11.62 -- -- 0.70 construction, salt works
& bund preparation
12.67 0.583 1 0.70 --
Total
14.95

2.6.2 Caustic Soda Plant (Expansion from 750 TPD to 1,000 TPD)
The Caustic soda manufacturing technology being used i.e. membrane technology is completely environment
friendly. The by products are hydrogen, chlorine & sodium hypo chlorite. Hydrochloric acid is manufactured using
H2 and Cl2 (produced from cell house).
Process Description:
Manufacturing process of Caustic Soda involves the following key steps:
Brine Saturation: Desirable circulating rate of brine in saturator is attained by dissolving salt from solar salt works
and depleted brine from the process. The water loss by membrane is compensated by supply of demineralized
water.
Chemical Preparation: In precipitation tanks saturated brine is treated to remove Ca, Mg & Sulphates by adding
Na2CO3, NaOH and Barium Chloride.
Clarification: Flocculants are added to enhance the settling. Impurities are removed in clarifier. Main impurities
are solids which are pumped to sludge filtration unit. Filtrate is recycled to clarifier.
Filtration: Anthracite filters are used to remove suspended solids.

Secondary Brine Purification: Polishing candle filters and ion exchange system is used for this process. The
objective of producing ultra-pure brine required for membrane cell operation is achieved. Polished brine after
heating through brine heater is passed through two ion exchange columns connected in series. The columns have
cation exchange resin, which provides active sites for adsorption of residual calcium and magnesium salts still
present in brine. Brine is passed through heat exchanger for achieving the temperature required at cell inlet.
Electrolysis: Brine flows into the anode chamber. Cl2 is liberated at the anode surface with depleted brine left
behind. Cl2 and depleted brine overflows from the anode chambers into the anolyte header. Weak caustic flows into
the cathode chamber. H2 is generated at the cathode surface and OH ions combine with the Na+ ions diffusing
through the membrane. A two-phase mixture of 32% NaOH and hydrogen overflows into the catholyte header.
Anode Reaction : 2NaCl 2Na+ + Cl2 + 2 e–
Cathode Reaction : 2H2O + 2 e– 2OH– + H2
Overall Reaction : 2NaCl + 2H2O 2NaOH + Cl2 + H2
Catholyte System: In the catholyte header the two-phase mixture of NaOH and Hydrogen gets separated. This
catholyte stream is tapped as “Product” and fed to the caustic evaporation unit. Whole stream is not tapped and
some part is sent for internal consumption.
Anolyte Dechlorination: Depleted brine containing dissolved chlorine (called anolyte) is dechlorinated in two
stages: Vacuum dechlorination and chemical dechlorination. A part stream of chemically dechlorinated brine is be
purged out of the system to keep the sulphate within the desired levels.
Caustic Evaporation Unit: Here the incoming 32% Caustic is concentrated to 50%. The 50% caustic coming
from this unit can be stored in 50% storage tank.
Chlorine Treatment: The water vapour is removed, from the saturated chlorine, using series of coolers. The gas
is then passed through the moist chlorine filter to remove the entrained brine aerosol. In drying towers 98% H 2SO4
is used to dry moist chlorine.
The dried chlorine gas is compressed to the required pressure and then liquefied. Liquid chlorine from the liquefiers
is sent to liquid chlorine storage tanks. Sniff gas from the liquefier containing inlets and chlorine gas is sent to the
HCl synthesis unit. Excess sniff gas, is diverted to the waste air system.

Hydrogen Treatment: Hydrogen gas leaving the cells saturated with water vapour is cooled. The cooled gas is
passed through filters to remove the NaOH aerosols. Some amount of hydrogen is required for HCl synthesis and a
part of the gas is sent to caustic flaking unit to be used as fuel and a part is sent to hydrogen bottling through
hydrogen compressors as per requirement and the balance hydrogen is vented through with flame arrestor.
HCl Synthesis Unit:

Hydrogen is burnt in Chlorine atmosphere and the combustion gases are absorbed in water to yield a 32% HCl
solution. HCl produced is pumped to HCl head tank from HCl receiver for internal consumption within plant.
The Block diagram showing the Caustic Soda Manufacturing Process is shown in Figure 2-3.
Figure 2-3: Process Flow Diagram – Caustic Soda Plant
VENT
CHLORINE
HYPO HYPOCHLORITE WASTE GAS COOLING & 78% H2 SO4
FILLING STORAGE DECHLORINATION DRYING
CHLORINE CHLORINE
VENT 98% H2SO4 COMPRESSION LIQUEFICATION
HCL HCL HCL SYNTHESIS

FILLING STORAGE UNIT HYDROGEN LIQUID CHLORINE
TREATMENT CHLORINE FILLING
H2 TO STACK STORAGE
HYDROGEN
BOTTLING
BRINE DM WATER
PURIFICATION ANODE CATHODE
(ION EXCHANGE) + -
BRINE CHLORATE ANOLYTE CATHOLYTE

CATHOLYTE CAUSTIC
FILTRATION DESTRUCTION DECHLORINATION SYSTEM
SYSTEM EVAPORATION
48.5 /
NaHSO3 , NaOH 32% SOLUTION
50%NaOH
BRINE SLUDGE SOLUTION
CLARIFICATION FILTRATION SLUDGE
CAUSTIC TO FLAKING
FLOCCULANT DM WATER/ STORAGE AND UNIT
CONDENSATE FILLING
BRINEBRINE SALTSALT
PRECIPITATION
PRECIPITATION SATURATION
SATURATION
FLAKES STORAGEAND
CHEMICALS BAGGING
Na 2 CO3 ,NaOH SALT
Mass Balance
Mass balance for Caustic Soda Plant is provided in Table 2-7.
Table 2-7: Mass Balance – Caustic Soda
S. Input/MT of Product
No. Raw Materials Quantity (MT)
1 Raw Salt 1.79
2 Soda Ash / Sodium Carbonate 0.011
3 Sulphuric acid (98 %) 0.13
4 Reagent (Flocculants & Alpha Cellulose) 0.00064
5 Water 10.21
Total 12.14

Output/MT of Product
S.
Waste Air Recovery/ Remarks
No. Product Solid Waste
water Emission Product
1 Caustic soda (100 %) -- -- 1 -- Product
Water with caustic soda +
2 HCl + Hypo + Brine -- -- 8.037 -- Part of Product
recovery
3 Chlorine gas -- -- 0.887 --
4 Hydrogen gas -- -- 0.025 --
5 HCl -- -- 0.29 -- By-Product / Co product
6 Hypo -- -- 0.021 --
7 Sulphuric acid (78 %) -- -- 0.025 --
Liquid effluent (from to ETP for recovery /

8 1 -- -- --
process) reuse in soda ash process
9 Emissions of HCl/Cl2 -- 0.002 -- -- To Vent

For road construction, salt
10 Solid waste (dry basis) -- -- -- 0.0155
works & bund preparation
Drift and Evaporation
11 -- 0.837 -- -- Moisture loss
losses
1 0.839 10.285 0.0155
Total
12.14
2.6.3 Cogeneration Plant (Expansion from 197.18 MW to 350 MW)
In the case of lignite/coal-fired boilers, steam generation with any of following firing technology is technically
feasible:
 Circulating fluidized bed combustion (CFBC)

 Pressurized Fluidized Bed Combustion (PFBC)
 Integrated Gasification Combined Cycle (IGCC)
 Pulverized Fuel Firing (PF)
Circulating fluidized bed combustion (CFBC) technology is adopted for the proposed cogeneration plant. Domestic
&/or Imported Coal / Pet coke / Lignite based CFBC Boilers having capacities of 410 TPH & 130 TPH (Total 540
TPH), along with cogeneration plant machineries will be installed in order to meet internal steam and power
requirement.
The steam generator units proposed for the plant will be compact, semi-outdoor, natural/assisted circulation,
balanced draft, single drum, water tube type provided with CFBC system using pan-leg furnace configuration. In a
typical Circulating Fluidized Bed furnace, the lignite fed on a bed of suitable inert material with addition of a sorbent
material (such as lime stone) is burnt in suspension through the action of primary air distributed below the
combustor floor. In addition, secondary air is introduced at suitable points in the combustion zone to ensure
controlled and complete combustion of the fuel. Suitable lignite feeding and limestone feeding arrangements are
provided in the typical Circulating Fluidized Bed Combustion systems and is commonly used as bed material for
initial start-up of the boiler. The steam generators will be designed for satisfactory continuous operation with the
range of lignite/coal expected for this plant without any need for auxiliary fuel oil for fire stabilization etc. Coal / Pet
coke / Lignite will be used as fuel based on its availability after mixing in appropriate ratio.
Common chimney for boilers I and J will be constructed. Limestone will be mixed with fuel blend to meet the SOx
emission norms. The NOx emission from the steam generator is least in case of CFBC steam generator design in
view of low combustion temperature maintained in the furnace. The steam generator and auxiliaries will perform
continuously within noise limits as per relevant standard specification but not more than 85 dB (A) at 1.0 meter

from any equipment or sub equipment. The steam from the boiler will go to back pressure turbo generators. The
extracted back pressure steam will be used in process.
General process flow diagram of cogeneration plant is shown in Figure 2-4. Diagram showing process of typical
Co-Generation plant operation is presented in Figure 2-5.
Figure 2-4: Process Flow Diagram – Proposed Cogeneration Plant

Figure 2-5: Typical Drawing showing Operation of Proposed Cogeneration Plant
Flue Gas System
ID Fan including ESP

The flue gas system will comprise of the cyclones, convection pass, tubular air heater and ID Fans.
Hot flue gases of about 9000C will exit the recycling cyclone and enter the convective pass. The convective pass
includes super heater and economizer section and from there the flue gas will enter tubular air preheaters.
The flue gas will be cooled down to 1400C as they exit the air preheater, utilizing the heat for primary and
secondary air heating. Flue gas will pass through Electro Static Precipitators, where the particulate matter will be
removed to the extent required and collected in the ESP ash hoppers.
The pressure at the cyclone outlet will be controlled to about atmospheric conditions and from that point to the
suction of the fan, the pressure becomes negative and the system will be under vacuum. The ID fans provide the
necessary energy for the Final loss and boost the flue gas pressure sufficiently as it enters the stack.
The two radial induced Final fans with inlet and outlet damper fitted with variable frequency drive will induce the
flow of flue gases from the cyclones to the stack.
Electrostatic Precipitator
Each steam generating unit will be provided with one (1) electrostatic precipitators each may having two (2)
parallel gas paths. Each path comprises adequate roof fields in series for collection of fly ash. The ESP will have a
collection efficiency of corresponding to 50 mg/Nm³.

Each ESP will be provided with ash hoppers having capacity 6 hours ash storage of the first field and 8 hours for
the rest of the fields considering worst fuel firing at 100% BMCR.
Coal Handling System
Coal will be procured from nearby Bhavnagar port (~ 50-60 km from the project site) and shall be conveyed via
covered trucks/dumper. It will be then unloaded in grizzle hopper in coal handling plant.
This coal will be transported up to the coal storage bunkers through conveyor belts. Coal will be then transported to
the crusher house by conveyor belts where it will be crushed to small pieces. The crushed coal will be then taken to
the Boiler through coal pipes with the help of hot and cold air mixture.
Ash Handling System
The fly ash produced from combustion will be collected at various locations such as economizer, air preheater,
electrostatic precipitators, etc. along with bottom ash and shall be transported pneumatically with the help of dense
phase pneumatic pumps to closed storage silos.
The generated fly ash will be taken by Ultra Tech Cement Limited, Gujarat Cement Works (UTCL – GCW) or sold to
nearby brick manufacturers. MOU with (UTCL – GCW) is attached as Annexure 13. Bottom Ash is partly recycled
after screening and balance will be sold to the cement industry. Steel / RCC silos will be provided having storage
capacity of atleast 3 days to store Fly Ash.
Dust collection system will be installed at transfer tower, crusher house, top of silo & bunker tower. Close ash
handling system will be provided to avoid dusting.
Resource Optimization/ Recycling and Reuse
Steam condensate will be recycled back into the process.
2.6.4 Sea Water Intake and Effluent Discharge
Sea Water Intake
Pumping stations for sea water intake are located at Gundala, New Gundala, Narbad and Jaswantpara. Infratructure
like water pumping station is situated in highly dynamic marine environment. Hence, these marine facilities will be
regularly monitored for structural damage and maintained for proper functioning. New installation will be done after
necessary strengthening work for intake water pumping station. Photograph showing Gundala pumping station is
shown in Photograph 2-2.
Photograph 2-2: Gundala Pumping Station (Sea Water Intake)
Pumping station at Gundala

Final Effluent Discharge
Existing
In existing scenario, soda ash process effluent is taken into series of settling ponds for separation of suspended
solids. Out of this, 12 MLD after meeting GPCB discharge norms, is being disposed into the Malcom Channel at
21°50’36.36” N, 72°15’27.06” E, in line with CSIR-NIO recommendations and CRZ clearance granted. The balance
18 MLD treated wastewater is recirculated to the salt works.
Presently, 13.5 MLD bittern is generated from the salt works which is sent to Bromine plant and de-brominated bittern
is being disposed at a controlled rate of 6 MLD in Bhavnagar Creek, as per CRZ clearance at a point suggested by
CSIR-NIO at location 21°49’39” N and 72°11’44” E and balance is being recycled in salt works.
After Expansion
After expansion, ~60 MLD process effluent is proposed to be discharged after settling into the Malcom Channel at
points in line with CSIR-NIO recommendations:
 12 MLD at present disposal point located at 21°50'36.18"N & 72°15'27.033"E.

 48 MLD at the end of an existing trestle, located at 21°50'33.52"N & 72°15'22.45"E.
823 MLD effluent from once through cooling sea water will be generated. It will be discharged into Bhavnagar
Creek via open channel as per:
 Except Monsoon: ~ 600 MLD will be recycled in salt works and balance ~223 MLD will be disposed.
 During Monsoon: 823 MLD.
CRZ Recommendations for the same will be taken and provided in Final EIA report.
2.7 PROPOSED INFRASTRUCTURE FOR THE PROJECT
Project area is categorized in the seismic zone III, as per Seismic Zoning Map of Gujarat by Institute of
Seismological Research (ISR), which is classified as having a Moderate Damage Risk Zone. The structure design will
be as per codes to negate the threat of damages due to flood & earthquake.
No major service infrastructure is required for the proposed unit as the existing facilities are already in place. Yet,
list of major machineries/equipment to be procured for the proposed expansion is tabulated in Table 2-8.
Table 2-8: List of major Machineries / Equipment for Expansion Project

Sr. Description of main Existing Existing Proposed Proposed
UNIT
No. machineries / plant Quantity Capacity Quantity Capacity
1 LIME KILN 08 TPD 2,680 06 2,010
2 LIME GRINDING MILL 04 TPD 2,856 02 1,680
A 100
B 100
C 100
3 BOILER (05) TPH 02 500
D 100
E 200
F 410
TOYO # A 16.34
TOYO # B 16.34
BHEL 6.5
4 TURBINE (05) MW 03 186
TG # 4 22.85
TG # 5 20
TG # 6 82

Sr. Description of main Existing Existing Proposed Proposed

UNIT
No. machineries / plant Quantity Capacity Quantity Capacity
5 COMPRESSOR 05 Nm /hr
3
1,99,534 02 1,43,068
6 CARBONATING TOWER 14 TPD 3,920 06 1,680
Rotary Vacuum Drum
7 08 TPD 4,320 03 1,440
Filter
8 CALCINERS 08 TPD 4,480 02 1,600
9 RO-1 Stream 12 M3/hr 2,185 06 1,100
UHDE membrane
10 10 TPD [60TPDx5]+[90TPDx5] 02 250
electrolyzer
[17.5KAx400VDCx2]x3
11 Rectifier 12 -- - -
17KA x 590VDC x 6
12 Chlorine Liquefier 02 -- 220 TR + 330 TR - -
13 Chlorine Filling station 22 -- [21x2,000kg]+[1x300kg] - -
14 Caustic Evaporation Unit 02 TPD 300 TPD + 250 TPD 01 250
15 Flaking Unit 02 TPD 100 TPD + 200 TPD - -
1 x 20 TPD
16 HCl Synthesis Unit 05 TPD 2 x 75 TPD 01 100
2 x 100 TPD
Infrastructure facilities such as sanitation, restroom etc. shall be provided to the labour force during construction as
well as to the casual workers including truck drivers during operation phase.
2.8 UTILITIES
The estimated list of utilities required for the project is as given below:
2.8.1 Water Requirement and its Source
Water requirement for various industrial & domestic purposes, is fulfilled through existing seawater intake facilities
developed on Sonarai Creek, near village Gundala. Existing seawater intake is 14.06 x 105 KLD. Additional seawater
intake will be 3.60 x 105 KLD. Thus, after expansion, total raw (sea) water requirement will be 17.66 x 105 KLD.
2.8.2 Power & Steam Requirement and its Source
Existing power requirement is 197.18 MW which is met from existing co-generation plant. The total additional
power demand for the expansion has been estimated about 152.82 MW which will be met by installing additional
coal / lignite / pet-coke based CFBC boiler (410 TPH & 130 TPH, total 540 TPH*) along with Turbo-alternator and
utilizing some surplus steam from existing boilers.
*Capacity of proposed boilers may vary however total proposed capacity of steam generation will remain same as
540 TPH.
Arrangement has also been made for sourcing power through sub-station of Gujarat State Electricity Board.
2.8.3 Fuel Requirement and its Source
During operation phase, coal / pet coke / lignite will be used as fuel. Details of fuel along with the quantity and
means of transportation is given in Table 2-9. LDO will be used as startup fuel in boiler & HSD will be used in DG
sets, which will be only used as backup power supply source during emergencies.

Fuel Quality & Linkage
Proximate analysis of the fuels are as provided in Annexure 10. Assurance letter for supply of fuel for the
proposed project is provided as Annexure 11.
2.9 MANPOWER
Existing manpower employed at the operational site is 1,630 nos. Manpower required during construction phase
would be 150 nos. The manpower required during the operation phase of expansion plants would be 100 nos.
(direct) & around 700 nos (indirect - company contracts, shops and small businesses in the vicinity).
They may be hired locally. First preference shall be given to skilled, semi-skilled work force of local community.
Thus, the total manpower during full operation phase of Nirma-Kalatalav complex will be approximately 1,730 nos.
2.10 STORAGE DETAILS

The details of raw material, storage facilities for raw material and finished goods, water requirement and waste
water generation, stack and emission and solid waste generation are described in this section.
2.10.1 Raw Material
Details of raw material along with the quantity, source, mode of transportation & storage details is given in Table
2-9.
2.10.2 Finished Products
Details of raw material along with the quantity, marketing area, mode of transportation & storage details is given in
Table 2-10.

Table 2-9: Details of Raw material Quantity, Source and Storage Details
Requirement (MTPD) Capacity of No. of
S. CAS no. / CI Physical Mode of Means of
Chemical Source Storage Means Storage Total Cap
No. no. Existing Proposed Total State Transportation Storage
(MT / kl / nm3) means
One (common
Own Salt Tractor / for soda ash &
1 Salt 7647-14-5 6,990 3,463 10,453 Solid Open 8,00,000 MT 1
works Conveyor Belt caustic soda
plant)
Domestic
2 Lime Stone 1317-65-3 5,050 2,705 7,755 Solid &/or Truck Open 45,000 MT 2 90,000 MT
Imported
3 Ammonia 7664-41-7 8.5 5 13.5 Liquid Domestic Tanker Tank 22 MT 2 44 MT
Shed +
Open
6,500 MT +
4 Coke 266-010-4 319.2 171 490.2 Solid Domestic Truck (covered 2 15,000 MT
8,500 MT
with
tarpaulin)
Domestic
5 Sodium Sulphide 1313-82-2 14.6 8 22.6 Liquid &/or Tanker Tank 100 m3 1 100 m3
Imported
8 Soda Ash 497-19-8 8.25 3 11.25 Solid In-house In-house Shed 10 MT 2 20 MT
9 Sodium Bi-Sulfite 16721-80-5 0.17 0.06 0.23 Solid Domestic Truck Shed 25 MT 2 50 MT
10 Sulphuric Acid 98-11-3 15.78 5.26 21.04 Liquid Domestic Tanker Tank 20 m3 + 50 m3 2 70 m3
11 Flocculants -- 0.03 0.01 0.04 Solid Domestic Truck Shed 1 MT 2 2 MT
12 Alpha Cellulose 9004-34-6 0.3 0.1 0.4 Solid Domestic Truck Shed 2 MT + 3 MT 2 5 MT
14 Coal 65996-77-2 7,440 5,766 13,206 Solid Shed 7,500 MT +
15 Pet coke 266-010-4 2,880 2,232 5,112 Solid Shed 7,500 MT + 3 45,000 MT
16 Lignite 129521-66-0 7,584 5,878 13,462 Solid Domestic Shed 30,000 MT
&/or Trucks
Open
Imported
Limestone (under (covered
17 1317-65-3 1,625 1,259 2,884 Solid 45,000 MT 2 90,000 MT
sized) with
tarpaulin)
18 LDO 8008-20-6 210 163 373 Liquid Domestic Tanker Tank 50 KL 3 150 KL
19 HSD 68476-30-2 955 740 1,695 Liquid Domestic Tanker Tank 20 KL 1 20 KL

Table 2-10: Details of Final Product Quantity, Marketing area and Storage Details
Generation (MTPD) Capacity of No. of
S. CAS no. / Physical Marketing Means of Mode of
Chemical Storage Means Storage Total Cap
No. CI no. Existing Proposed Total State Area Storage Transportation
(MT or nm3) means
Light Soda Ash All over India Truck / Train /

1 497-19-8 2,800 1,500 4,300 Solid Silo 600 MT 9 5,400 MT
Plant and exported Ship
in other
Truck / Train /
2 Dense Soda Ash 497-19-8 1,800 600 2,400 Solid countries Silo 1,000 MT 4 4,000 MT
Ship
Caustic Soda
3 1310-73-2 750 250 1,000 Liquid Tank Tanker 500 m3 4 2,000 m3
(100%)
Hydrochloric Acid
4 7647-01-0 280 220 500 Liquid Tank Tanker 1,000 m3 4 4,000 m3
(100%)
Bullet Truck 64 m3 4 256 m3
Chlorine Gas Bullet Truck 100 m3 2 200 m3
5 7782-50-5 665.2 220.8 886 Gas
(100%)
2,128 +
All over India Tonner Truck 0.78 m3 1,660 m3
2,128
Used as fuel in flaker plant, so no storage at
Tank Pipeline
Hydrogen site
6 1333-74-0 18.75 6.25 25 Gas
(100%) Excess hydrogen is sold to actual users as per
Cylinder Truck
their requirement
Sodium Hypo 50 m3 2 100 m3

7 7681-52-9 12 3 15 Liquid Tank Tanker
Chlorite (100%) 100 m3 2 200 m3

2.11 AIR EMISSIONS & ONLINE MONITORING SYSTEMS
2.11.1 Point Source Emissions & Control (Action Plan to Achieve NAAQ Standards)
Point source emissions of pollutants into air from the proposed project will be through flue gas stacks attached to
boilers and DG sets and through process vents attached to various scrubbers. The principal air pollutants are SPM,
SO2, NOx, Ammonia, HCl and Chlorine (Cl2). It will be controlled by various scrubbers, ESP, bag filters. Adequate
stack height and proper pollution control equipment are provided for all existing flue gas stacks & process
vents/stacks.
From the existing facility point source emissions are identified as 7 flue gas stacks and 24 process stacks/vents.
Proposed plant shall have additional 3 flue gas stack and 6 process stacks/vents.
Details of existing & proposed stacks and APCM to control emissions are tabulated in Table 2-11 & Table 2-12.
Table 2-11: Details of Flue Gas Stacks

Stack Stack
S. Stack Attached Existing/
Fuel & its Consumption Height Top Dia. APCM Pollutants
No. to Proposed
(m) (m)
Soda Ash Plant
Boiler - A, B, C & Lignite-71 MT/hr &/or 100 ESP to
1 D (100 TPH Existing Coal-50 MT/hr &/or Pet (Common 5.04 each PM, SO2, NOX
Each) coke-50 MT/hr Stack) boiler
DG Set (1000
2 KVA) Existing HSD-8.6 Litres/Min 24 (each) 0.2 _ PM, SO2, NOX
2 No.
DG Set (2000
3 Proposed HSD- 400 KL/Month 30 0.32 _ PM, SO2, NOX
KVA)
Caustic Soda & Co-generation Plant

Lignite-55 MT/hr &/or
Coal-55 MT/hr &/or Pet
Boiler - E (200
1 Existing coke-25 MT/hr &/or LDO ESP PM, SO2, NOX
TPH)
(for starting of CFBC 121
boiler)- 54.8 KL/Year (Common 4.5
As per EC 2014 Lignite-55 MT/hr &/or Stack)
Boiler - F (200 Coal-55 MT/hr &/or LDO
2 Existing ESP PM, SO2, NOX
TPH) – Not (for starting of CFBC
Installed Yet boiler)- 54.8 KL/Year
As per EC 2017 Lignite-135 MT/hr &/or
Boiler - G & H Coal-15 MT/hr &/or Pet 121
(350 TPH each ) coke-70 MT/hr
3 Existing (Common 13.4 ESP PM, SO2, NOX
– Installed One
LDO (for starting of CFBC Stack)
boiler having
capacity 410 TPH boiler)- 100 KL/Year
DG Set (1,000
4 Existing HSD-144 KL/Month 30 0.32 -- PM, SO2, NOX
KVA)
DG Set (1,500
5 Existing _ PM, SO2, NOX
KVA)
HSD-440 KL/Month 30 0.32
DG Set (1,500
6 Existing _ PM, SO2, NOX
KVA)
DG Set (1,850
7 Proposed HSD-340 KL/Month 30 0.32 -- PM, SO2, NOX
KVA)

Stack Stack
S. Stack Attached Existing/
Fuel & its Consumption Height Top Dia. APCM Pollutants
No. to Proposed
(m) (m)
Lignite-245 MT/hr &/or

Boiler-I & J (410 Coal-240 MT/hr &/or Pet 121
8 TPH + 130 Proposed coke-93 MT/hr (Common 13.4 ESP PM, SO2, NOX
TPH)* LDO (for starting of CFBC Stack)
boiler)- 163 KL/Year
Toilet Soap Plant

Thermic Fluid
Heaters-
1 Existing FO-360 kg/hr 45 0.4 -- PM, SO2, NOX
10,00,000
Kcal/hr (3 Nos.)
Chlorine & Hydrogen Derivatives (NOC/CTE Obtained)
Furnace (Calcium
1 Existing Coal-75 TPD 27 0.315 Bag Filter PM, SO2, NOX
Chloride)
* Capacity of proposed boilers may vary however total proposed capacity of steam generation will remain same as
540 TPH.
Table 2-12: Details of Process Stacks/Vents

Stack Stack
Sr. Existing / Air Pollution Control
Vent Attached to Height Dia. Pollutant
No. Proposed System
(m) (m)
Soda Ash Plant – Existing & Proposed
68
4 scrubbers and 3 ESP
Lime Kilns (A to H) – 8 nos. Existing (Common 0.8 PM, SO2, NOx
in Series
Stack)
56
Ammonia Recovery System (A to Brine Scrubbers (5
Existing (Common 0.75 Ammonia
E) – 5 No. nos.)
Stack)
Lime Grinding System (A to E) – 5
Existing 60 (each) 0.65 Bag Filter PM
nos.
Calcinations Vessel (A to D) – 4
Existing 29 (each) 0.7 Water Scrubber PM
nos.
Densification 1 Existing 40 1.37 Water Scrubber PM
Densification 2 Existing 51 1.37 Water Scrubber PM
1 Densification 3 Existing 51 1.37 Water Scrubber PM
Drier Exhaust Air (RBC Plant) Existing 28 1.01 Cyclone and Bag Filter PM
De-dusting system (RBC Plant) Existing 54 0.43 Bag filter PM
68
Two scrubbers and two
Lime Kilns (I to L) – 4 nos. Proposed (Common 0.8 PM, SO2, NOx
ESP in Series
Stack)
56
Ammonia Recovery System (F & Brine Scrubbers (2
Proposed (Common 0.75 Ammonia
G) – 2 nos. nos.)
Stack)
Lime Grinding System (F) – 1 nos. Proposed 60 0.65 Bag Filter PM
29
Calcinations Vessel (E & F) – 2
Proposed (Common 0.7 Water Scrubber PM
nos.
vent)
Densification 4 Proposed 51 1.37 Water Scrubber PM
Caustic Soda and CPP - Existing & Proposed
2 HCl Synthesis Unit – 1 Existing 30 0.1 Water Scrubbers HCl & Cl2
HCl Synthesis Unit – 2 Existing 30 0.1 Water Scrubbers HCl & Cl2

Stack Stack
Sr. Existing / Air Pollution Control
Vent Attached to Height Dia. Pollutant
No. Proposed System
(m) (m)
HCl Synthesis Unit – 5 Proposed 30 0.1 Water Scrubbers HCl & Cl2
Waste Gas Dechlorination
Existing 30 0.3 18% NaOH Scrubber Cl2
System – 1
System – 2
System – 3
Hydrogen unit with Flame arrestor
Existing 30 -- -- --
and steam snuffing – 1
Hydrogen from seal pot vent near
hydrogen holder
Hydrogen from safety valves of
hydrogen compressor and truck Existing 30 -- -- --
filling manifold – 6
Bromine Plant
3.
De-bromination System Existing 30 0.3 Alkali Scrubber Bromine
Water scrubber +
Leaching Plant (Phosphoric Acid) Existing 30 0.75 Cl2, Fluorine
Caustic Scrubber
4. Purification Plant (Phosphoric
Existing 30 0.65 Water scrubber Cl2, Fluorine
Acid)
Granulation Plant (Calcium
Existing 27 1.00 Water scrubber HCl, Cl2
Chloride)
Design Details of Proposed APCMs
ESP
ESPs will be attached to boilers & lime kilns. Technical details of the ESPs are provided in Table 2-13.
Table 2-13: Technical Specifications of ESPs

S. No. APCM Equipment Specifications Exit Emission Rate
1 ESP attached to Boiler I Efficiency: 99.5%, No. of fields: 10 PM: < 50 mg/Nm3
2 ESP attached to Boiler J Efficiency: 99.5%, No. of fields: 10 PM: < 50 mg/Nm3
ESP attached to Lime Kilns (I to L)
3 Efficiency: 99.5%, No. of fields: 02 each PM: < 50 mg/Nm3
– 2 Nos.
Bag Filter
Bag filter will be attached to Lime Grinding System. Technical details of the Bag Filter is provided in Table 2-14.

Table 2-14: Technical Specifications of Bag Filters

S. No. APCM Equipment Specifications Exit Emission Rate
Bag Filters attached to Efficiency: 95%, No. of Bags: A/B/C – 120 & D -
1 PM: < 150 mg/Nm3
Lime Grinding System 168
Scrubbers
Technical details of proposed scrubbers are provided in Table 2-15.
Table 2-15: Technical Specifications of Other Scrubbers

S. No. Scrubber Attached to Specifications Exit Emission Rate
Type: Brine Scrubber, Packed Column having 2”
Ammonia Recovery P.P. Pall rings, Capacity: 160 m3/Hr.
1 Ammonia: < 175 mg/Nm3
System Efficiency: 99.5%, MOC: PP/FRP,
Scrubbing Agent: Purified Brine
Type: Kiln gas Scrubber, Packed Column having
3” Ceramic intallox saddles. PM: < 150 mg/Nm3
2 Lime Kilns Capacity: 150 m3/Hr. SO2: < 100 ppm
Efficiency: 99.5%, MOC: Cast Iron, NOx: < 50 ppm
Scrubbing Agent: Sea water.
Type: Calciner gas Scrubber, Packed Column
having 3.5” C.S. Pall rings.
3 Calcinations Vessel Capacity: 40 m3/Hr. PM: < 150 mg/Nm3
Efficiency: 99.5%, MOC: Carbon steel,
Scrubbing Agent: Process water.
Type: Water Scrubber, Packed column having
3.5” P.P. Pall rings.
4 Densification Capacity: 275 m3/Hr. PM: < 150 mg/Nm3
Efficiency: 99.5%, MOC: S.S. 316 L
Scrubbing Agent: D.M. water.
Type: Water Scrubber with bubble trays.
HCl Synthesis Unit-5 Capacity: 8.83 m3/Hr. HCl: 20 mg/Nm3
5
(100 TPD-100%) Efficiency: 99.5%, MOC: Graphite, Cl2: 9 mg/Nm3
Scrubbing Agent: DM Water.
2.11.2 Volume Source Emissions & Control
From the proposed project, no volume source is identified as no additional storage area for coal/ pet coke / lignite
and lime stone is envisaged due to the proposed expansion.
Dusting in the material handling section, fugitive emission of Lime stone dust, coal dust, fly ash dust are possible.
To control these emissions, following steps will be taken:
 Enclosed conveyors for the transportation of the solid fuel;

 Water sprinkling system in the material storage yard to suppress the dusting due to winds;
 Storage of the fly Ash only in the closed silo;
 Transportation of the fly Ash in the Bulker.
2.11.3 Line Source Emissions & Control
During construction phase, vehicular emissions shall be from use of construction machinery and vehicles. Apart
from it, application of heavy machinery and earth movers will generate emissions. Suitable dust suppression
techniques such as suitable water sprinkling will be carried out as relevant. During operation phase, vehicular
emissions due to transportation of raw materials, finished goods and local travel of employees are envisaged.

Approximately, 400 trucks/tankers per day carrying raw material and finished goods shall be using the state
highway connecting Bhavnagar and Ahmedabad. Employees and contract workers (~20 buses, ~10 cars & ~30 two
wheelers) shall use the same route during peak hours (i.e. morning 08:00 hours to 12:00 hours and evening 16:00
hours to 20:00 hours).
2.11.4 Fugitive Emissions & its Control
Various hazardous chemicals and gases are stored and handled at site. Suitable control measures have been taken
to control the fugitive emission (primary and secondary) during loading / unloading, storage and handling of
chemicals. Suction system is provided for arresting fugitive emissions, which is attached with caustic based
scrubbing system in hypo plant. Water based scrubbing system is already installed in the existing HCl plant.
Some fugitive emissions control measures at the existing plants are described below:
 Caustic based scrubbing system in Hypo and water based scrubbing system in HCl plant;
 Water based scrubbing in Ammonia recovery unit in Soda Ash plant;
 Cl2 sensors, Hydrogen sensors, Ammonia sensors and CAAQM systems;
 All the joints, flanges, pumps, glands, seals, valves are maintained in good conditions through timely predictive
and preventive maintenance;
 Regular workplace monitoring for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx, HCl, Cl2 & NH3;
 Regular water sprinkling is carried out at suitable dusty locations;
 All tanks being used for storage of odorous chemicals/ products/ by-products is connected to vacuum system.
Manometers are provided on these tanks.
Similar control measures shall be taken for proposed expansion project to control fugitive emissions.
Details of VOCs and its control measures
Not applicable for proposed expansion project.
2.11.5 Work Place Monitoring
Work place monitoring is done on regular basis (Monthly basis). Sample reports of work place monitoring is
provided in Annexure 27.
If the PEL values are not within limit during work at their work place, then following control measures are taken:
 Stop the process;

 Remove employees and works from this area;
 Make area safe (Barrrication);
 Investigation process for Fact fining;
 Assess the investigate control measure taken;
 Monitor the procedure;
 Assess ill health to worker if required;
 Record the incident;
 Conduct HIRA (Hazard identification and Risk Assessment).
2.11.6 Online Monitoring Systems
Existing
Nirma has installed online monitoring system in their existing facilities. Details of the same are as tabulated in
Table 2-16.

Table 2-16: Details of Existing Online Monitoring Systems

Type of
S. Name of Parameter
Monitoring Process Attached Device Make
No. Plant Monitored
System
Camera Avtron
Caustic Plant
1 Effluent ETP Outlet pH Bela Instruments
ETP (ZLD)
Flow meter Krohne Marshall
Boiler A/B/C/D (Common Stack) SOx, NOx & SPM Yokogawa
SPM Forbes Marshal (Codel)
Cogeneration Boiler E
2 Emission SOx, NOx Yokogawa
Plant
SPM LAND
Boiler G
SOx & NOx Emerson
HCl Synthesis Unit – 1, 2, 3 & 4
HCl, Cl2 Tritec
(each)
3 Caustic Plant Emission
Waste Gas Dechlorination System – 1,
Cl2 Drager
2 & 3 (each)
Proposed
Online monitoring system shall be provided with the data connected to the GPCB / CPCB site as per guidelines.
2.12 NOISE GENERATION

From the proposed project, noise shall be generated from following various activities:
 Movement of heavy machinery like crane, dumper, roller, bulldozers etc. during construction phase;
 Operation of Turbine, DG set, Cooling Tower, Pumps, FD-ID Fans & Compressor;
 Vehicle movement.
2.13 WATER CONSUMPTION, WASTE WATER GENERATION & DISPOSAL DETAILS
2.13.1 Water Consumption & Waste Water Generation Details
Water will be used from existing seawater intake facility i.e. from Sonarai Creek, near village Gundala.
The principle area of water consumption in the existing unit are in soda ash plant, caustic plant, toilet soap plant,
phosphoric acid, bromine plant, pure water plant, salt works, cogeneration plant, once through cooling, RO/DM
plant, domestic, extra activity like construction, dust suppression, gardening etc.
The breakup of water consumption and wastewater generation for existing unit is given in Table 2-17 & Table
2-18 respectively.
Table 2-17: Details of Water Consumption
Water Consumption in KLD
S. No. Description
Existing Proposed Total
1 Pure Water Plant for Edible Salt 1,50,000 0 1,50,000
2 Salt Works connected to Plant 8,05,951 35,755 8,41,706
2.1 Separate Saltworks 3,00,010 0 0
3 Once Through Cooling Tower 5,26,288 2,44,611 7,70,899
4 For Scrubbing 15,262 8,514 23,775
5 RO Plant 1,01,733 35,935 1,37,668
5.1 Domestic 406 188 594

Water Consumption in KLD

S. No. Description
Existing Proposed Total
5.2 DM Plant 20,010 5,330 25,340
5.2.1 Boiler 12,240 2,747 24,800
5.2.2 Process (Caustic) 7,658 2,553 10,211
5.3 Soda Ash Plant 31,023 16,620 47,643
5.4 Toilet Soap Plant 150 0 150
5.5 RBC Plant 280 0 280
5.6 CHD+CC+PA 5,086 0 5,086
Extra Activity like construction,
6 1,07,249 39,338 1,46,587
Dust suppression etc.
7 Gardening 100 1,000 1,100
8 Total (1 to 6) 20,06,592 3,64,153 23,70,745
Recycled Water from Once
Through Cooling Tower, RO
9 Reject, Process of Caustic, 6,00,593 4,152 6,04,745
RBC Plant & Toilet Soap
Plant
Fresh Water Demand (7-8) 14,06,000 3,60,000 17,66,000
* Gardening water in proposed plant is from RO Plant.
Table 2-18: Details of Wastewater Generation

Wastewater Generation in KLD
S.No. Description
Existing Proposed Total Reuse / Disposal Facility
Pure Water Plant for Edible

1 2,400 0 2,400 Send to Bromine plant and dispose into Sea
Salt
2 Salt Works 10,500 11,000 Send to Bromine plant and dispose into Sea
500
3 Bromine Plant 600 600 Steam conensate disposed into Sea
Once Through Cooling
4 5,05,238 2,35,161 7,40,399 6,00,000 KLD send to Salt works
Tower
2,23,000 KLD dispose to Deep Sea
5 RO Plant 61,040 21,561 82,601
5.1 Domestic 250 111 361 Dispose into Soak Pit
5.2 DM Plant 112 30 142 Recycle in primary RO as a make up water
5.2.1 Boiler 1,556 447 2,003 Recycle in primary RO as a make up water
5.2.2 Process (Caustic) 750 250 1,000
5.3 Soda Ash Plant 32,547 17,436 49,983 Dispose into deep sea
5.4 RBC Plant 0 0 0
5.5 Toilet Soap Plant 100 0 100 Reused in Gardening
5.6 CHD+CC+PA 4,500 0 4,500 Disposed into deep sea
6 Dispose into Deep Sea
6.1 Soda Ash Plant 12,000 37,983 49,983
6.2 CHD+CC+PA 4,500 0 4,500
6.3 Bromine Plant 6,000 5,500 11,500
Once Through Cooling
6.4 0 2,23,000 2,23,000
Tower
2.13.2 Water Balance
Water Balance diagrams for existing, proposed expansion & after expansion (total) are given in Figure 2-6 -
Figure 2-8.

Figure 2-6: Water Balance – Existing Units

Figure 2-7: Water Balance – Proposed Expansion Units

Figure 2-8: Water Balance – After Expansion (Existing + Proposed Units)

2.13.3 Wastewater Generation, Treatment and Disposal facility
The main source of the industrial wastewater generation will be from domestic, process, utilities, washing and
others.
The wastewater generated from entire unit is segregated at source and plant wise separate treatment is carried out
at site. In existing scenario wastewater generated from once through cooling tower and RO reject water is reused
in salt works. Wastewater generated from soda ash plant is partly recycled back in salt works and surplus is
discharged into creek as point identified by National Institute of Oceanography (NIO).
After proposed expansion wastewater generation from once through cooling tower and primary RO reject will be
recycled in salts works and surplus effluent will be directly discharged into creek along with soda ash effluent,
bittern and effluent from CHD, CC & PA plant at point identified by NIO and matching norms given by PCB.
The cooling tower waster will directly discharge into creek as there is limited space in salt works. So we cannot
recycle the same water in salt works.
2.13.4 Wastewater Characteristics
Wastewater characteristics are given in Table 2-19.
Table 2-19: Wastewater characteristics

Boiler Blow Toilet Soap Caustic Soda
S. No. Parameters Unit Soda Ash Plant
Down Plant Plant
1 pH -- 9.5 – 10.0 10 – 11 7.0 – 7.5 9 – 10
2 TSS ppm - 40,000 – 50,000 <500 88
3 TDS ppm <100 2,50,000 – 3,00,000 <1,000 25,000
4 Oil & Grease ppm Nil <2 - 20
5 Ammoniacal nitrogen ppm - 5 – 25 - -
6 Color (Pt-Co scale) - <100 - -
2.13.5 Wastewater Treatment Facility for Existing Unit
Soda Ash Plant
No additional treatment facility is required for the proposed expansion because the existing set up is adequate
enough to take the additional load.
Design capacity of Settling Pond is 200 Acres which can hold about 15,00,000 m3. Effluent from Soda Ash plant is
taken for settling of suspended solids only.
Inlet and outlet Characteristics of Wastewater

Inlet & Outlet Characteristics of Waste water of Soda Ash Plant is provided in Table 2-20.
Table 2-20: Inlet & Outlet Characteristics of Waste water – Soda Ash Plant
S. No. Parameters Unit Inlet to Settling Pond Outlet of Settling Pond GPCB Limits
1 pH -- 10 – 11 8.0 – 9.0 6.5 – 9.0

2 SS ppm 40,000 – 50,000 <250 <500
3 Temperature °C 60 – 80 Ambient <45
4 Ammoniacal Nitrogen ppm 5 – 25 <25 <50
5 Oil & Grease ppm <2 <2 <2
6 Colour (Pt-Co scale) <100 <100 <100

Treatment Units
To treat wastewater from soda ash plant, settling pond in 200 acre and clear liquor pond in 100 acre is built up.
Process Flow diagram showing these treatment units is shown in Figure 2-9.
Figure 2-9: Process Flow Diagram – Treatment units (Soda Ash Plant)
Treatment Scheme
The treatment of Soda Ash effluent consists of the following major chambers besides pumping systems and
pipelines:
 Settling Pond
 Clear Liquor Collection Pond
The Soda Ash effluent is pumped into the Primary Settling Pond through pipelines. The overflow of the Primary
Settling Pond is taken to Clear Liquor Collection pond.
The characteristics in Distiller Waste are such that it needs treatment only for settling of suspended solids. The
settling ponds are constructed in trapezoidal manner where the Distiller Waste is retained for settling of solids.
The overflow of the primary settling ponds is taken into large impervious clear liquor collection ponds. Two ponds
are available for clear liquor which is conveyed by gravity flow through a channel.
Treated Wastewater Disposal Facility

A part of overflow of the Settling ponds is recycled in the existing salt pans for recovery of salt and gypsum and
12,000 m3/day final treated clear liquor conforming the standard mentioned in the GPCB order is discharged at a
point mentioned in CRZ clearance issued on 21/07/2010.
Adequacy of Existing Treatment Facilities

The adequacy of existing Soda Ash ETP treatment units is given in Table 2-21.
Table 2-21: Adequacy of Existing Soda Ash ETP treatment Units

S. Area Holding Design Flow Retention time
Name of Unit Remarks
No. (Acre) Capacity (m )
3
(m3/day) (day)
1 Settling Pond 200 15,00,000 32,400 60 Adequate to hold for about 2 months
2 Clear Liquor Pond 100 7,50,000 20,000 37.5 Adequate to hold for about 1 month
Caustic Soda Plant
For caustic soda plant separate ETP with design capacity of 1,200 KLD is already in place.


Inlet & Outlet Characteristics of Waste water of Caustic Soda Plant is provided in Table 2-22.
Table 2-22: Inlet and outlet characteristics of wastewater – Caustic Soda Plant
S. No. Parameters Unit ETP Outlet
1 pH -- 7.5 – 9.0
2 TSS Ppm <50
3 TDS Ppm 1,500 – 2,000
4 Oil & Grease Ppm <2
Treatment Units
To treat wastewater from caustic soda plant, neutralization pond of 200 m3 and treated water tank of 100 m3 is
built up. Process Flow diagram showing these treatment units is shown in Figure 2-10.
Figure 2-10: Process Flow Diagram – Treatment Units (Caustic Soda Plant)
Treatment Scheme
The effluent consists of the following two streams:
 Floor Washing
 Process Effluent
The two streams are pumped to storage tanks through pipelines. The effluent is utilized for brine preparation in
Soda Ash plant.
The unit has installed Web Camera, flow meter and pH meter at ETP outlet which are directly connected to the
CPCB/GPCB server.

The adequacy of existing caustic soda ETP treatment units is given in Table 2-23.
Table 2-23: Adequacy of Existing Caustic Soda ETP units

S. Total Design Flow Retention
Description/Plant Size of the Unit Nos. Remarks
No Capacity (m3) (m3/day) Time (hr)
1 Storage tank – 1 10 m x 5 m x 2 m 2 200 1,200 4 Adequate
2 Storage tank – 2 10 m x 5 m x 2 m 1 100 1,200 2 Adequate
Co-generation Plant
In Co-generation, wastewater will be generated from utilities i.e. Boiler and once through Cooling Tower.
Currently, wastewater generated from once through cooling tower of cogeneration plant is recycled back in salt
works. Wastewater generated from the boiler contains TDS only. It is sent to primary RO as a makeup water.

Toilet Soap Plant (No expansion)
Wastewater generated from Toilet Soap Plant is separately treated in ETP of design capacity 300 KLD. Effluent
Generation from the Toilet Soap and Fatty Acid plant is approximately 300 m3/day including domestic sewage.

Inlet & Outlet Characteristics of Waste water of Toilet Soap Plant is provided in Table 2-24.
Table 2-24: Inlet and outlet characteristics of wastewater – Toilet Soap Plant
S. No. Parameters Unit ETP Inlet ETP Outlet GPCB Limits
1 pH -- 6.7-8.0 6.9-8.0 6.5-8.5
2 COD ppm 750-1,500 25-75 <100
3 BOD ppm - 15-20 <30
4 TSS ppm 150-250 50-75 <100
5 TDS ppm 500-1,500 500-1,500 <2,100
6 Oil & Grease ppm 25-50 2-5 <10
Treatment Units
The list of Toilet Soap Plant ETP units with capacity is given in Table 2-25.
Table 2-25: List of Toilet Soap Plant ETP Units with Capacity
Sr. No. Name of ETP Unit Size of Unit (m) No of Unit Total Volume (m3)
1 Oil & Grease Trap 7.5 x 2.5 x 1.5 1 28.12
2 Collection Sump 9 x 6 x 1.5 1 81
3 Equalization Tank* 18.0 x 9.0 x 3.0 1 486
4 Flash Mixers 1.75 x 1.75 x 2.0 1 6.12
5 Primary Clarifloculator 9 Ø x 3.0 1 190.7
6 Aeration Tank 22.0 x 11.0 x 3.0 1 726
7 Final Clarifier 12 Ø x 3.0 1 339
8 Treated Effluent Sump 9.0 x 9.0 x 2.0 1 162
9 Additional storage sump 12 x 12 x 4.0 1 576
10 Sludge Drying Bed 10.0 x 10.0 x 1.0 8 100 m2
Process Flow diagram showing these treatment units is shown in Figure 2-11.

Figure 2-11: Process Flow Diagram – Treatment Units (Toilet Soap Plant)
Treatment Scheme
The effluent consists of the following two streams:
 Floor Washing
 Process Effluent
Stage wise treatment scheme is discussed further in this section.
Oil & Grease Trap:

Effluent from the manufacturing process is passed through the Oil & Grease Trap to remove oil & grease from the
Effluent.
Collection Sump
Raw effluent, free from oil, is collected in collection sump having capacity of 81 m 3 for further treatment in the ETP.
The unit has installed Automatic level controller to control the quantity of the raw effluent. The unit has also
installed two pumps each having capacity of 50 m3/hr respectively.
Equalization Tank
Raw Effluent from the collection sump is collected in equalization tank having capacity of 486 m 3. Here effluent will
get sufficient holding time of 38 hrs. Floating type aerator of 5 HP is used for better mixing of the effluent and to
reduce the organic load of the effluent by chemical oxidation.
Flash Mixer
Primary Treatment has been given in the Flash Mixers. Lime, Alum and Polyelectrolyte are added for coagulation
and flocculation purpose.

Primary Clarifloculator
Effluent is allowed to go in to clariflocculator where agglomeration and coagulation of the suspended solids will take
place thus solid liquid separation takes place. Sludge formed from the bottom of the clariflocculator is transferred in
the Sludge Drying Beds for drying purpose.
Aeration Tank
Clear liquor from the clariflocculator goes to Aeration Tank having capacity of 726 m 3 for Biological Treatment. Here
effluent gets 2.4 days of retention time. Two nos. of Fixed Type aerators each of 15 HP have been provided for the
aeration purpose to reduce the remaining organic load of the effluent.
It is proposed to introduce supernatant from the soak wells into the aeration tank. Considering the volume of the
aeration tank, the sewage (~250 KLD) cum wastewater stream (~300 KLD) will get a retention time of 24 hours.
Final Clarifier
Sewage cum Effluent from the aeration tank would then flow to final clarifier for the settlement of the solids.
Biological sludge from the final clarifier either recycled to aeration tank to maintain MLSS in ASP or wasted in to
sludge drying bed if found excess in ASP.
Treated Effluent Sump

Clear liquor from the final clarifier goes to treat effluent sump having capacity of 162 m3 for the storage purpose.
Additional sumps are being proposed for increased flow volume from clarifier. Treated stream from the sump would
continue to be discharged into the green belt area.
Sludge Drying Beds

Sludge from the primary clariflocculator and final clarifier is collected in sludge drying beds for natural sun drying.
Dried sludge then packed in HDPE bags and stored in storage yard.

The adequacy of existing Toilet Soap Plant ETP treatment units is given in Table 2-23.
Table 2-26: Adequacy of Existing Toilet Soap Plant ETP units

Total
Sr. No of Design Flow Retention
Name of ETP Unit Size of Unit (m) Volume Remarks
No. Unit (m3/day) Time (hr)
(m3)
1 Oil & Grease Trap 7.5 x 2.5 x 1.5 1 28.12 300 2.25 Adequate
2 Collection Sump 9 x 6 x 1.5 1 81 300 6.5 Adequate
3 Equalization Tank 18.0 x 9.0 x 3.0 1 486 300 39 Adequate
4 Flash Mixers 1.75 x 1.75 x 2.0 1 6.12 300 30 min Adequate
5 Primary Clarifloculator 9 Ø x 3.0 1 190.7 300 15 Adequate
6 Aeration Tank 22.0 x 11.0 x 3.0 1 726 300 58 Adequate
7 Final Clarifier 12 Ø x 3.0 1 339 300 27 Adequate
8 Treated Effluent Sump 9.0 x 9.0 x 2.0 1 162 300 13 Adequate
9 Additional storage sump 12 x 12 x 4.0 1 576 300 46 Adequate
10 Sludge Drying Bed 10.0 x 10.0 x 1.0 8 100 m 2
300 - Adequate
2.13.6 Combined Characteristics of Treated Wastewater for final Discharge to Creek
Stoichiometrically combined characteristics of Treated Water for Existing Plant is tabulated in Table 2-27.

Table 2-27: Stoichiometrically combined characteristics of Treated Water for Existing Plant
Sr. No. Name of plant Unit Soda ash Plant GPCB Norms for Discharge as per Consent
1 Effluent quantity m3/day 12,000 <12,000
2 pH - 7.5-8.5 6.5-9.0
3 SS mg/l 200-300 <100
4 Temperature °C 25-35 <45
5 Ammoniacal Nitrogen mg/l 5-10 <50
6 Oil & Grease mg/l 0.5-1.0 <2
7 Color mg/l <10 <100
2.13.7 Wastewater Treatment Facility after Expansion of Plant
Soda Ash Plant
No addition is required for the proposed expansion because the existing set up is adequate enough.
Caustic Soda Plant
After proposed expansion total wastewater generation from the caustic soda plant will be 1,000 KLD. The existing
ETP is designed for 1,200 KLD capacity. Hence no expansion is required in existing ETP units as existing ETP units
is adequate to treat proposed effluent load.
Co-generation Plant
In co-generation plant, wastewater generated from utilities i.e. Boiler and Cooling Tower/once through cooling.
Wastewater generated from once through cooling/cooling tower is to be recycled back in salt works and surplus
quantity will be directly discharged into creek at a point identified by NIO matching with disposal norms given by
PCB.
Wastewater generated from the boiler contains TDS only and it is sent to primary RO as makeup water.
Toilet Soap Plant
There is no expansion in toilet derivatives plant hence no need to expand existing ETP.
2.13.8 Combined Load at Final Discharge Point/Lagoon for disposal at Creek
The Stoichiometrically combined characteristics of ETP Treated Water at Final discharge point/Lagoon with desired
outlet parameters are presented in Table 2-28. Quality of Wastewater Generated from once through Cooling
Tower is tabulated in Table 2-29.
Table 2-28: Stoichiometrically combined characteristics of ETP Treated Water after Expansion
Combined
Sr. Name of Debrominated Soda Ash Chlorine GPCB Norms for
Unit Load at
No. plant Bittern Plant Derivatives Discharge
Lagoon
Effluent
1 m3/day 12,100 38,820 9,080 60,000 60,000
quantity
2 pH - 7.5-8.5 7.5-8.5 7.5-8.5 7.5-8.5 6.5-9.0
3 SS mg/l 200-300 200-300 200-300 200-300 500
4 Temperature °C 30-35 30-35 30-35 30-35 45
Ammoniacal
5 mg/l Nil 5-10 Nil 5-10 50
Nitrogen
6 Oil & Grease mg/l 0.5-1.0 0.5-1.0 0.5-1.0 0.5-1.0 2

Combined
Sr. Name of Debrominated Soda Ash Chlorine GPCB Norms for
Unit Load at
No. plant Bittern Plant Derivatives Discharge
Lagoon
7 Colour mg/l <10 <10 <10 <10 100
Table 2-29: Quality of Wastewater Generated from once through Cooling Tower
Sr. Once Through Cooling
Name of plant Unit GPCB Norms for Discharge
No. Tower
1 Effluent quantity m3/day 2,23,000 2,23,000
2 pH - 7.0 – 8.0 6.5 – 8.5
Not more than 7°C higher than the
3 Temperature °C 45
intake water temperature
4 Free available chlorine mg/l <0.5 0.5
2.13.9 Plant wise effluent treatment and disposal/utilization
Plant wise effluent treatment procedure and its disposal/utilization is given in Table 2-30.
Table 2-30: Plant wise Effluent treatment procedure and disposal/utilization

Existing Effluent Proposed Disposal / Utilization
S. No. Plant Description
Disposal/Utilization after expansion
The treated effluent of soda ash
plant (clear liquor) is being
utilized in the existing solar salt
works to enhance the recovery
of additional salt and gypsum
and there is no effluent
discharge from the said plant.
Treatment will be done in settling
However as & when needed,
pond followed by disposal at
Process Effluent treated effluent conforming to
designated point as per
the GPCB norms can be disposed
recommendation of NIO.
1 Soda Ash Plant into the Malcolm Channel at a
recommendation of NIO after pH
neutralization. Nirma has
permission to discharge 12,000
m3/day soda ash treated effluent
in the Malcolm channel.
The additional quantity of once
Once through Utilized in existing salt works for
through return sea water shall be
return sea water salt production and utilization of
disposed at designated point as
(cooling) heat content.
per recommendation of NIO.
Utilized for brine preparation in Will be utilized in Soda Ash Plant
Process Effluent
Soda Ash Plant. for Brine Preparation
2 Caustic Soda Plant Additional blow down will also be

Cooling tower Utilized in existing salt works for utilized in existing salt works for
Blow down salt production. salt production as per the present
practices.
Boiler blow down Recycled in RO-DM Plant. Will be recycled in RO-DM Plant.
3 Co-generation Plant Once through
Utilized in existing salt works for through return sea water shall be
return sea water
salt production disposed at designated point as
(Cooling)

2.14 SOLID AND HAZARDOUS WASTE IDENTIFICATION, QUANTIFICATION, STORAGE AND

DISPOSAL
2.14.1 Quantification and Categorization of Waste
The details of solid & hazardous waste (along with its quantification and categorization) generated due to the
proposed project are given in Table 2-31 & Table 2-32.
Table 2-31: Solid Waste Generation and Disposal Details

Quantity (TPD)
S. Storage
Solid Waste After Mode of Disposal
No. Existing Proposed Method
Expansion
Used in road construction, salt
1 Brine Sludge 37 16 53 Within site
works bund preparation
Cement manufacturing, Brick
2 Fly ash/ Bottom ash 2,185 1,693 3,878 Closed silos manufacturing, bund
preparation, road making etc.
Used in road construction, salt
3 Settling Pond Sludge 880 482 1,362 Within site
works bund preparation
Lime stone rejects Used in boilers for
4 700 375 1,075 Within site
/under size desulphurization in boilers
Table 2-32: Hazarddous Waste Generation and Disposal

Quantity (MTPA)
S. Hazardous Mode of
Category Total After Storage method
No Waste Existing Proposed Disposal
Expansion
Soda Ash Plant

Kept in containers
Sold to
& placed in
Used Oil 5.1 10 5 15 Registered
dedicated storage
Recyclers
area
Stored in Sold to
1 containers and authorized
Spent ion exchange 1,830
35.2 980 lt/year 2,810 lt/year placed in recyclers or sent
resins lt/year
dedicated storage to SEPPL/NECL
area for Incineration.
Discarded
Sold to
containers/ On-site storage
33.1 3.5 2 5.5 authorized
Barrels/empty area
recyclers
drums/empty bags
Caustic Soda Plant
Kept in containers
Sold to
& placed in
Used Oil 5.1 30 kl 10 kl 40 kl Registered
dedicated storage
Recyclers
area
Stored in Sold to
containers and authorized
Spent ion exchange
35.2 2.56 1 3.56 placed in recyclers or sent
resins
2 dedicated storage to SEPPL/NECL
area for Incineration.
Discarded
Sold to
33.1 4.5 1.5 6 authorized
Barrels/empty area
recyclers
drums/empty bags
Inorganic Acid Reused as raw
On-site storage
(Spent Sulphuric II/B-15 6,520 2,173 8,693 material for
area
Acid – 80%) Nirma Ltd.

Quantity (MTPA)
S. Hazardous Mode of
Category Total After Storage method
No Waste Existing Proposed Disposal
Expansion
Moraiya and
other end users.
Toilet Soap Plant
Kept in containers
Sold to
& placed in
Used Oil 5.1 0.45 0 0.45 Registered
dedicated storage
Recyclers
area
ETP area within Disposed to
ETP sludge 35.3 48 0 48
the site TSDF
Sold to M/s.
3
Ultratech
Stored in
Organic Oxygen Cement for Co-
containers near
Compounds C28-II 72 0 72 incineration in
source of
(Glycerine foot) cement kiln/
generation
SEPPL/NECL for
Incineration.
Inorganic Acid Reused in Nirma
On-site storage
(Spent Sulphuric II/B-15 24,000 0 24,000 Ltd. Moraiya and
area
Acid – 80%) other end users.
Chlorine & Hydrogen Derivatives
Kept in containers
Sold to
& placed in
Used Oil 5.1 1 0 1 Registered
dedicated storage
Recyclers
area
4 Discarded
Sold to
33.1 10 0 10 authorized
Barrels/empty area
recyclers.
drums/empty bags
Spent activated On-site storage Disposed at

36.2 85 0 85
carbon area TSDF
2.14.2 Storage of Waste
The storage area for Hazardous Waste provided is 350 m2.
2.14.3 Handling of Solid and Hazardous Wastes
All waste is being handled with proper PPEs like hand gloves, mouth mask, gum boots/ safety shoes, by workers
and drivers involved in handling and transportation of hazardous waste. The wastes are stored in closed tanks,
drums, cans and plastic bags. Similar arrangements will be ensured for additional soild & hazardous wastes.
2.14.4 Treatment & Disposal of Hazardous Waste
An acceptance letter from the M/s Saurashtra Enviro Projects Pvt. Ltd. for Common Solid Waste Disposal Facility
and Common Incinerator Facility for the disposal of waste whenever required is attached as Annexure 12.
2.14.5 Decontamination of discarded drums/ containers
There are numbers of chemicals used in manufacturing process, after the use of these chemicals, drums are sold to
approved authorized recycler. Decontamination mainly done by washing and generated water is treated in ETP. Unit
is maintaining the record of generation of drums/carboys & final disposal to registered recycler.

2.14.6 Ash Handling System
Fly Ash is collected into storage silo by pneumatic conveying system. Disposal of ash is done by filling into ash
tanker through spout arrangement. RCC silo for 2,300 MT fly ash & 1,000 MT bed ash shall be provided.
Fly ash, generated due to use of coal as fuel, is handled and disposed as follows:
 The quantity of fly ash from the flue gases of the different zones viz furnace, bank tubes, economizer & bag
filters are collected and conveyed to common bunker by Dense Phase conveying system;
 The fly ash from the common bunker is conveyed to storage silo;
 The whole system is totally enclosed and no emission is generated;
 Bag filter is provided to the common silo having adequate capacity;
 The fly ash is sold to Cement/Brick manufacturing, bund preparation & road making.
Fly ash generated from proposed expansion will also be handled in the same way. Willingness letter for acceptance
of fly ash is provided as Annexure 13.
2.14.7 Transportation of Waste
 The transport of the hazardous wastes will be in accordance with the provisions of The Hazardous Waste
(Management, Handling and Trans boundary Movement) Rules, 2016 as amended to date and the rules made
by the Central Government under the Motor Vehicles Act. 1988
 Manifest system will be followed in accordance to Form 10 of Hazardous Waste Management (Management
Handling and Trans boundary Movement) Rules, 2016 as amended till date.
 TREM card will be provided to the transport drivers as per Form 11 of Hazardous waste Management
(Management Handling and Trans boundary Movement) Rules, 2016 as amended till date.
 Fly ash will be transported in Covered trucks.
2.14.8 Waste recycling
 The domestic waste will be utilized for gardening purpose.

 Settling pond sludge and some fly ash, brine sludge will be used in road construction & salt works bund
preparation.
2.15 CONCEPT OF WASTE MINIMIZATION & ENERGY CONSERVATION
2.15.1 Waste Minimization
Water Conservation Measures
ZLD is not feasible for the proposed expansion project. But, following water conservation measures will be taken to
reduce water consumption:
 Almost 50% trade effluent from the total sea water consumption has been reused in salt works for recovery of
additional salt and gypsum.
 Reuse of treated domestic waste water and Toilet soap treated effluent from ETP of Toilet soap plant for
Gardening.
 Adopting Rain water harvesting methods. Rainwater-harvesting pond is developed to store the run-off water.
The capacity of the pond is about 22 Lacs m3.
 Recycling waste water from RO/DM plant, Cooling Water in existing Salt Works.
 Recycling boiler blow down in RO plant.
 Recycling waste water from Caustic Soda Plant in Soda Ash plant for brine preparation.
 Installing new cooling tower having better efficiency.
 Use of high pressure wash systems, reducing wash waters.

 Maximum possible condensate recovery from the boiler which will reduce the fresh water demand.
 Use of drip irrigation system for gardening to conserve water.
Recycle / Reuse and recovery
 Utilization of Ammonium carbonate (Hazardous waste from dyes industries) in the recovery of Ammonia in
Soda ash process.
 Utilization of Fly ash in cement and brick manufacturing units.
 The excavated soil and debris generated during the construction phase will be used for filling up low lying
areas.
 Solid Waste in the form of Settling Sludge from Soda Ash Plant is used for road construction strengthening &
soil stabilization.
 Recovery of Bromine from Salt Works bittern.
 Utilization of Sweep/waste Soda from the Soda handling section in brine purification.
 Utilization of undersized Limestone in Co-Generation Plant for desulphurization.
Cleaner Production Measures
 The maximum utilization of imported coal.

 Working area should be impervious to protect the soil contamination.
 The vessels/storage tanks/storage drums, etc. should be closed properly.
 Proper housekeeping practices make the system easier and less costly.
 Checking of all joints/flanges/mechanical equipment should be done at regular interval.
 Maintenance of all equipment and utilities should be done at periodical interval.
 In case of any spillage/leakages etc. in process and packaging are to be separately collected and disposed off
Instead of allowing these to effluent streams. This will reduce load and increase the efficiency of treatment
system.
 Rain water harvesting system which will be reused for the gardening within premises therefore, overall fresh
water requirement will be reduced.
2.15.2 Energy Conservation
 Gravity flow has been preferred in almost entire salt works wherever possible to save energy.
 Low pressure steam of Co-generation plant has been used in the process of soda ash & caustic soda.
 Energy saving due to recycling of once-through cooling water & waste water generated from Soda Ash/Bromine
Plant/Caustic Soda Plant/RO Plant.
2.16 ASSESSMENT OF NEW AND UNTESTED TECHNOLOGY
No recommendation of Assessment of New and Untested Technology was given during appraisal stage; hence it is
not carried out. World-wide tested technology for the manufacturing of above products shall be used.
2.17 MITIGATION MEASURES DURING DESIGN STAGE
As a part of cleaner production activities, Nirma Ltd. does not make any use of Barium Carbonate for sulphate
removal in chlor-alkali plant thereby eliminating solid waste generation (Brine Sludge) because the depleted bring is
reused in Soda Ash Plant.
Apart from the above, operational control considered into the project to meet environmental standards,
environmental operating conditions at design stage are given in Table 2-33.

Table 2-33: Operational Controls at Design Stage

Operational Controls at Design Stage
Air Water Solid / Hazardous Waste
S. Name of
Parameters MSW rules and Hazardous Waste
No. Plant Air (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act – Water (Prevention & Control of
(Management Handling & Trans
1981 Pollution) Act – 1974
Boundary Movement) Rules, 2008
Energy/ Technology Energy efficiency will be considered during technology selection
Two scrubbers and two ESP in Series for Lime Kiln,
PM Bag Filter for Lime Grinding System & Water -- --
Scrubbers for Calcinations Vessel & Densification
Soda Ash
1 Ammonia Brine Scrubbers -- --
Plant
Treated waste water will be disposed to
Waste water having
-- Malcom Creek at point recommended by --
mainly SS
NIO
Solid waste -- -- Will be utilised in bund/road strengthening
Energy/ Technology Membrane cell based technology will be used with minimum gap electrolysers
HCl Water/ Caustic Scrubber -- --
Chlor - Alkali Cl2 Caustic Scrubber -- --

2
Plant PM Dust Collector -- --
Waste water -- Utilized in soda ash plant --
Solid waste -- -- Will be utilised in bund/road strengthening
Energy/ Technology CFBC boilers will be installed.
PM ESP will be provided -- --
SO2 Limestone will be dosed along with fuel -- --
Cogeneration
3 NOx Operating temp will be low -- --
Plant
Blow-down -- Utilized in RO-DM Plant --
Utilised in cement/brick manufacturing &
Solid waste -- --
bund/road strengthening in Salt Works

NIRMA LTD. KALATALAV, TALUKA & DISTRICT - BHAVNAGAR, GUJARAT DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT
3 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT
3.1 STUDY AREA

The study area is considered within 10 km radius of the project site. Study area map of proposed project on Google
image shown in Map 3-1. Sampling location map within the study area is shown in Map 3-2.
3.2 STUDY PERIOD

Baseline monitoring study and surveys of the study area have been carried out in Post Monsoon, 2017.
3.3 COMPONENTS
The baseline environmental data of valued environmental components with respect to air, water, noise, land, flora,
fauna, socio-economic and soil quality in the study area was collected by conducting primary data collection which
includes sampling/field studies, survey & secondary data collection as mandated by the ToR issued by EAC.

NIRMA LTD. EIA FOR PROPOSED EXPANSION IN NIRMA CHEMICAL COMPLEX AT VILLAGE - KALATALAV, TALUKA & DISTRICT - BHAVNAGAR, GUJARAT DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT
Map 3-1: Study Area Map– 10 Km from Project Site

Map 3-2: Sampling Location Map

3.4 METEOROLOGY
3.4.1 General Study Methodology
The study methodology for meteorological data collection involves the following steps:
 Collection of long term meteorological data of IMD;

 Installation of MET station at site;
 Meteorological data collection of study area for study period;
 Preparation of wind rose diagram (site specific);
 Comparison of site specific data with long term data for its correlation.
3.4.2 Secondary Data Collection & Review – Long Term Meteorology
The climate of the study area is based on information from the most recent published long-term climatological
tables (1981-2010) by Indian Meteorological Department (IMD), for Bhavnagar (ID: 42838).
The observatory was situated at Civil Aerodrome. Surrounding area is plain. Wind instruments on the terrace of the
flying control building. The copy of the long-term climatological data is enclosed as Annexure 15. These tables
give useful information about a region’s weather, since they are collected over a 30-year period.
Temperature
The mean daily maximum and minimum temperature recorded were 40⁰C (in the month of May) & 13.9⁰C (in the
month of January) respectively. The extreme highest temperature recorded was 47.3⁰C on 10th May, 1988. The
extreme lowest temperature recorded was 0.6⁰C on 31st January, 1929.
During the post monsoon season i.e. for months of October, November, December, mean daily minimum and
maximum temperature remain between 15⁰C and 35.1⁰C.
Humidity
Most humid conditions are found in the monsoons, followed by summer, post-monsoons, and winter in that order.
Mornings are more humid than evenings, highest relative humidity is recorded as 83 % in August mornings
followed by 80 % in July mornings.
During post-monsoon season, morning relative humidity remains between 56-64 % and in the evening it remains
between 35-42%.
Rainfall
Annual total rainfall in the region is 655.9 mm. Number of rainy days are 29.4.
Distribution of rainfall by season is 612.4 mm in monsoon (June, July, August, and September), 35.9 in October to
December, 2.3 mm in January & February and 5.2 mm in March to May. About 93.4 % of the annual rainfall in the
region is received during monsoon months i.e. June to September. July is the rainiest month.
Heaviest rainfall in 24 hours was 434.4 mm recorded on 20th July, 1996. July is having maximum number of rainy
days i.e. 9.7.
Cloud Cover
The area remains cloudy between July- Septembers, which is the active period of the monsoon season. Generally
cloud cover ranges from 3.8 – 6.2 OKTAS during monsoon season.

Wind
Long term wind direction data is prepared in Table 3-1. Overall for the whole year, first predominant wind
direction is from W Direction (19.2%), second predominant wind direction is from S Direction (14.3%) and third
predominant wind direction is from SW Direction (13.7%). Calm condition contributes to 3.5%.
During the post monsoon period, first predominant wind direction is from NW & NE Direction (22.0%), second
predominant wind direction is from N Direction (14.8%) and third predominant wind direction is from W Direction
(10.7%). Calm condition contributes to 7.2%. Wind speed is recorded as 9.2 km/hr (2.5 m/sec).
Table 3-1: Predominant Wind Direction based on Long-Term Data

Predominant Wind
Month First Second Third
Morning Evening Morning Evening Morning Evening
January NW NE W N/E N SE
February NW NE W E N SE
March NW E W SE N NE
April NW S W SE SW E
May W S SW SW/SE NW W
June W S SW SW S W
July SW SW W S S W
August W SW SW W NW S
September W S NW SW SW W
October NW NE W E N SE
November NW NE W N N E
December NW NE W N E E
Average Long Term Meteorological Condition
Average meteorological condition is given in Table 3-2.
Table 3-2: Average Meteorological Condition based on Long-term Data

Mean Daily
Rainfall (mm) No. of Relative Humidity Relative Humidity
Month Temperature
Monthly Total Rainy days (%), (Morning) (%), (Evening)
Max Min
January 28.3 13.9 2.1 0.2 57 35
February 30.8 15.9 0.2 0 52 29
March 35.1 20.4 0.3 0.1 49 27
April 38.3 24.1 2.4 0.2 51 30
May 40 26.6 2.5 0.3 62 39
June 37.5 27.4 136.3 5 72 54
July 33.6 26.1 222 9.4 80 70
August 32.3 25.2 147.9 8.5 83 72
September 33.6 24.7 106.2 4.3 80 63
October 35.1 22.7 30.4 1.1 64 42
November 32.5 18.5 5.4 0.4 56 35
December 29.4 15 0.1 0 58 36
Total - - 655.9 29.4 - -
Average 33.9 21.7 - - 64 44

3.4.3 Primary data collection & review – Site Specific Meteorology
An online weather logger was set up at project site, near salt works from 1st October, 2017 to 31st December, 2017.
Photograph is shown in Photograph 3-1.
Photograph 3-1: Photograph showing Meteorological Station
Meteorological station at project site, near salt works Met data recorder at site
Methodology for Collection of Meteorological Parameters
Methodology for meteorological data collection is given in Table 3-3.
Table 3-3: Monitoring Methodology of Meteorological Data

Sample collection Total
S. Sampling Sampling
Sampling Sensitivity/ Sampling Methodology
No. Parameters Frequency
equipment Detection Limit Period
Anemometer cup
1 Wind Speed counter 0.25 m/s
(0 to 65 m/s)
USEPA Document No.
Wind vane EPA-454/R-99-005,
2 Wind Direction 1°
(0° to 357°) Feb 2000
Thermometer 1st (Meteorological
Hourly
3 Temperature 0.1°C October, Monitoring Guidance
(-40° to 60°) for Regulatory
2017 to
Relative Humidity 31st Modelling
4 Humidity meter 3% December, Applications)
(0-99%) 2017
5 Rainfall Rain gauge 0.5 mm
Visual inspection by
6 Cloud Cover -- -- 4 Hourly
the observer
Mixing Height (Atm. AERMET software
7 -- -- Hourly
Inversion level) database (Surface file)
Key Findings – Site Specific Meteorological Data
Compiled mean meteorological data is represented in Table 3-4.

Table 3-4: Mean Meteorological Data – Nirma, Bhavnagar

Relative Wind Atm.
Temperature Wind Speed Cloud Cover, Rainfall
Hour2 Humidity Direction Inversion
(°C) (m/sec) (tenths) (mm)
(%) (from) Level (m)
1 26 51 0.9 SW 0.8 0 77
2 25 52 0.9 N 0.8 0 63
3 24 53 1.1 NNW 0.8 0 53
4 24 55 1.0 SW 0.9 0 45
5 23 56 1.0 NNW 0.9 0 41
6 23 57 1.0 W 1.0 0 78
7 22 58 1.1 NNW 1.0 0 60
8 22 59 1.2 W 1.0 0 61
9 22 59 1.0 W 0.9 0 55
10 24 55 1.0 WSW 0.9 0 56
11 26 50 0.8 NE 0.9 0 273
12 28 46 0.8 NNW 0.7 0 358
13 30 43 0.7 NE 0.8 0 425
14 30 40 0.9 NE 0.7 0 510
15 31 38 1.0 NE 0.7 0 596
16 32 36 1.1 NE 0.7 0 640
17 32 35 1.2 NE 0.7 0 700
18 31 36 1.2 NE 0.8 0 706
19 30 39 1.0 N 0.8 0 632
20 29 43 0.7 NNW 0.8 0 137
21 29 45 0.7 NNW 0.8 0 36
22 28 46 0.8 NNW 0.8 0 38
23 27 48 0.8 N 0.8 0 36
24 27 50 0.9 N 0.7 0 35
Average 26.9 48.0 0.89 NNW / NE 0.8 0.0 237
Site-specific meteorological data shows that:
 Average wind speed is 0.89 m/sec.

 Wind blows predominantly from NNW direction (~9.5%) followed by NNE (~7.5%). Calm condition is ~
33.15%. Wind rose diagram is shown as Figure 3-1.
 Average temperature recorded for post monsoon season was 26.9°C.
 The average relative humidity was 48.0%.
 Average Mixing height (Atmospheric Inversion Level) during the study period is 237 m above sea level.
2
Each reading is average of 90 readings

Figure 3-1: Windrose Diagram (Site Specific) – Post Monsoon, 2017

3.5 LAND USE / LAND COVER
3.5.1 General Study Methodology of Land use Pattern Studies
Land Use and Land Cover is classified in Annexure 14. The project area was placed, based on co-ordinates taken
on the site, on satellite imagery and determined the study area for the proposed project. The resulting satellite data
of study area was interpreted through onscreen visual interpretation using basic elements of interpretation resulting
in the combined land use/cover map for the proposed project.
To accomplish the objective the following steps were undertaken:
 Study and collection of relevant documents and maps.

 Interpretation of imagery.
 Checking of interpreted imagery.
 Field survey / Ground truthing.
 Generation of final land use / land cover map.
Study and Collection of Relevant Data (Documents and Maps)

This covers:
 Downloading of remote sensing data using the licensed software, Google Earth Pro having high resolution
(<1.0 m) imagery.
 Topographical maps as base map.
 Quick Reconnaissance survey of the study area by KEC LU experts to get a general feel of the entire ground
area which can aid in the preliminary interpretation of the data.
Interpretation of Satellite Data

The downloaded satellite imagery was imported to software and geo referencing of the imagery was done by
registering it to the SOI maps through identification of common points between the map and the image.
Considering the basic elements of interpretation, such as tone, size, shape, texture, pattern, location, association,
shadow, aspect and resolution along with ground truth and ancillary information collected during the preliminary
reconnaissance survey, the interpretation was accomplished.
Ground Truth Studies/Field survey

A detailed ground truth was carried out to check the discrepancy of the interpreted data. It comprises of data
collection of ground features along with the respective geographical position in terms of latitudes and longitudes.
The aim of ground truth studies is to confirm whether the interpreted land use / cover are correct thus improving
the quality of the output. Interaction was done with local people to gather background information.
The field survey consisted of traversing the study area, cross-checking of unidentified features. Field notes were
kept in the form of log sheets recording information pertaining to co-ordinates, photographs and identified land
use/cover. Additional features identified or remarks made against existing interpretation were also recorded.
The land use and land cover of the study area covering Districts of Bhavnagar and Ahmedabad with 03 Talukas
namely Bhavnagar, Vallabhipur and Dhanduka comprises various categories. The field survey was carried out in the
study area by Kadam’s land use and land cover Functional Area Expert for quality check of the map.
GPS readings were taken during the surveys wherever it was felt that additional confirmation in interpretation of
the data and also observations of land features were noted. Additionally, spot checks were also done to confirm the
land use / land cover interpretation even where confidence of interpretation was high.
3.5.2 Secondary Data Collection & Review
The following documents were collected by Kadam in secondary data:

 Survey of India Maps (Toposheet /OSM maps)

 Administrative Atlas by Census of India
 District planning Map by National Atlas and thematic Mapping Organization
 Development Plan for proposed land-use prepared by Urban Development Authority
 List of National parks, Wildlife Sanctuary, Biodiversity Hotspot.
3.5.3 Primary Data Collection & Review
The field survey was carried out around radial distance of 10 km from the project site. The survey consisted of
traversing the study area, cross-checking of identified features with those represented on the map. Field notes
were kept in the form of log sheets that recorded information pertaining to co-ordinates, photographs and identified
land uses. Additional features identified or remarks made against existing interpretation were also recorded.
Table 3-5 enumerates the land features and its corresponding GPS readings of all the ground truthing locations
selected.
Table 3-5: GPS Readings within Study Area

S. No. Location Latitude Longitude Land use/ Land cover Classification
1 Kalatalav Village 21° 50’ 48.64”N 72° 08’ 24.11”E Water Body
2 At Site 21° 51’ 03.48”N 72° 10’ 02.21”E Industry
3 Kalatalav Village 21° 50’ 56.51”N 72° 08’ 40.42”E Agriculture Land
4 Towards Khetakhatli 21° 51’ 47.88”N 72° 06’ 36.61”E Salt Pan
5 Khetakhatli Village 21° 53' 24.53"N 72° 5' 8.65"E Scrub
6 Madhiya Village 21° 53’ 26.90”N 72° 04’ 06.72”E Grassland
7 Madhiya Village 21° 51’ 43.61”N 72° 03’ 57.75”E Industry
8 Madhiya Village 21° 50’ 27.30”N 72° 03’ 58.90”E Industry (mining)
9 Bhavnagar 21°48' 19.69"N 72° 8' 57.54"E Creek
10 Along Malcolm Channel 21° 50’ 23.07”N 72° 15’ 08.91”E Mangroves
11 Malcolm Channel 21° 50’ 49.40”N 72° 27’ 22.82”E Creek
12 Narbad Village 21° 53’ 02.58”N 72° 09’ 38.14”E Habitation
13 Narbad Village 21° 53’ 04.49”N 72° 09’ 38.14”E Pond
14 Kalatalav Village 21° 52’ 15.78”N 72° 09’ 37.38”E Industry
15 Bhavnagar 21° 46' 21.14"N 72° 7' 44.84"E Habitation
Class wise Area Statistics
The area statistics of these classes are presented in Table 3-6.
Table 3-6: Area Statistics for Land Use/ Land Cover Categories in the Study Area
S. Level 1 Level 2 Area, Level 2 Class Area, Level 1 Class

No. Classification Classification Ha. ~km 2
~% Ha. ~km2 ~%
Built-up Land or Residential / Commercial 1,486 14.9 3.8

1 1,807 18.1 4.66
Habitation Industrial 321 3.2 0.8
Crop Land/Fallow Land 2,433 24.3 6.3
2 Agricultural Land 2,435 24.4 6.28
Plantations 2 0.0 0.0
Land without Scrub 1,766 17.7 4.6
Muddy Area 9,226 92.3 23.8
3 Wastelands 13,559 135.6 34.96
Mudflat 457 4.6 1.2
Salt Effected Land 2,109 21.1 5.4
Reservoir / Lakes / Ponds / Tanks 95 1.0 0.2
4 Water Bodies 2,322 23.2 5.99
River 267 2.7 0.7

S. Level 1 Level 2 Area, Level 2 Class Area, Level 1 Class

No. Classification Classification Ha. ~km 2
~% Ha. ~km2 ~%
Creek 1,027 10.3 2.6
Sea 932 9.3 2.4
Saltpan 13,011 130.1 33.5
5 Others 13,244 132.4 34.14
Grass Land 233 2.3 0.6
Scrub 1,664 16.6 4.3
Open Vegetation 961 9.6 2.5
6 Vegetation Cover 5,420 54.2 13.97
Aquatic Vegetation 393 3.9 1.0
Mangroves 2,403 24.0 6.2
Note: Roads and Railway line not included in the calculation.
Pie chart showing area statistics for land use / land cover categories in the study area is shown in Figure 3-2.
Figure 3-2: Pie – Chart showing Area Statistics for Land Use / Land Cover
3.5.4 Key Findings
Final Map Preparation
The proportional presence of different land uses and land cover in terms of statistical percentages was derived for
the study area. Appropriate legends were used to represent the various categories of land use and land cover, and
were then represented on land use and land cover map, Map 3-3.
Important Features of Project Site & Study Area
There is no Biosphere Reserve, National Park, Sanctuary & Reserved Forests within the study area. Sensitive
Ecological Features in Study Area are given in Table 3-7.

Table 3-7: Sensitive Ecological Features in Study Area

S. Name of feature /
Sensitive Ecological Features Distance (km) Direction
No. Location
Kala Talav 1.1 W
1 Water courses / water bodies
- - -
2 Inland, coastal, marine waters Keri River 2.8 SW
3 Mountains/ Hilly area - - -
4 Airport Bhavnagar Airport 10.5 S
5 Railway Station Bhavnagar Junction 7.5 SSW
Areas containing important, high quality or Nava Madhiya Reserved

8 NW
6 scarce resources (forestry, agriculture, Forest
fisheries, tourism, minerals) Salt Pan / Industry 0.2 NNE & NE & E

Map 3-3: Land Use Map

3.6 AMBIENT AIR
The study methodology for ambient air quality monitoring involves the following steps:
 Identification of project specific parameters (from its point, area, volume and line sources involved in the
project);
 Based on the long term IMD data collection, Identifying predominant wind direction subsequently selection of
AAQM monitoring stations as per CPCB guidelines and preparing monitoring plan for 12 weeks.
 AAQM station installation as per the monitoring plan;
 Sample collection & its analysis in Lab;
 Interpretation of collected AAQM data with ground condition for inferences.
Methodology Adopted for AAQM Parameters
Project specific parameters monitored were PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx, HCl, Cl2, Ammonia, HC, CO & Hg. Other NAAQS
parameters specified in ToR, were not analysed because source of the same is not envisaged due to proposed
activities. The detailed monitoring methodology for ambient air is given in Table 3-8.
Table 3-8: Methodology of Analysing Ambient Air Monitoring Parameters

Sampling Sampling equipment / Solution Analytical Sensitivity/
Methodology
Parameters used Equipment Detection Limit
Respirable Dust Sampler with Electronic IS: 5182 (Part 23) 2006
PM10 10 µg/m3
Cyclone & Flow measurement balance (RA 2017) Gravimetric
Electronic USEPA Quality
PM2.5 Fine Particulate Sampler 3 µg/m3
Balance Assurance Handbook
Gaseous Flow (Impinger with TCM) Spectro IS: 5182: (Part 2) 2001
SO2 3.7 µg/m3
with RDS photometer (RA 2017) Colorimetric
Gaseous Flow (Impinger with
Spectro IS: 5182: (Part 6) 2006
NOx Sodium Hydroxide (0.1 N) Media) 6 µg/m3
photometer (RA 2017) Colorimetric
with RDS
APHA 23rd Edition
Gaseous Flow (Impinger with Titrimetric 4500Cl-C
HCl 1.0 µg/m 3
Distilled Water) with RDS Method
Mercuric Nitrate Method
Gaseous Flow (Impinger with Methyl Spectro IS 5182 (Part 19): 1982
Cl2 1.0 µg/m3
Orange) with RDS photometer (RA 2014)
Gaseous Flow (0.1 N H2SO4) Spectro CPCB Guideline for
Ammonia 10.0 µg/m3
attachment with RDS Sampler photometer NAAQS Vol-I
0.5 ppm (327 IS 5182 (Part 17), 1979
HC Tedler Bag and pump GC
µg/m3) (RA 2009)
0.5 ppm (0.57 IS 5182 (Part 10), 1999
CO Tedler Bag and Pump GC
mg/m3) (RA 2003)
Respirable Dust Sampler with AAS Cold Vapour
Hg AAS 1.0 µg/m3
Cyclone & Flow measurement method
Sampling Frequency
The frequency of monitoring was 24 hours, twice a week at each station spread over the entire season.
As a part of Ambient air quality monitoring NAMP programme of GPCB, status of yearly average (2014-15) ambient
air in Bhavnagar region is tabulated in Table 3-9.

Table 3-9: Yearly (2014-15) Average AAQM Data for Bhavnagar City by GPCB3
Parameters
S. No. City Location Distance (in Km) and Direction (From) w.r.t site
PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOx O3 NH3 CO Pb As Ni Benzene Benzo-pyrene
Alang ship breaking yard 50 / S 93 35 14.4 19.8 11.5 10 1.39 0.2 <1.0 1.8 1.8 <0.5
1 Bhavnagar Chitra GIDC Area 12.5 / SSW 90 34 14.4 19.8 12 9.7 1.34 0.11 <1.0 1.8 1.7 <0.5
Sosiya Ship Breaking Yard 46 / SSE 89 36 14.4 19.8 12.2 10 1.43 0.34 <1.0 2.2 1.9 <0.5
3
https://gpcb.gov.in/ambient-air-quality-monitoring-programme.htm

The locations for AAQM were decided based on the prescribed guidelines 4. For this EIA, the purpose is to ascertain
the baseline pollutant concentrations in ambient air. Accordingly, the criterion was selected to ascertain quality of
air at existing human settlements (residential areas).
Details of AAQM monitoring locations and justification for selecting these stations are presented in Table 3-10.
Table 3-10: AAQM Locations with Justification

Distance (Km) Justification
AAQM
Location Area /Source Latitude Longitude & Direction for selection
Station
w.r.t site of station
AA1 Time Office (Core) Industrial 21°51'32.20"N 72° 9'39.51"E 0.0/ Base Station Core
AA2 Nirma Guest House Residential 21°51'42.60"N 72° 9'33.70"E 0.4 / NW 1st Upwind
AA3 Narbad Village Rural 21°52'54.40"N 72° 9'39.00"E 2.0 / NNW 2nd Upwind
AA4 P4 Pumping Station Industrial 21°50'9.30"N 72°10'8.10"E 1.3 / SE 1st Downwind
AA5 Bachelor's Hostel Residential 21°50'55.00"N 72° 9'12.80"E 0.8 / SW 2nd Downwind
AA6 Sanwariya Salt Works Industrial 21°47'43.0"N 72° 8'44.70"E 6.0 / SSW 3rd Downwind
AA7 Siphon point Industrial 21°50'9.90"N 72°11'47.60"E 3.0 / ESE 1st Crosswind
AA8 Kala Talav Village Rural 21°50'48.40"N 72° 8'3.10"E 1.8 / W 2nd Crosswind
AA9 Bhavnagar Salt Works Industrial 21°46'32.60"N 72°11'8.20"E 8.3 / SSE 4th Downwind
Photographs showing monitoring location is given in Photograph 3-2. Map showing monitoring station locations is
given in Map 3-2.
Photograph 3-2: Photographs of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stations
At Site Nirma Guest House
4
As per Guidelines for Ambient Air Quality Monitoring by CPCB, MoEF Published as SERIES: NAAQMS/ …/2003-04, April, 2013.

Narbad Village P4 Pumping Station
Bachelor's Hostel Bhavnagar Salt Works
3.6.4 Key Findings – AAQM Results
Complied average data are represented in Table 3-11. The comparison of the results with the value range
indicators provided by CPCB (Annexure 16) indicates:
 At various locations, average concentration of PM10 was observed to be varying from 83 µg/m3 to 88 µg/m3
which is within NAAQS by CPCB. But, it is also noted that maximum PM10 values have exceeded NAAQS at Time
office, Narbad village, P4 pumping station & at Bhavnagar salt works which could be due to vehicular
movement on nearby roads, due to strong winds near sea coast area;
 An average concentration of PM2.5 levels was observed to be in range of 21 to 29 µg/m3 which is well within
NAAQS by CPCB;
 The average concentration of SO2 (8.5 – 12.2 µg/m3), NOx (7.1 – 11.8 µg/m3), Cl2 (1.8 – 3.6 µg/m3) & CO
(1.08 – 1.32 mg/m3) are within permissible limits as prescribed by CPCB;
 The average concentration of HCs (Total) is recorded in the range of 1,186 µg/m3 to 1,316 µg/m3;
 Average concentration of HC & Mercury was found below detectable limits of 1.0 µg/m3 at all locations;
 Average concentration of NH3 was found below detectable limits of 10.0 µg/m3 at all locations.
Detailed results of AAQM are given in Annexure 17.

NIRMA LTD. BHAVNAGAR, GUJARAT DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT
Table 3-11: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Results

Average Pollutant Concentration in µg/m3 except CO in mg/m3
S. Station
Sampling Location Area/ Category PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOx Cl2 HCl NH3 CO HCs Hg
No Code
(24 hr) (24 hr) (24 hr) (24 hr) (24 hr) (24 hr) (24 hr) (1 hr) (Grab) (24 hr)
Industrial, Residential, Rural and Other Area 100 60 80 80 NS NS 400 4 NS NS
CPCB Norms
Ecologically Sensitive Area 100 60 80 80 NS NS 400 4 NS NS
AA1 – At Site – Time office (Industrial)
1 Minimum 77 11 3.8 8.0 1.5 <1 <10 1.220 1,210 <1
2 Maximum 105 37 16.5 11.2 6.5 <1 <10 1.358 1,340 <1
3 Average 87 24 8.5 8.4 3.3 <1 <10 1.311 1,269 <1
4 98 Percentile 103 36 16.3 10.9 6.4 <1 <10 1.356 1,338 <1
AA2 – Nirma Guest House (Residential)
1 Minimum 63 10 3.8 8.0 0.7 <1 <10 0.900 980 <1
2 Maximum 98 35 15.6 12.7 6.4 <1 <10 1.210 1,350 <1
3 Average 83 21 8.7 9.0 3.0 <1 <10 1.091 1,206 <1
4 98 Percentile 96 34 14.5 12.6 6.1 <1 <10 1.210 1,342 <1
AA3 – Narbad Village (Rural)
1 Minimum 70 11 6.7 8.0 1.0 <1 <10 1.210 1,160 <1
2 Maximum 104 39 19.1 17.6 6.0 <1 <10 1.330 1,240 <1
3 Average 85 23 11.4 10.4 2.9 <1 <10 1.290 1,209 <1
4 98 Percentile 101 37 18.9 16.8 5.7 <1 <10 1.328 1,240 <1
AA4 – P4 Pumping Station (Industrial)
1 Minimum 79 11 4.7 8.0 0.8 <1 <10 1.180 1,190 <1
2 Maximum 100 34 17.9 13.4 5.6 <1 <10 1.360 1,370 <1
3 Average 87 26 10.1 9.1 2.3 <1 <10 1.273 1,261 <1
4 98 Percentile 99 34 17.1 12.7 5.6 <1 <10 1.358 1,360 <1
AA5 – Bachelor's Hostel (Residential)
1 Minimum 79 16 4.6 8.0 0.9 <1 <10 1.180 1,220 <1
2 Maximum 95 39 15.2 19.9 4.6 <1 <10 1.370 1,380 <1
3 Average 85 30 9.7 11.0 2.5 <1 <10 1.289 1,283 <1

Average Pollutant Concentration in µg/m3 except CO in mg/m3

S. Station
Sampling Location Area/ Category PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOx Cl2 HCl NH3 CO HCs Hg
No Code
(24 hr) (24 hr) (24 hr) (24 hr) (24 hr) (24 hr) (24 hr) (1 hr) (Grab) (24 hr)
Industrial, Residential, Rural and Other Area 100 60 80 80 NS NS 400 4 NS NS
CPCB Norms
Ecologically Sensitive Area 100 60 80 80 NS NS 400 4 NS NS
4 98 Percentile 94 39 14.9 18.2 4.2 <1 <10 1.366 1,375 <1
AA6 – Sanwariya Salt Works (Industrial)
1 Minimum 79 12 3.8 8.0 <1 <1 <10 1.250 1,210 <1
2 Maximum 97 38 16.6 17.7 <1 <1 <10 1.380 1,320 <1
3 Average 88 26 9.7 12.1 <1 <1 <10 1.316 1,276 <1
4 98 Percentile 96 38 16.5 17.4 <1 <1 <10 1.378 1,319 <1
AA7 – Siphon Point (Industrial)
1 Minimum 74 13 5.0 8.0 <1 <1 <10 0.870 1,200 <1
2 Maximum 97 38 17.7 18.7 <1 <1 <10 1.320 1,390 <1
3 Average 87 26 10.0 12.1 <1 <1 <10 1.136 1,307 <1
4 98 Percentile 97 38 16.8 18.6 <1 <1 <10 1.316 1,386 <1
AA8 – Kalatalav (Rural)
1 Minimum 54 13 7.2 8.0 <1 <1 <10 1.190 1,170 <1
2 Maximum 97 36 17.8 17.8 <1 <1 <10 1.330 1,390 <1
3 Average 86 26 11.7 11.9 <1 <1 <10 1.262 1,292 <1
4 98 Percentile 97 35 17.3 17.6 <1 <1 <10 1.326 1,383 <1
AA9 – Bhavnagar Salt Works (Industrial)
1 Minimum 77 11 4.3 8.0 <1 <1 <10 1.130 990 <1
2 Maximum 106 37 18.8 17.1 <1 <1 <10 1.290 1,290 <1
3 Average 88 25 12.2 11.1 <1 <1 <10 1.231 1,203 <1
4 98 Percentile 103 37 18.5 16.8 <1 <1 <10 1.290 1,288 <1

Yearly Ambient Air Quality
Secondary annual AAQM data of Nirma were considered for three (3) locations within the study area were
considered. Nirma has installed online ambient air quality monitoring station at site for the same. For this EIA, the
purpose is to ascertain the yearly baseline pollutant concentrations in ambient air. Details of these AAQM locations
are presented in Table 3-12.
Table 3-12: AAQM Locations (Yearly) with Justification

AAQM Station Location Area / Source
AAAQ1 At Plant Gate Industrial
AAAQ2 Near Hostel Industrial
AAAQ3 At Security Tower Industrial
AAQM Results
Detailed results of AAQM are given in Annexure 18. Complied average data are represented in Table 3-13.
Table 3-13: Compiled Yearly AAQM Results

Parameters & Yearly Results
All stations are in
Station Industrial, Residential, Note: All units are in µg/m3. Figures in brackets indicate CPCB limits.
code Rural & Other Areas
PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOx
(CPCB)
[60] [40] [50] [40]
AA1 At Plant Gate
Minimum 2 1 0.0 0.0
Maximum 73 40 0.5 23.4
Average 27 7 0.0 8.5
98%tile 58 31 0.4 21.2
AA2 Near Hostel
Minimum 2 1 0.0 0.0
Maximum 80 37 0.6 29.9
Average 25 7 0.0 9.4
98%tile 58 21 0.4 22.4
AA3 At Security Tower
Minimum 2 1 0.0 0.0
Maximum 84 20 0.9 33.9
Average 26 7s 0.0 9.2
98%tile 45 17 0.4 26.2
3.7 TRAFFIC SURVEY
The study methodology for traffic survey involves the following steps:
 Identification of roads on which traffic will move.

 As per IRC 64-1990, identification of type of road.
 Traffic survey: The number of vehicles were counted and then converted to Passenger Car Units (PCU).
 Traffic Survey was carried out on both sides (up & down) on selected important roads. Vehicles were
classified into two types. Mechanized and Non-mechanized vehicles. The Mechanized vehicles including two

wheelers (bikes/Mopeds/Scooters), three wheelers (rickshaw/small 3W tempos), four wheelers

Cars/Jeeps/Trucks/Buses/tractors etc.).
 The Non-mechanized vehicles including Cycle/Tricycle/Carts.
 Vehicles are observed and count was recorded at every 15 min interval for 15 hours, started early morning
at 6:00hrs to late evening up to 22:00 hrs (16 hour duration).
 Key findings during peak hours.
No secondary data was reviewed.
Traffic Survey was carried out on the approach road connecting site to Bhavnagar & Ahmedabad, SH –6 in ~0.4 Km
in NE direction of the proposed site on 21st November, 2017. Width of this road is 30 feet (~9 meters), which is a 2
Lane (Two Way) Collector Road. Photographs showing traffic survey being conducted by KEC experts is shown in
Photograph 3-3.
Photograph 3-3: Photographs showing Traffic Survey
Traffic Survey being conducted near main gate of Nirma Limited (Kalatalav – Narmad Road)
3.7.4 Key Findings
Average peak hourly (i.e. morning 08:00 hours to 12:00 hours and evening 16:00 hours to 20:00 hours) traffic on
this route i.e. from Kalatalav to Nirma Plant and from Nirma Plant to Kalatalav is 252 and 294 PCU respectively as
tabulated in Chapter 4, Section 4.4.3, Table 4-9 & Table 4-10.
As per IRC, carrying capacity of this road is 900 PCU. Detailed traffic survey sheets are attached as Annexure 22.
3.8 NOISE & VIBRATION
As sound reduces at 6 dBs at every double distance which happens when there is no obstruction (i.e. free-field), it
will not travel far from 1 or 2 kms from project site boundary. Based on this distance attenuation which will cause
‘No impact’ on surrounding environment, selection of baseline monitoring locations will be as per:
 2 readings at 100 meters from project site boundary

 1 reading at 500 meters from project site boundary
 1 reading at 1 km distance from project site boundary

Also, some standard ToRs are required to do baseline monitoring at 8 locations. For that below criteria can be
considered:

 1 reading at 500 meters from project site boundary
 1 reading at 1 km distance from project site boundary
 Villages within 1 or 2 km distance from project site boundary
 Any sensitive location falls within 1-2 km
 Any sensitive receptor within 5 km from project site boundary
Also, selection of locations should be done based on wind direction to know impact level.
Monitoring Methodology of Noise Level
Monitoring of noise is done by identifying suitable number of noise quality monitoring locations. Background noise
quality is monitored in dB (A) Leq (d) and dB (A) Leq (n) at the selected locations. Monitoring methodology for
noise monitoring is given in Table 3-14.
Table 3-14: Noise Level Monitoring Methodology

Sample collection
Envt. Sampling Sampling Sampling
Methodology Sampling Detection
Component Location Frequency Parameter
Equipment Limit
Once during the
study (Hourly As per IS Sound Level Decibels –
Ambient Noise 8 Locations 0.1 dB (A)
reading for 24 hours 9989:1981 Meter dB (A)
at each location)
Following methodology is followed to conduct baseline monitoring, impact assessment and to propose suitable
mitigation measures:
 Site visit (for existing plant) and identification of sources of noise and vibrations;
 Determining possible impacts of Noise & Vibrations on the environment from proposed activities;
 Identifying monitoring locations and conducting Noise monitoring;
 Prediction of incremental noise levels by using SoundPlan software;
 Checking whether the increase of SPL in the locations surrounding the project makes conflicts with stipulated
allowable norms;
 Suggestions of mitigation measures of Noise/Vibrations and to reduce noise/vibrations of sources exceeding the
allowable limits of SPL.
The standard for monitoring ambient noise level as per CPCB guidelines is as given in Table 3-15.
Table 3-15: Ambient Air Quality Standards in respect of Noise for Different Areas/Zones
Ambient Air Quality Standards in Area Limits in dB(A) Leq*

Category
Respect of NOISE Code Day Time Night Time
A Industrial 75.0 70.0
The Noise Pollution B Commercial 65.0 55.0
(Regulation and Control) Rules, 2000 C Residential 55.0 45.0
D Silence 50.0 45.0
Note:  Day Time: 6:00 AM to 10:00 PM; Night Time: 10:00 PM to 6:00 AM.
 dB (A) Leq*: denotes the time weighted average of the level of sound in decibels on scale A which is relatable
to human hearing.

No secondary data was collected & thus not reviewed.
Receivers were placed nearby project site, at a distance of 2 Km maximum from the source of noise generation and
at sensitive locations ambient noise monitoring i.e. habitation area.
Noise readings were taken at Eight (8) different locations within the study area as presented in Table 3-16.
Photographs showing monitoring location is given in Photograph 3-4. Map showing monitoring station locations is
given in Map 3-2.
Table 3-16: Noise Level Monitoring Locations

Distance between Direction
Station Noise Monitoring Category of Date of
Nearest Boundaries w.r.t. w.r.t. Project
Code Locations Area / Zone Sampling
Project Site in Km Site
NL1 Project site (Laboratory) Industrial 14-Nov-17 - -
NL2 Guest House Industrial 03-Nov-17 - -
NL3 Bachelor’s Hostel Residential 05-Nov-17 - -
NL4 Material Entry Gate Industrial 18-Nov-17 - -
NL5 Caustic Plant Lab Industrial 17-Nov-17 - -
NL6 Labour Colony Gate Residential 16-Nov-17 0.2 South
NL7 Kala Talav Village Residential 29-Dec-17 1.8 SW
NL8 Narbad Village Residential 28-Dec-17 1.9 North
Photograph 3-4: Photographs of Noise Level Monitoring Stations
At Project site (Laboratory) At Caustic Plant Lab.
At Guest House At Bachelor’s Hostel

At Labour Colony Gate At Kalatalav Village
3.8.4 Key Findings – Noise Level Results
The average noise levels at monitoring stations are presented in Table 3-17.
Table 3-17: Noise Level Monitoring Results

CPCB Limits in Average Noise levels in
Location dB (A)
Location Date Category dB (A)
Code
Day Time Night Time Day Time Night Time
Project site
NL1 14-Nov-17 Industrial 75.0 70.0 74.2 70.4
(Laboratory)
NL2 Guest House 03-Nov-17 Industrial 75.0 70.0 61.8 55.6
NL3 Bachelor’s Hostel 05-Nov-17 Residential 55.0 45.0 54.5 43.7
NL4 Material Entry Gate 18-Nov-17 Industrial 75.0 70.0 65.5 63.0
NL5 Caustic Plant Lab 17-Nov-17 Industrial 75.0 70.0 64.3 63.7
NL6 Labour Colony Gate 16-Nov-17 Residential 55.0 45.0 54.7 43.7
NL7 Kala Talav Village 29-Dec-17 Residential 55.0 45.0 54.9 44.8
NL8 Narbad Village 28-Dec-17 Residential 55.0 45.0 52.2 43.2
Observations:
Based on the noise monitoring results, it is observed that:
 Noise level varied from 52.2 dB (at Narbad Village) to 74.2 dB (At Project Site) during day time and 43.2 dB (at
Narbad Village) to 70.4 dB (At Project Site) during night time.
 Noise level at project site during night time was slightly higher than the CPCB standards which could be to due
to construction activities of plant expansion (for which EC is obtained recently).
Vibration
Vibration is a mechanical phenomenon whereby oscillations occur about an equilibrium point. The oscillations may
be periodic such as the motion of a pendulum or random such as the movement of a tire on a gravel road. Major
sources of vibration are in Co-Generation plant mainly in high pressure lines of steam, generator room. Vibration
can also be caused by motions of air blowers, engines, electric motors, or any mechanical device in operation
theses are typically unwanted. Such vibrations can be caused by imbalances in the rotating parts, uneven friction,
the meshing of gear teeth, etc. such vibrations can be reduced by proper designing.
During construction phase other than constructing structures, no major sources of vibrations are envisaged due to
proposed project.

3.9 SURFACE WATER
Surface Water Quality monitoring was carried out in the study area of 10 km based on the land use pattern and
ground truth of nearby villages. The selection of sampling locations is based on:
 Surface water drainage pattern / prevalent direction of general gradient of surface water flow.
 Nearby vicinity of surface water bodies upstream and downstream of the site.
 Selection of upstream and downstream open surface water bodies in immediate vicinity is the principal areas
where there would be an immediate impact due to any contaminated water drainage out of site premises.
Kadam Environmental Consultants has collected the surface water samples and carried out their analysis in KEC
laboratory to assess quality of Surface water within 10 km radius of the project site.
The objectives of work are as mentioned below:
 Marking of tentative sampling location on Land Use map within 10 km radius of the project site;
 Actual field visit and identification, marking of actual sampling location points based on tentative location fixed
on Land Use map;
 Collection of surface water samples from marked points;
 Analysis of the collected samples;
 Locating actual sampling points in land use map;
 Baseline Environmental conditions assessment based on analysis results obtained.
Analysis Method Adopted
Surface water samples are collected using manual grab sampling technique.
The samples were further analysed as per the APHA Standard Methods (23rd Edition). Table 3-18 below describes
analytical methodology for parameters to be analysed and with minimum detection limit of the instruments
available at KEC laboratory.
Table 3-18: Analysis Methods Adopted for Surface Water Samples

Minimum
S. N. Parameters Methodology
Detection Limit
1 pH APHA: 4500-H+ B(23rd Edition), Electrometric method 2
3 Temperature APHA: 2550 B (23 Edition), Standard Thermometer
rd
0.5 Deg C
4 Turbidity APHA: 2130 B (23 Edition), Nephelometric Method
rd
0.1 NTU
5 TDS APHA: 2540C (23rd Edition), Gravimetric 3 mg/l
6 Electrical conductivity APHA: 2510 B (23 Edition), Conductivity meter
rd
1µmoh/cm
7 COD APHA: 5220 B(23 Edition), Open reflux method
rd
5 mg/l
8 BOD IS: 3025(part-44):1993 (RA 2014) Iodometric 2 mg/l
9 Chlorides APHA:4500-Cl- B (23 Edition), Argentometric method
rd
1.0 mg/l
10 Phenol APHA: 5530-D (23 Edition), Direct photometric Method
rd
0.001 mg/l
11 Sulphates APHA:4500-E as SO4 2-(23rd Edition), Turbidimetric method 1 mg/l
12 Total Hardness APHA: 2340-C (23rd Edition), EDTA Titrimetric method 2 mg/l
13 Ca++ Hardness APHA: 3500-Ca-B (23 Edition) EDTA Titrimetric method
rd
2 mg/l
14 Mg++ Hardness APHA: 3500-Mg-B (23 Edition), By calculation
rd
2 mg/l
15 Total Alkalinity APHA: 2320 B (23 Edition), Titration method
rd
5 mg/l
16 Nitrate IS:3025 (part-34)1988 (RA 2014), 3.3 colorimetric method 0.1 mg/l
17 Nitrite IS:3025 (part-34)1988 (RA 2014) 0.05 mg/l
18 Fluoride APHA:4500 F-D(23rd Edition),SPANDS method 0.05 mg/l

Minimum
S. N. Parameters Methodology
Detection Limit
APHA:3500 Na-B (23rd Edition), Flame emission Photometric
19 Sodium 1 mg/l
method
APHA: 3500 K-B (23rd Edition) Flame emission Photometric
20 Potassium 1 mg/l
method
21 Calcium APHA: 3500-Ca-B (23rd Edition) EDTA Titrimetric method 2 mg/l
22 Magnesium APHA: 3500-Mg-B (23 Edition), Calculation method
rd
2 mg/l
23 Salinity APHA: 2520 B (23 Edition), Electrical Conductivity method
rd
-
24 Total Nitrogen APHA: 4500 N Org-B, (23 Edition), Macro Kjeldahl method
rd
0.05 mg/l
25 Total Phosphorous APHA: 4500 P-C (23 Edition), Colorimetric method
rd
0.02 mg/l
26 Dissolved Oxygen APHA: 4500 O-C(23rd Edition), Iodometric method 0.2 mg/l
27 Ammonical Nitrogen IS:3025(part-34), 1988 (RA 2014), Distillation & colorimetric 0.05 mg/l
28 SAR Flamephotmetric & EDTA method -
29 Heavy Metals - -
APHA: 3500-As-B (23 Edition) Silver diethyldithiocarbamate
rd
a Arsenic (as As) 0.01 mg/l
method/APHA: 3114-B (23rd Edition) AAS
b Cadmium (as Cd) APHA: 3111-B(23rd Edition) AAS 0.003 mg/l
c Chromium (as Cr) APHA: 3500-Cr-B(23 Edition), colorimetric method
rd
0.02 mg/l
APHA: 3500-Cu-B (23rd Edition) Neocuproine method/ APHA:
d Copper (as Cu) 0.03 mg/l
3111- B (23rd Edition) AAS
e Cyanide (as CN) APHA: 4500 CN- D & E(23rd Edition) 0.03 mg/l
APHA: 3500-Fe-B (23rd Edition), Phenanthroline method/APHA:
f Iron (as Fe) 0.05 mg/l
3111-B(23rd Edition) AAS
g Lead (as Pb) APHA: 3111-B(23rd Edition) AAS 0.01 mg/l
IS 3025 (P-48): 1994 (RA 2014))/ APHA: 3112-B (23rd Edition)
h Mercury (as Hg) 0.001 mg/l
Cold vapour AAS method
APHA: 3500-Mn-B (23rd Edition) Persulphate method/ APHA:
i Manganese (as Mn) 0.02 mg/l
3111-B(23rd Edition) AAS
j Nickel (as Ni) APHA: 3111-B(23rd Edition) AAS 0.02 mg/l
k Zinc (as Zn) APHA: 3111-B(23rd Edition) AAS 0.03 mg/
l Boron (as B) APHA: 4500 B-C (23rd Edition), Carmine method 0.05 mg/l
30 Total Coliform APHA: 9221-B (23 Edition), Multiple Tube Fermentation
rd
Absent
31 Fecal Coliform APHA: 9221-E (23 Edition), Multiple Tube Fermentation
rd
Absent
No secondary data was collected & thus not reviewed.
Surface water sampling locations are selected based on review of land use plan, surface drainage pattern/ground
water flow direction & nearby site habitation village /locations in 10 km radius of project.
Surface water samples were collected from available Five (5) different locations within the study area as tabulated
in Table 3-19 & as shown in Map 3-2. No other locations were available/found appropriate for taking reference
sample for the project. Photographs of surface water sampling locations are given in Photograph 3-5.
Table 3-19: Details of Surface Water Sampling Locations

Distance Justification of Sample
Code Location Name Source Date Direction
(km) collection
SW1 Kala Talav Pond 28.12.17 1.15 W

Distance Justification of Sample

Code Location Name Source Date Direction
(km) collection
SW2 Khetakhatali Pond 28.12.17 6.76 WNW Based on the drainage
pattern/ground water flow
SW3 Narbad Village Pond 28.12.17 1.96 NNE
direction the samples were
SW4 Gangajaliya Talab Pond 28.12.17 8.08 S selected to know the quality of
stagnant water bodies coming in
SW5 Port Road Lake Pond 28.12.17 8.12 SSE the study area.
Photograph 3-5: Photographs of Surface Water Sampling Locations
Kalatalav Khetakhatli Village
Port Road Lake Gangajaliya Pond, Bhavnagar
3.9.4 Key Findings – Surface Water Analysis Results
Analysis results of collected samples are given in Table 3-20.

Table 3-20: Surface Water (Ponds) Analysis Results

Surface Water Quality
SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4 SW5
Sr. Classification for Inland Surface Water (CPCB)
Parameters Unit Kalatalav Khetakhatli Narbad Gangajaliya Talab Port Road Lake
No.
Pond Pond Pond Pond Pond
A B C D E 28/12/17 28/12/17 28/12/17 28/12/2017 28/12/2017
1 pH pH Scale 6.5 to 8.5 6.5 to 8.5 6.0 to 9.0 6.5 to 8.5 6.5 to 8.5 8 7.89 7.38 8.36 8.27
2 Total Dissolved Oxygen mg/l 6.0 5.0 4.0 4.0 NA 2.7 2.5 2.1 3.2 2.1
3 Total Dissolved Solids mg/l 500 NA 1,500 NA 2,100 3,632 1,648 12,568 552 5,868
4 Electrical Conductivity μmohs/cm NA NA NA 1,000 2,250 5,700 2,600 21,500 870 9,800
5 BOD mg/l 2.0 3.0 3.0 NA NA 20 8 16 3 24
6 Colour Pt.co 10 300 300 - - 10 5 10 5 5
7 Total Hardness mg/l 300 NA NA NA NA 210 320 1,870 260 940
8 Ca++ Hardness mg/l 200 NA NA NA NA 66 108 474 106 160
9 Mg++ Hardness mg/l 100 NA NA NA NA 144 212 1,396 154 780
10 Copper mg/l 1.5 NA 1.5 NA NA 0.02 0.03 0.07 0.01 0.01
11 Iron mg/l 0.3 NA 50 NA NA 0.55 0.02 0.550 0.09 <0.05
12 Manganese mg/l 0.5 NA NA NA NA <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
13 Chlorides (as CL) mg/l 250 NA 600 NA 600 1,326 685 7,184 145 2,507
14 Sulphate mg/l 400 NA 400 NA 1,000 202 130 1,921 42 480
15 Nitrate (as NO3) mg/l 20 NA 50 NA NA 9.57 14.19 <0.1 13.46 2.61
16 Fluoride mg/l 1.5 1.5 1.5 - - 0.51 0.19 0.55 <0.05 0.93
17 Phenolic Compound mg/l 0.002 0.005 0.005 NA NA <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001
18 Free Ammonia mg/l NA NA NA 1.2 NA 0.015 <0.1 0.024 <0.1 0.008
19 Mercury mg/l 0.001 NA NA NA NA <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001
20 Cadmium mg/l 0.01 NA 0.01 NA NA <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003
21 Arsenic mg/l 0.05 NA 0.2 NA NA <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
22 Cyanide mg/l 0.05 0.05 0.05 NA NA <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
23 Lead mg/l 0.1 NA 0.1 NA NA <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
24 Zinc mg/l 15 NA 15 NA NA <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
25 Chromium mg/l 0.05 1 0.05 NA NA <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
26 Boron mg/l NA NA NA NA 2 <0.05 <0.05 1.79 0.84 <0.05
27 Sodium Absorption Ratio mg/gm NA NA NA NA 26 22.1 9.19 18.45 4.02 10.77
28 Total Coliform MPN/100ml 50 500 5,000 - - 2,200 2,100 3,400 2,000 2,600
NS: Not Specified

Classification of River Water as per their intended use is described in Table 3-21.
Table 3-21: Classification of River Water

S. No. Class Intended Use
1 A Drinking water source without conventional treatment but after disinfection
2 B Outdoor bathing (organized)
3 C Drinking water source with conventional treatment followed by disinfection
4 D Propagation of wild life, fisheries
5 E Irrigation, industrial cooling etc.
Conclusion
Observations on Surface Water quality:
 TDS and electric conductivity are high at Kalatalav, Narbad & Port Road Pond due to salinity ingress because of
nearby coastal area.
 Hardness is high at all locations and chloride found high at locations except Gangajalia pond due to saline area.
 DO observed less at all locations and BOD is high at all location except Gangajalia pond it may due to some
accidental discharge of other effluents/sewage water into the pond.
Based on analysis results and above observations the quality of ponds can be compared with Class E as per
classification of inland surface water standard and water can be used for Irrigation and Industrial Cooling.
3.10 GEOLOGY & HYDROGEOLOGY
Collection of existing maps and data
 District Resource Map (Geological Survey of India)

 CGWB reports
 State Groundwater report
 IMD data
 Land-use maps
 Google Earth and/or Topographic maps (drainage patterns, water bodies, topography, morphology and
vegetation cover)
The integrated study of above maps leads to identification of specific issues related to geology and its effect on
topography, morphology, drainage pattern and groundwater. It further gives an idea about groundwater quality i.e.
soluble salts. It further explains relation between surface and ground water.
Based on these inferences field visit, observation points and sampling locations are decided and acted upon. In
some cases, non-invasive geophysical techniques are selected and data is correlated with surface features as well
as with project requirement.
Geology
Geologically, 80% of the area is covered by Basalts and the remaining 20 % by alluvial formation and mudflats. The
generalized geological succession is given in Table 3-22.

Table 3-22: Geological Succession

Geological Succession Era Age Formation Lithology
Thick beds of calcareous
Quaternary Recent to Sub-Recent Surface Soil/ Alluvium clay, intercalated with layers
of trap sand.
--Unconformity--
Basalt as stratified lava flows
comprising amygdaloidal
Lower Eocene to Upper
Tertiary Deccan trap basalt, fine grained
Cretaceous
porphyritic basalt and
basaltic/dolerite dykes.
The Deccan trap and Quaternary formations form the aquifer within the district. Groundwater occurs under water
table and semi confined conditions. Dug and dug cum bore well are common structures used for groundwater
extraction.
Hydrology
The geological formation in and around project site comprises of coastal alluvium. The area around plant site is
thick quaternary formation (Post – Miocene) overlying by thick Deccan trap formation consisting of clay, marl,
chert, sand and gravel.
Groundwater in these formations occurs under unconfined conditions. The occurrence and movement of
groundwater is controlled by primary as well as secondary porosity. There are no ground water abstraction wells in
and around project site due to high salinity in upper as well as lower aquifer. Few wells were observed near surface
water bodies’ which are yielding relatively good quality water. The yield of the dug wells is very poor.
Overall stage of groundwater development is moderate (68.04 %) 5, however, there is constraint of quality and low
yield in this coastal areas. There is relatively high ground water development along inland coastal zones.
Sustainable groundwater management strategy to conserve existing resources and preventive actions to control
contamination of freshwater resources are essential. Periodic monitoring of ground water should be mandatory.
Ground water samples were collected from three (3) different locations within the study area as shown in Table
3-23 & as shown in Map 3-2. No other locations were available/found appropriate for taking reference sample for
the project.
Table 3-23: Ground Water Sampling Locations

Date of Distance from Direction
Code Location Source Sampling Rational
Sampling Site (in Km) w.r.t Site
Near Site Monitoring
GW 1 28.12.2017 1.6 SW
(Bachelor Hostel) well
To check ground water
GW 2 Bhavnagar City Handpump 28.12.2017 6.4 S
quality within study area
Sawariya Salt
GW 3 Borewell 28.12.2017 3.5 SSW
Works
Ground Water Analysis Results is provided in Table 3-24.
5
As per District Groundwater Brochure, CGWA

Table 3-24: Ground Water Analysis Results

Sampling Location GW1 GW2 GW3
IS 10500 Standard Limits for drinking water Monitoring well Handpump Borewell
Permissible limit
Near Site Sawariya Salt
S. No. Parameters Unit Acceptable limit (In the absence of alternate Bhavnagar City
(Bachelor Hostel) Works
source)
1 pH pH scale 6.5-8.5 NR 6.68 7.62 6.43
2 Temperature oC - - 28 27 27
3 Turbidity NTU 1 5 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1
4 TDS mg/lit 500 2,000 82,344 1,620 1,74,416
5 Electrical conductivity µmho/cm - - 1,35,000 2,300 2,58,000
6 COD mg/lit - - <5 <5 <5
7 BOD mg/lit - - <2 <2 <2
8 Phenol mg/lit 0.001 0.002 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001
9 Chlorides mg/lit 250 1,000 42,583 386 84,138
10 Sulphates mg/lit 200 400 2,837 178 9,176
11 Total Hardness mg/lit 200 600 11,000 670 42,000
12 Ca++ Hardness mg/lit - - 3,000 340 5,600
13 Mg++ Hardness mg/lit - - 8,000 330 36,400
14 Total Alkalinity mg/lit 200 600 220 160 210
15 Nitrate mg/lit 45 NR 7.97 43.85 <0.1
16 Fluoride mg/lit 1 1.5 0.46 0.32 0.03
17 Sodium mg/lit - - 24,220 214 35,760
18 Potassium mg/lit - - 200 7.7 806.3
19 Calcium mg/lit 75 200 1,202 136 2,244
20 Magnesium mg/lit 30 100 1,944 80 8,845
21 Salinity mg/lit - - 76,734 695 1,87,657
22 Total Nitrogen mg/lit 0.5 NR 3.03 10.07 <0.05
23 Total Phosphorous mg/lit - - 12.71 <0.02 <0.02
24 Dissolved Oxygen mg/lit - - 2.4 2 2.55
25 Ammonical Nitrogen mg/lit NS NS 1.25 <0.05 <0.05

Sampling Location GW1 GW2 GW3

IS 10500 Standard Limits for drinking water Monitoring well Handpump Borewell
Permissible limit
Near Site Sawariya Salt
S. No. Parameters Unit Acceptable limit (In the absence of alternate Bhavnagar City
(Bachelor Hostel) Works
source)
26 SAR - - - 99.92 3.58 75.45
27 Heavy Metals
a Arsenic (as As) mg/l 0.01 0.05 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
b Cadmium (as Cd) mg/l 0.003 NR <0.003 <0.003 <0.003
c Chromium (as Cr) mg/l 0.05 NR <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
d Copper (as Cu) mg/l 0.05 1.5 0.18 <0.03 <0.03
e Cyanide (as CN) mg/l 0.05 NR <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
f Iron (as Fe) mg/l 0.3 NR 1.19 1.82 <0.05
g Lead (as Pb) mg/l 0.01 NR <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
h Mercury (as Hg) mg/l 0.001 NR <0.001 <0.001 <0.001
i Manganese (as Mn) mg/l 0.1 0.3 0.51 <0.02 <0.02
j Nickel (as Ni) mg/l 0.02 NR 0.81 <0.02 <0.02
k Zinc (as Zn) mg/l 5 15 0.58 <0.03 <0.03
28 Total Coliform MPN/100ml Shall not be detectable in any 100 ml sample Absent Absent Absent
29 Faecal Coliforms MPN/100ml Shall not be detectable in any 100 ml sample Absent Absent Absent

3.10.4 Key Findings
Quality of Ground Water
The area in the close proximity of sea. The aquifer comprises of saline water containing high TDS. The wells located
near the surface water bodies are only yielding relatively good quality water. TDS, Chloride & Sulphate are in higher
concentration which is due to saline coastal belt formation.
Geomorphology and Soil Type
The Geo-morphologically, in and around the study area of Kala talav falls in coastal plain with coastal marshes and
sandy areas. It is featured by several creeks along the coast. The soils in and around project site is Medium black
soils. They can retain considerable moisture, development of mud cracks in top soil cover is well seen as per
Photograph 3-6. The vertical extension of cracks (depth) may extend from 1 to + 2.5 m and horizontal extension
may vary from 0.30 m to + 0.90 m. A mineralogical map of the proposed site showing that the site is not located
on potentially mineable mineral deposit along with soil map are given in Map 3-5 & Map 3-6 respectively.
Photograph 3-6: Mud Cracks near Sea Coast
Mud Cracks
Drainage
River Kalubhar is flowing in southern part of project site and oriented from west to east. Most streams are
ephemeral in nature and flowing in south-east direction. Drainage map of study area is shown in Map 3-4.
Hydrogeology
Table 3-25: Sensitive Ecological Features - Hydrogeology

S. Sensitive Ecological Name of feature Distance
Direction Reason of Significance
No. Features / Location (km)
Water level is ranging from 4-20 m

1 Underground waters - - - bgl and groundwater quality is highly
saline
Groundwater Conservation
2 Bhavnagar - - Safe zone as per CGWA
status under CGWA

Map 3-4: Drainage Map of Study Area

Map 3-5: Mineralogical Map

Map 3-6: Soil Map

3.11 SOIL
Methodology
A field visit conducted to study site-specific soil quality and condition includes soil colour, texture mineralogical
content, plasticity and any possible impact to the environmental setting due to project.
The locations for soil sample collection were randomly selected at the project site as well as from the surrounding
areas namely Soil-1 to Soil-06. The soil samples from 0-15 cm depth were collected by using spade and pawada.
The samples were homogenized and about 1 kg soil sample was collected in the polythylene bag, labelled with
sample ID which includes site numbers and project name. The samples were brought to the laboratory for analysis
of physical (porosity, water holding capacity, permeability, particle size distribution) and chemical properties (cation
exchange, electrical conductivity, sodium adsorption ratio, pH, Ca, Mg, Na, K).
Various parameters were monitored in soil. The detailed monitoring methodology for soil sampling is given in Table
3-26.
Table 3-26: Methodology for Analysing Soil Samples
Sample
Sampling Parameters Analytical Equipment Methodology Remarks
Collection
Porosity - IS: 2720 Part 7
Water holding capacity Keen Apparatus HMSO, UK Trial pit method for
topsoil sample
Permeability - IS: 2720 Part 17
collection; disturbed
Moisture content Electronic Balance IS: 2720 Part 2 samples
Texture Manual - IS: 2720 Part 4
Particle size Distribution sample Glass wares IS: 2720 Part 4
Cation Exchange collection
using hammer Centrifuge IS: 2720 Part 24 (1976)
Capacity 5% Leachate to be
and container
F. Photometer (Na, K), made and analyzed as
SAR tube for Calculation
Titration (Ca & Mg) per APHA, “Standard
collecting
pH pH Meter 4500 H+B Methods”.
undisturbed
All method numbers
Electrical Conductivity top soil. Conductivity Meter As per IS 14767 -2000
are as per APHA
Calcium Glass wares 3500 Ca B “Standard Methods”
Magnesium Glass Wares 3500 Mg B (21st edition, 2005)
Sodium (Na) F.Photometer 3500 Na B
Potassium F.Photometer 3500 K B
The project area falls under Agro Climatic Zone- Bhal & Coastal area. Average annual rainfall of the district is 756
mm received mainly through South-West monsoon. The soil types are black (15.64 %), medium black (52.91 %),
sandy loam (29.59 %) and sandy (1.86 %). The soils of the area are saline sodic and underground water source is
scarce, hence rain fed cotton and wheat are cultivated. Farmers also grow fodder sorghum on conserved soil
moisture. The topography is fairly flat. The sources of irrigation are canal (23.77 %), tanks (8.48 %), open wells
(20.0 %) and bore wells (44.98 %). The average cropping intensity of the district is 137.0%.

Soil samples were collected from Six (6) different locations within the study area as shown in Table 3-27, Map
3-2 & Photograph 3-7.
Table 3-27: Soil Sampling Locations
Date of Distance from Direction w.r.t
Code Location Source Justification
Sampling Project Site in Km Project Site
ST1 At site (Greenbelt) 27/03/2018 Industrial - -
ST2 Kalatalav 28/12/2017 Residential 1.8 W
ST3 Narbad 28/12/2017 Residential 2.0 NNW To check surface
ST4 Khetakhatli 28/12/2017 Residential 6.8 WNW soil quality within
study area.
ST5 Madhiya 29/12/2017 Residential 9.2 W
Bhavnagar
ST6 29/12/2017 Urban 7.3 SSE
(Krishnanagar)
Photograph 3-7: Photographs of Soil Sampling
At Narbad At Khetakhatli
At Madhiya At Kalatalav
3.11.4 Key Findings - Soil Quality Results
Soil sample analysis results are mentioned in Table 3-28.
Table 3-28: Soil Analysis Results

At Site Kalatalav Narbad Khetakhatli Madhiya Bhavnagar
S. No. Parameter Unit
ST1 ST2 ST3 ST4 ST5 ST6
1 Porosity % 49 58 49 57 56 50
Water Holding
2 % 35 78.5 48.5 70 52.3 49.3
Capacity

At Site Kalatalav Narbad Khetakhatli Madhiya Bhavnagar

S. No. Parameter Unit
ST1 ST2 ST3 ST4 ST5 ST6
3 Permeability mm/hr 2.01 2.23 8.14 1.05 4.49 8.53
4 Particle Size distribution
a Sand % 54 38 52 37 37 77
b Silt % 37 31 36 34 42 11
c Clay % 9 31 12 29 21 12
Sandy
5 Texture -- Sandy loam Clay loam Clay loam Loam Sandy loam
loam
Cation Exchange meq/
6 17.2 30.4 25.3 26.1 27.5 22
capacity 100gm
Electrical
7 dS/m 1.197 1.107 0.215 1.908 0.79 0.602
Conductivity
Exchangeable
8 % 3.62 4.95 6.99 10.32 10.06 4.59
Sodium
9 pH - 7.48 7.12 8.03 8.05 7.92 7.9
10 Calcium g/kg 0.01 3.27 3.21 3.25 2.24 3.21
11 Magnesium g/kg 0.02 1.76 1.99 1.43 1.8 1.7
12 Sodium g/kg 3.05 5.62 7.82 10.57 9.93 5.21
13 Potassium g/kg 0.05 0.26 0.49 0.44 0.32 0.22
Other Parameters*
14 Organic carbon % 0.24 0.16 0.28 0.39 0.37 0.28
Total nitrogen
15 % 0.0207 0.0138 0.0241 0.0336 0.0319 0.0241
(OC x 0.0862)
16 Available P2O5 Kg/ha 47.4 64.2 84.2 58.5 94.2 57.6
17 Available K2O Kg/ha 110.1 132.4 150.4 132.5 98.4 78.4
* Analysis by NABL approved laboratory, INDOMER Coastal Hydraulics (P) Limited, Chennai
From the above results it is observed that at different locations:
 Porosity is in the range from 49 to 58 % and WHC varied from 35 to 78.5 % which is due to sandy loam to clay
loam texture of soils;
 Permeability is in the range from 1.05 to 8.35 mm/hr;
 Soil texture were either Clay Loam, Loam or Sandy Loam;
 Cation Exchange capacity is in the range from 17.2 to 30.4 meq/100gm;
 EC is in the range from 0.215 to 1.908 dS/m which indicates soil is saline in nature;
 Exchangeable sodium is <15.0, which indicates soil is non-sodic.
 pH ranged from 7.12 to 8.05, which indicates that soil are neutral (<7.8) to slightly alkaline;
 Among water soluble cations predominance of sodium was seen followed by Ca, Mg & K.
Soil fertility data indicate that soil is
 Low in nitrogen (OC<0.50%);

 Medium (28-56 kg P2O5/ha) to high (>56 kg P2O5/ha) in phosphorus; and
 Low (<140 kg K2O/ha) to medium (140-280 kg K2O/ha) in potassium.
Study are covers mainly saline soil which is due to ingress of sea water and closeness of Bay of Cambay.
In the study area rain fed cotton, sorghum and wheat on conserved soil are grown. Cultivation / agriculture is
raised on harvested rain water in ponds. However, crop yields could be improved by application of organic manures
by improving soil permeability.

3.12 ECOLOGY AND BIODIVERSITY

As a part of EIA, this report represents existing biodiversity status of the project site (core zone) and its
surrounding environ of the project study area (buffer zone of 10 km. radius). Also, an effort have been made to
predict likely impacts of project and its associated activities, and suggests mitigation measures to reduce impacts
on various biological components of the project study area.
The baseline study, for the evaluation of the floral and faunal biodiversity of the terrestrial environment of the study
area, within 10 Km radius from the proposed project site of M/s. Nirma Limited has been conducted during
December 2018.
Scope, Aim and Objectives
 To inventorise floral and faunal components of project area (project site / core zone and buffer zone).
 To locate / demarcate and understand ecological setting of the project area in terms of national parks / wildlife
sanctuary / reserve forests / tiger reserve / Eco-sensitive Areas / wetlands etc. within 10 km. radius from
project site (if any).
 To identify schedule-I, rare, endemic and endangered species within the project study area and prepare
conservation plan for same.
 To identify impact zone and evaluate the likely impact of the proposed project on flora, fauna and ecological
setting of the project study area.
 To prepare green belt development plan / conservation plan to mitigate likely impacts and to conserve ecology
and biodiversity.
Study Area
Delineation of the study area
Project Site / Core Zone and Buffer Zone

Project site is considered as a core zone and area in surrounding 10 km radius is considered as a buffer zone.
Ecological Sensitivity / Habitats of the Study Area

Buffer zone encompasses following different ecologically important features within 10 km radius from proposed
project site boundary.
Forest /National Park / Sanctuary
Neither any National Park, Wildlife Sanctuary, etc. exists within 10 km radius of project area, nor does any reserve
forest land exist within project area. Protected forest area is present in the Madhiya Village which is dominated by
Prosopis juliflora, which comes under study area. The management plan also covers protected and unclassed forest
area of villages Rajgadh, Mevasa, Ganeshgadh, Savainagar and including Madhiya adjoining to the Blackbuck
National Park, Velavadar.
Blackbuck national park, Velavadar situated around 15 km far from project area.
The Blackbuck National Park, Velavadar consist of Reserve Forest area of villages Velavadar, Kanatalav, Adhelai and
Bhadbhid.
Four forest are located near the study area but not within 10 km radius of the project area. They are, Rajgadh
reserved forest, Mevasa reserved forest, Ganeshgadh Un-class forest and Savainagar reserved forest. A fifth one
comes under study area viz. Madhiya protected forest.
Mangroves are present within 10 km radius of the study area.

Eco sensitive areas
There is no Eco sensitive area within the project stretch. However, there is a National Park within 25 km radius
from the study area which is listed in Table 3-29.
Table 3-29: Ecological Sensitive Areas within 25 km of the Project Site

S. Name of feature / Distance Reason of
Sensitive Ecological Features Direction
No. Location (km) Significance
1 Ramsar wetland (Ramsar Convention) NA - - -
2 Wetlands as per National Wetlands Atlas NA - - -
Velavadar Black Buck
3 National park 15.02 Black buck
National Park
4 Wildlife sanctuary NA - - -
5 Tiger reserve NA - - -
6 Biosphere reserve NA - - -
7 Elephant reserve NA - - -
8 Important Bird Areas (IBAs) NA - - -
9 Eco-sensitive zone (EP Act) NA - - -
Forest (Forest Conservation Act)
Madhiya Reserve
10 (including protected forests and reserved 8.02 - Black Buck
Forest
forests)
11 Wildlife corridor NA - - -
12 Coastal zones NA - - -
Areas used by protected, important or
sensitive species of flora or fauna for
13 NA - - -
breeding, nesting, foraging, resting, over
wintering, migration
14 Endemic species, if any NA - - -
Present in the Nirma
15 Mangroves - - -
Outfall channel area
Source: Management Plan Blackbuck National Park, Local Enquiry and Field Investigation
Methodology
Efforts have been made to verify the below mentioned secondary data in the field by interaction with local people.
 Secondary Literature Review

 Random sampling plot survey for floral inventory
 Faunal habitat assessment
 Random intensive survey, opportunistic observations
 Diurnal bird observations and bird count and laid quadrate
 Active search for scats and foot prints
 Review of previous studies
 Emphasis has been placed on presence of rare, endemic, migratory and threatened species
Working plan of Bhavnagar District was referred and Desktop literature review was conducted to identify the
representative spectrum of threatened species, population and ecological communities as listed by IUCN, ZSI and
BSI and in Indian Wildlife Protection act, 1972. The status of individual species was assessed using the revised
IUCN/ SSC category system (14th September 2012).
Survey Methodology to Study Terrestrial Plant Diversity

The structure and composition of vegetation was studied by quadrate method in the forest area and random
observations in the village surrounding areas. Phytosociological association of vegetation in a community was
studied. The quadrate method includes laying down of a square sample plot of suitable size for detailed analysis of

vegetation. It may be a single sample plot or may be divided into several subplots. While studying forest
community, quadrates equivalent to one tenth ha (10m x 10m) were used, for studying shrubs, the quadrates of
smaller sizes (5m x 5m) were used and for grassland and low herbaceous community, the quadrates of sizes (1m x
1m) were used6.
Co-existence and competition amongst various species are affected directly by the number of individuals in the
community. Therefore, knowing the quantitative structure of the community becomes essential. Various diversity
indices including Shannon-Wiener Diversity Index give a comparative and quantitative picture of the community
existing in the study area.
To characterize vegetation in the study area, the primary data was collected and analyzed for describing the
properties of vegetation with reference to species composition and structural attributes expressed. The diversity
measurements reflect as to how many diverse species are present, the density measurements indicate number of
individuals of a species in a sample plot. Species diversity is the best measures of community structure and it is
sensitive to various environmental stresses. Higher value of Shannon Wiener Diversity Index indicates healthy
ecosystem and the lower value shows that an ecosystem is under environmental stress.
Quantitative Analysis of terrestrial vegetation

It is done by using quadrate method as mentioned in Figure 3-3.
Figure 3-3: Formulas for Analysing Phytosociological characteristics of vegetation
Description of the Site and study area
As per the primary field survey following were the highlights of the project site & the study area:
 Study area is dominated by habitation in avenue plantation mainly Salvadora oleiodes, Azadirachta indica,
Nerium oleander, Cocos nucifera, Eucalyptus sp., Tamarindus tree and Citrus sp.. This is because the area falls
under the barren land area and marshy land or highly saline land. Natural vegetation exists at site, efforts have
been made to enlist existing species.
 The buffer zone is mainly dominated with barren land having patche of Prosopis juliflora, salvadora oleiodes,
Calotropis procera and Zizyphus mauritiana. Secondary data from working plan of Bhavnagar District is
collected and verified through ground surveys.
 In the buffer zone area, water body is present in Kalatalav village, pond situated at 21° 50’ 48.64” N and 72°
08’ 24.11” E. In this pond various diversity of birds were observed such as Coot, Flamingo, Stilt, Lapwing as
well as shoveler. Dominating birds in this pond were Coot and Flamingo.
 Another water body is present in Narbad Village, which was having less water. Lapwing and coot were mainly
observed in this pond.
6
Rau and Wooten, Environmental Impact Analysis Handbook, 1980, pp 7-44.

 One canal is passing near Madhiya village in buffer zone, which is located at 21° 53’ 30.01” N and 72° 04;
06.00” E. Many avian diversity were observed in this water body like Lapwing, Cormorant, Ibis, Kingfisher,
Pond heron, Night heron etc.
 In the buffer zone area many salt pans were observed. In these salt pans avian diversity such as Stilt, White
ibis and Flamingo were observed.
 Nirma is having its own salt pan, in which more than 500 flamingo and more than 200 Gull were observed.
Three grass species like Desmostecia grass sp., Suaeda sp. and Luni sp. were observed near this salt pan.
Further Floral & Faunal Biodiversity is detailed out in the following sections of the report.
Floral Diversity of the study area
Core Zone / Project site

The project site is located at village Kalatalav on the outskirts of Bhavnagar district of Gujarat. The general
topography of the area is fairly plain. The climate of the area is semi-arid and generally humid, moderate and
corrosive throughout the year. It has an average altitude of ~5 - 6 m above Mean Sea Level. No hills or elevated
lands are found in the study area.
Buffer Zone
Buffer zone has been reported as general vegetation cover of the project stretch is sparse with patches of
vegetation dominated by Prosopia juliflora a dominant terrestrial species locally called Ganda baval. Other plant
species observed in the study area were Calotropis giganeia, Casia holoserica, Cyperus arenarius, Melia azadarch.
Trees/Shrubs
The dominant trees in this area are Prosopis cineraria and Prosopis juliflora. Tree species observed in the study
area are given in Table 3-30 and tree species belong to 3 families are enlisted from the study area.
Table 3-30: Trees in the Study Area

Sr. No. Family & Scientific name Vernacular name
1 Family : Fabaceae
1/1 Sesbania grandifolia Eekad
2/1 Prosopis juliflora Gando baval
3/1 Acacia nilotica Desi baval
4/1 Prosopis spicegera Khijdo
2 Family : Salvadoraceae
5/2 Salvadora perscia Piludi
3 Family : Rhamnaceae
6/3 Zizyphus numularis Boradi
Herbs
The herbaceous cover observed in this region are given in Table 3-31. Herbaceous species belongs to 15 families
are recorded from the study area.
Table 3-31: List of Herbaceous Species Observed in the Study Area

1 Family : Acanthaceae
1/1 Rungia repens
2/1 Justicia procumbens
2 Family : Aizoaceae


3/2 Triantheme monogyna
3 Family : Amaranthaceae
4/3 Digera arvensis
5/3 Suaeda nudiflora Morad
4 Family : Asteraceae
6/4 Vernonia cinera Kalar
7/4 Pulicaria angustifolia
5 Family : Boraginaceae
8/5 Heliotropium paniculatum
6 Family : Convolvulaceae
9/6 Cressa cretica
7 Family : Euphorbiaceae
10/7 Euphorobia lanciolata Dudhali
11/7 Euphorobia hirta Dudhali
8 Family : Fabaceae
12/8 Goniogyna hirta
13/8 Indigofera tinctoria
14/8 Phaseolus trilobus Magamathi
15/8 Heylandia latebrosa Mamejo
9 Family : Gentianaceae
16/9 Enicostema litterale
10 Family : Lamiaceae
17/10 Leucas aspera
11 Family : Malvaceae
18/11 Hibiscus tetraphyllus Jungli Bhindi
19/11 Sida grevwiodes
20/11 Corchorus olitorius
12 Family : Orobanchaceae
21/12 Striga anjustifolia
13 Family : Phyllanthaceae
22/13 Phyllanthus maderaspatensis Hajar Dana
14 Family : Polygalaceae
23/14 Polygala eryocarpa
15 Family : Portulacaceae
24/15 Partulaca quadrifida Kharu
25/15 Portulaca oleracea Kharu
Grasses
The climbers and twiners were observed along the agricultural hedges and road side hedges of the study area.
These are given in the Table 3-32. Climbers or twiners were recorded from the area.
Table 3-32: List of Grasses observed in the study area

1 Family : Poaceae
1/1 Dichanthium annulatum Jinjvo
2/1 Sporobolus virginicus Dharant
3/1 Sporobolus madraspotensis Moti Dharant


4/1 Sporobolus coromandelianus Chakimaki
5/1 Chloris virgata Mindado
6/1 Aeluropus lagopoides Dale, Delo
7/1 Setaria glauca Kang
8/1 Panicum trypheron
9/1 Eragrostis pilosa
10/1 Eragrostis japonica Dhundh
11/1 Themeda triandra Smeru
12/1 Ischaemun rugosum Ghavli
13/1 Dinebra retroflexa
14/1 Dactyloctenium aegypticun Padu
15/1 Echinochloa colona
16/1 Iseilema anthephoroides Vardi
17/1 Paspalum sp.
18/1 Digitaria ciliaris
19/1 Digitaria stricta
20/1 Paspalidium flavidum
21/1 Tragus rexburghii
22/1 Hackelochloa granularis
23/1 Heteropogon Ritchiei
24/1 Aristida stocksii Garol
25/1 Aristida adscensionis Garol
26/1 Eriochloa procera Mansu
27/1 Brachiraria eruciformis
28/1 Brachiraria ramose
29/1 Eremopogon foveolatus
30/1 Urochloa panicoides
Mangroves
Mangroves are salt tolerant forest ecosystem of tropical and subtropical intertidal regions of the world. The role of
mangrove forests in stabilizing the shoreline of the coastal zone by preventing soil erosion and arresting
encroachment on land by sea is well recognized thereby minimizing water logging and formation of saline banks.
Tidal amplitude in the Gulf of Khambhat is very high and exceeds 10 m. Low rainfall, extreme temperature, salinity
and tidal amplitudes are limiting factors for development of good quality of mangroves in Gujarat. Mangroves on
Saurashtra coast from Dwarka to Khambhat are confined to limited mudflats and creeks. These mangroves are
sparse and scrubby and consist of Avicennia. The total area under mangroves in Gujarat is 1,107 sq. km during
2015 as assessed by Forest Survey of India. As per the India State of Forest Report (2017) the area under
mangrove cover in Bhavnagar District is 22 km2 of which 6 km2 had moderate dense mangroves and 16 km2 had
open forest. A lack of dense mangrove cover with most mangroves in the open forest category provides lower
ecosystem services. The mangrove vegetation is absent upstream of the creek. Along the intertidal region of the
study area. For the improvement of aquatic ecology, Nirma has undertaken mangrove plantation programme in a
phased manner along the coastal boundary. Nirma has already planted mangroves in the area approx. 153 ha. (378
acres) in consultation with District Forest Department in the vicinity of seawater intake system (Sonarai Creek) and
soda ash effluent disposal system (Malcolm channel). (NIO report, 2019).
Quantitative Study of Vegetation

Locations for which quantitative study of vegetation was carried out is tabulated in Table 3-33.

Table 3-33: Location of Quantitative Study of Vegetation

Sr. No. Coordinates Quadrate No.
1 21° 51'39.65"N 72° 09'19.46"E Fl1
2 21° 51'29.29"N 72° 09'15.03"E Fl2
3 21° 51'22.73"N 72° 09'11.14"E Fl3
4 21° 51'14.70"N 72° 09'17.60"E Fl4
5 21° 51'11.62"N 72° 08'59.40"E Fl5
6 21° 50'59.71"N 72° 08'56.22"E Fl6
7 21° 50'27.73"N 72° 09'05.99"E Fl7
8 21° 51'03.17"N 72° 08'10.69"E Fl8
9 21° 51'06.17"N 72° 08'07.03"E Fl9
10 21°51'00.38"N 72° 07'18.59"E Fl10
11 21° 51'27.02"N 72° 07'09.67"E Fl11
12 21° 51'54.73"N 72° 06'36.29"E Fl12
13 21° 52'07.15"N 72° 06'26.64"E Fl13
14 21° 52'10.54"N 72° 06'16.75"E Fl14
15 21° 52'15.88"N 72° 06'01.24"E Fl15
16 21° 53'43.51"N 72° 05'29.67"E Fl16
17 21° 53'26.52"N 72° 04'40.77"E Fl17
18 21° 53'18.95"N 72° 04'08.08"E Fl18
Photo documentation of Floral Diversity is shown in Photograph 3-8.
Photograph 3-8: Photo documentation of Floral Diversity
Kalatalav waterbody Salvidora plantation in the plant premises
Mangroves plantation in the study area Prosopis plant in the study area
Quantitative Assessment of Vegetation & Mangroves is detailed out in Table 3-34 & Table 3-35 respectively.

Table 3-34: Quantitative Assessment of Vegetation

No. of plot in which Total No. Species Relative Relative
Sr. No. Species name SWDI Density/Ha Frequency Abundance
sp. present of sp. Richness Density Frequency
1 Prosopis juloflora 1 29 0.066 29.64 62,400 83.42 1.00 50.00 8.67
2 Salvadora oleiodes 2 18 0.091 2.87 6,400 8.56 0.39 19.44 0.89
3 Zizyphus mauritiana 1 6 0.048 0.96 2,400 3.21 0.28 13.89 0.33
4 Calotropis procera 1 9 0.063 1.53 3,600 4.81 0.33 16.67 0.50
Table 3-35: Quantitative Assessment of Mangroves

Sr. No. Coordinates Quadrate No. SWDI Species Richness (D) Density/ Ha Relative Density/Sq m Abundance
1 21°50'19.13"N 72°15'02.48"E M1 0.029 0.544 1600 1.613 0.20
2 21°50'22.19"N 72°15'06.37"E M2 0.039 0.907 2400 2.419 0.30
3 21°50'25.05"N 72°15'09.10"E M3 0.048 1.270 3200 3.226 0.40
4 21°50'24.53"N 72°15'11.85"E M4 0.060 1.815 4400 4.435 0.55
5 21°50'29.33"N 72°15'15.66"E M5 0.052 1.452 3600 3.629 0.45
6 21°50'34.94"N 72°15'16.38"E M6 0.067 2.178 5200 5.242 0.65
7 21°50'45.04"N 72°15'14.44"E M7 0.056 1.633 4000 4.032 0.50
8 21°50'52.98"N 72°15'13.28"E M8 0.064 1.996 4800 4.839 0.60
9 21° 51'3.86"N 72°15'10.91"E M9 0.070 2.359 5600 5.645 0.70
10 21°51'19.58"N 72°15'10.17"E M10 0.064 1.996 4800 4.839 0.60
11 21°51'36.19"N 72°15'10.21"E M11 0.077 2.722 6400 6.452 0.80
12 21°52'1.91"N 72°15'12.45"E M12 0.083 3.085 7200 7.258 0.90
13 21°52'23.80"N 72°15'16.50"E M13 0.080 2.904 6800 6.855 0.85
14 21°52'44.03"N 72°15'19.10"E M14 0.074 2.541 6000 6.048 0.75
15 21°53'4.69"N 72°15'16.74"E M15 0.067 2.178 5200 5.242 0.65
16 21°53'18.48"N 72°15'12.42"E M16 0.074 2.541 6000 6.048 0.75
17 21°53'32.79"N 72°15'06.63"E M17 0.077 2.722 6400 6.452 0.80
18 21°53'52.18"N 72°14'57.74"E M18 0.077 2.722 6400 6.452 0.80
19 21°54'21.99"N 72°14'42.42"E M19 0.070 2.359 5600 5.645 0.70
20 21°54'42.87"N 72°14'29.74"E M20 0.052 1.452 3600 3.629 0.45

Agriculture and Horticulture
Major Crops: Major crops in the study area are Cotton (Gossypium herbaceum).
Minor crops: The minor crops of this region are also Cotton (Gossypium herbaceum).
Vegetables: No vegetable grown due to the barren land.
Major horticultural crops: No any horticulture activity is noted in the study area due to high salinity in the soil.
Eco sensitive areas: There is no Eco sensitive area within the project stretch. However, there is a National Park
within 25 km radius from the study area which is listed in Table 3-36.
Table 3-36: Ecological Sensitive Areas within 25 km of the Project Site

Sr. No. Name of the Sensitive Area Distance from sensitive areas (in km.)
1 Black Buck National Par 15.02
2 Madhiya reserve forest 8.02
Source: Management Plan Blackbuck National Park, Local Enquiry and Field Investigation)
Rare and Endangered Flora in the study area

The IUCN Red List is the world's most comprehensive inventory of the global conservation status of plant and
animal species. It uses a set of criteria to evaluate the extinction risk of thousands of species and subspecies.
These criteria are relevant to all species and all regions of the world. With its strong scientific base, the IUCN Red
List is recognized as the most authoritative guide to the status of biological diversity. Out of 17,000 species of
higher plants known to occur in India, nearly 614 higher plant species were evaluated by IUCN. Among them 247
species are under threatened category (IUCN, 2007).
Among the enumerated flora in the study area, no rare and endangered flora was observed.
Endemic Plants of the study area

De Candolle (1855) first used the concept of “Endemic”, which is defined as an area of a taxonomic unit, especially
a species which has a restricted distribution or habitat, isolated from its surrounding region through geographical,
ecological or temporal barriers.
Out of 17,000 species of known flowering plants of India nearly 5,000 species are said to be endemic. Nearly 58
genera and 1,932 taxa are found to be endemic to peninsular India (Ahmedulla & Nayar, 1987). None of the
documented flora from the study area can be assigned endemic status.
Faunal Biodiversity of the Study Area
The characteristic mammals of ecosystems were the Black Buck and the Indian Wolf. This ecosystem was
comparable to the Eastern coastal grassland ecosystems.
The vast coastal plain from Khambhat to Bhavnagar is locally known as “Bhal” region, the Black Buck National Park,
Velavadar and adjoining areas are now Black Buck’s last strong home. Black Buck of Bhal region are a different sub-
species i.e. Antelope cervicapra rajputanae7.
An extensive survey was carried out through out project stretch to collect the information of different wild animals
present in the study area. The information of the wild fauna was mainly gathered from the Forest officials, local
villagers and trekking guides. A list of wild animal and their conservation status as per “Wildlife Protection Act, 1972
and amendments there to‟ is prepared from various secondary sources as well as direct and indirect evidences
seen by KEC team members.
7
Ranjitsingh. M. K. 1989, Groves 1980

During the field survey, wild animals were recorded by direct observation as well as indirect evidences of Nilgai,
Black Buck etc and the details of the same are given in below.
Mammals: Most common mammals which, observed in the study area were Black Buck, Fox, Jackal, Mongoose,
Nilgai, Wild Boar, Wolf etc.
Reptiles: Amongst the reptiles Common Garden lizard, Monitor lizard and Sea Snake were most important species.
In the Gulf region, the reptiles are mainly represented by the turtles Chelonia mydas and Lepidochelys olivacea,
which have their breeding and spawning ground on the sandy shores along coast. However, no turtle was sighted
during the period of field studies and as sandy shore are not present near the site. The possibility of presence of
turtle breeding or spawning ground is negligible.
Avifauna: Important avifauna of the study area were African open bill Stork, Black Drongo, Brown Crane, Clapper
rail, Common crane, Crane, Sarus Crane, Cuckoo, Eagle, Flamingo, Indian House Crow, Kite, Lesser Adjutant Stork,
Red Wattled Lapwing and Myna.
Fishes: Fishes like Levta, Jinga (Prawn) were commonly seen in the study area. Apart from the above mentioned,
Crabs were also observed and reported in the study area. Especially Eurycarciinus orientalis species were observed
during study period.
Birds: The saltpans constructed by Nirma sustain benthic organisms such as gastropods along the edge of
saltpans. Local fishermen were also seen operating hand-net in the saltpans for catching prawns and finfishes,
which suggest a good fishery potential for these saltpans. Hence, these bio-productive saltpans provide congenial
habitats for a variety of resident and migratory birds for their feeding and breeding activities. More than 1,000
species of flamingo were observed at 21° 51’ 46.82 N 72° 10’ 17.77” E.
Quantitative assessment of fauna is shown in Table 3-37.
Table 3-37: Quantitative Assessment of Fauna

Lat Long Area description Name of Species No. of Species
Mammals
21°51'01.16"N 72°08' Study area, patches of Prosopis
Blackbuck 7
47.34"E juliflora
21°52'04.99"N 72°09' Barren land, Land covered with some

Blackbuck
32.41"E patches of Prosopis juliflora, 6
21°54'19.10"N 72°10' Study area, Barren land, some species

Blackbuck 1
28.77"E of salvadora oleoides
Marine Fauna
21°50'25.05"N Eurycarciinus orientalis
Mudflat along shore line Near site Crabs
72°15'11.78"E Crab species- 7
Birds of the Study Area

Systematic account of the birds in the study area with the status of occurrence is given in the Table 3-38.
Table 3-38: List of Birds in the Study Area with its Distribution and Migratory Status
Sr. No. Family & Scientific name Common name Schedule Status
1 Family : Podicipedidae
1/1 Podiceps ruficollis Little grebe IV R

2 Family : Pelecanidae
2/2 Pelecanus onocrotalus Rosy or white pelican IV M
3/2 Pelecanus philippensis Dalmatian pelican IV M
3 Family : Phalacrocoracidae
4/3 Phalacrocorax carbo Large cormorant IV M

5/3 Phalacrocorax fuscicollis Indian shag IV R
6/3 Phalacrocorax niger Little cormorant IV M
4 Family : Ardeidae
7/4 Ardea cinerea Grey heron IV M
8/4 Ardeola grayii Pond heron or paddy bird IV R
9/4 Bubulcus ibis Cattle egret IV R
10/4 Ardea alba Large egret IV M
11/4 Egretta intermedia Smaller egret IV M
12/4 Egretta garzetta Little egret IV M
13/4 Nycticorax nycticorax Indian reef heron IV M
14/4 Nycticorax nycticorax Night heron IV M
5 Family : Coconiidae
15/5 Mycteria leucocephala Painted stork IV M
16/5 Anastomus oscitans Open billed stork IV M
17/5 Ciconia nigra Black stork IV M
18/5 Ciconia ciconia White stork IV M
6 Family : Threskiornithidae
19/6 Threskiornis melanocephalus White Ibis IV R
20/6 Pseudibis papilosa Black Ibis IV R
21/6 Plegadis falcinellus Glosy Ibis IV R
22/6 Platalea leucorodia Spoonbill IV M
7 Family : Phoenicopteridae
23/7 Phoenicopterus roseus Flamingo IV M
24/7 Phoeniconaias minor Lesser flamingo IV M
8 Family : Anatidae
25/8 Dendrocygna javanica Lesser whistling teal IV M
26/8 Tadorna ferruginea Ruddy shelduck IV M
27/8 Anas acuta Pintail IV M
28/8 Anas crecca Common teal IV M
29/8 Anas poecilorhyncha Spontbilled duck IV M
30/8 Anas platyrhynchos Mallard IV M
31/8 Anas strepera Gadwall IV M
32/8 Anas Penelope Wigeon IV M
33/8 Anas querquedula Garganey IV M
34/8 Anas clypeata Shoveller IV M
35/8 Aythya ferina Common pochard IV M
36/8 Anthya fulifula Tufted duck IV M
37/8 Nettapus coromandelianus Cotton teal IV M
38/8 Sarkidiornis melanotos Comb duck IV M
9 Family : Falconidae
39/9 Falco biarmicus cherrug Sacker falcon IV M
40/9 Falco biarmicus jugger Larger falcon IV M
41/9 Falco peregrinus Peregrine falcon IV M
42/9 Falco chicquera Redheaded Merlin IV M
43/9 Falco tinnunculus Kestrel IV M
10 Family : Phasianidae
44/10 Francolinus pictus Painted partridge IV M

45/10 Francolinus pondicerianus Grey partridge IV M
46/10 Pavo crastitus Pea fowl I R
47/10 Coturnix coromandelica Rain quail IV M
11 Family : Turnicidae
48/11 Turnix sylvatica Little button quail IV M
49/11 Turnix Suscitator Common bustard quail IV M
12 Family : Gruidae
50/12 Grus grus Common crane IV M
13 Family : Rallidae
51/13 Amauromis phoenicurus White breasted water hen IV M
52/13 Gallicrex cinerea Water cock IV M
53/13 Fulica atra Coot IV M
14 Family : Otiddae
54/14 Sypheotides indica Lesser florican IV M
15 Family : Recurvirostridae
55/15 Himantopus himantopus Black winged stilt IV M
56/15 Racurvirostra avosetta Avocet IV R
16 Family : Burhinidae
57/16 Burhinus Oedicnemus Indian stone curlew IV R
17 Family : Glareolidae
58/17 Cursoriud coromandelicus Indian courser IV R
59/17 Glareola pratincola maldivarum Collared pratincole IV M
60/17 Glareola lacteal Small Indian pratincole IV R
18 Family : Charadriidae
61/18 Vanellus indicus Red wattled lapwing IV R
62/18 Charadrius dubius Little ringed plover IV R
63/18 Charadrius alexandrines Kentish plover IV M
64/18 Numenius phaeopus Whimbrel IV M
65/18 Numenius arquata Curlew IV M
66/18 Limosa limosa Black tailed godwit IV M
67/18 Tringa tetanus Redshank IV M
68/18 Tringa nebularia Greenshank IV M
69/18 Tringa stagnatillis Marsh sandpiper IV M
70/18 Tringa glareola Wood sandpiper IV M
71/18 Tringa ochropus Green sandpiper IV M
72/18 Tringa hypoleucos Common sandpiper IV M
73/18 Calidris minuta Little stint IV M
19 Family : Laridae
74/19 Larus brunnicephalus Brown headed gull IV M
75/19 Larus ridibundus Black headed gull IV M
76/19 Chlidonias hybrid Whiskered tern IV M
77/19 Gelochelidon nilotica Gull billed tern IV M
78/19 Hydroprogne caspia Caspian tern IV M
79/19 Sterna aurantia River tern IV M
80/19 Sterna acuticauds Black bellied tern IV M
81/19 Sterna albifrons Little tern IV M
20 Family : Pteroclididae

82/20 Pterocles exustus Indian sand grouse IV M
21 Family : Psittacidae
83/21 Psittacula krameri Rose ringed parakeet IV R
22 Family : Cuculidae
84/22 Clamator jacobinus Pied crested cuckoo IV M
85/22 Eudynamys scolopacea Koel IV M
86/22 Centropus sinensis Crow pheasant IV M
23 Family : Caprimulgidae
87/23 Caprimulgus asiatucus Common Indian nightjar IV R
24 Family : Apodidae
88/24 Apus melba Alpine swift IV M
89/24 Apus offinis House swift IV M
25 Family : Alcedinidae
90/25 Alcedo atthis Common kingfisher IV R
91/25 Halcyon smymensis White breasted kingfisher IV M
26 Family : Meropidae
92/26 Merops superciliosus Blue cheeked bee-eater IV M
93/26 Merops orientalis Green bee-eater IV M
27 Family : Coraciidae
94/27 Coracias garrulous European roller IV M
95/27 Coracias benghalensis Indian roller IV R
28 Family : Upupidae
96/28 Upupa epops Hoopoe IV M
29 Family : Hirundinidae
97/29 Hirundo rustica Common swallow IV R
98/29 Hirundo smithii Wire tailed swallow IV M
30 Family : Oriolidae
99/30 Oriolus oriolus Golden oriole IV M
100/30 Dicrurus adsimilis Black drongo IV R
31 Family : Dicruridae
101/31 Dicrurus leucophaeus Grey of ashy drongo IV M
32 Family : Sturnidae
102/32 Sturnus pagodarum Brahmin myna IV R
103/32 Sturnus roseus Rosy pastor IV M
104/32 Acridotheres tristis Common myna IV R
105/32 Acridotheres ginginianus Bank myna IV R
33 Family : Corvidae
106/33 Corvus splendens House crow IV R
107/33 Dendrocitta formosae Indian tree pie IV R
34 Family : Pycnonotidae
108/34 Pycnonotus leucogenys White cheeked bulbul IV R
109/34 Pycononous cafer Red vented bulbul IV R
35 Family : Mucicapidae, Sub family: Timalinae
110/35 Turdoides caudatus Common babbler IV R
111/35 Turdoides malcolmi Large grey babbler IV R
112/35 Turdoides striatus - IV
36 Sub family: Turdinae

113/36 Saxicola torquata Collared bush chat IV M
114/36 Oenanathe deserti Desert chat IV M
115/36 Saxicoloides fulicata Indian robin IV R
37 Family : Motacillidae
116/37 Anthus hodgsoni Indian tree pipit IV R
117/37 Anthus compestris Tawny pipit IV M
118/37 Anthus novaeseelandiae Paddy field pipit IV M
119/37 Anthus spinoletta Water pipit IV M
120/37 Motacilla flava Yellow wagtail IV M
121/37 Motacilla citreola Yellow headed wagtail IV M
122/37 Motacilla cinerea Grey wagtail IV M
123/37 Motacilla alba Pied or White wagtail IV M
38 Family : Ploceidae, Sub-family: Passerinae
124/38 Passer donesticus House sparrow IV R
39 Sub-family: Estrildinae
125/39 Lonchura malabarica White throated munia IV M
Note: R = Widespread Resident, W = Widespread Winter Visitor, P Widespread migrant r = Very Local Resident
Bird Survey in the Study Area was carried out as tabulated in Table 3-39.
Table 3-39: List and Location of Birds Observed in the Study Area
Sr. No. Coordinates Quadrate No.
1 21°50'39.04"N 72°15'16.50"E B1
2 21°51'14.95"N 72°15'11.81"E B2
3 21°51'58.68"N 72°15'14.84"E B3
4 21°52'37.94"N 72°15'21.56"E B4
5 21°53'11.01"N 72°15'16.92"E B5
6 21°53'33.06"N 72°15'8.35"E B6
7 21°54'44.09"N 72°14'30.90"E B7
8 21°56'11.61"N 72°13'22.72"E B8
9 21°50'30.08"N 72°03'56.05"E B9
10 21°50'09.05"N 72°14' 08.64"E B10
11 21°56'20.90"N 72°12' 25.27"E B11
12 21°51'46.82"N 72°10'17.77 "E B12
13 21°55'26.10"N 72°10'59.84 "E B13
14 21°50'48.64"N 72°08'24.11"E B14
15 21°52'04.99"N 72°09'32.41"E B15
16 21°50'48.64"N 72°08'24.11"E B16
17 21°48'13.32"N 72°04'03.73"E B17
18 21°53'30.01"N 72°04'06.00"E B18
Photo documentation of fauna in the study area is shown in Photograph 3-9.

Photograph 3-9: Photo Documentation of Fauna in the Study Area
Flamingo Observed in the study area Pond heron in the study area
Black buck observed in the study area Eurycarciinus orientalis in the marine area
Flamingo observed in the marine area Painted Stork observed in the study area
Lapwing observed in the marine area Black buck observed in the study area
Quantitative Assessment of Birds was done as mentioned in Table 3-40.

Table 3-40: Quantitative Assessment of Birds

No. of plot in
Total No. Species Relative Relative
Sr. No. Species name which sp. SWDI Density/Hectare Frequency Abundance
of sp. Richness Density Frequency
Present
1 Spoonbill 3 4 0.003 0.37 1,600 0.11 0.17 5.26 0.22
2 Stilt 6 37 0.020 4.38 14,800 1.00 0.33 10.53 2.06
3 Seagull 8 527 0.121 64.07 2,10,800 14.27 0.44 14.02 29.28
4 Sandpiper 9 372 0.100 45.19 1,48,800 10.07 0.50 15.77 20.67
5 Heron 5 8 0.006 0.85 3,200 0.22 0.28 8.76 0.44
6 Ibis 3 4 0.003 0.37 1,600 0.11 0.17 5.26 0.22
7 Egret 2 3 0.003 0.24 1,200 0.08 0.11 3.51 0.17
8 White Ibis 1 5 0.004 0.49 2,000 0.14 0.06 1.75 0.28
9 Flamingo 6 2,628 0.105 319.98 10,51,200 71.16 0.33 10.52 146.00
10 Great egret 1 1 0.001 0.00 400 0.03 0.06 1.75 0.06
11 Coot 2 65 0.031 7.80 26,000 1.76 0.11 3.51 3.61
12 Lapwing 4 21 0.013 2.44 8,400 0.57 0.22 7.01 1.17
13 Shoveler 1 11 0.008 1.22 4,400 0.30 0.06 1.75 0.61
14 Painted stork 2 2 0.002 0.12 800 0.05 0.11 3.51 0.11
15 Cormorant 2 3 0.003 0.24 1,200 0.08 0.11 3.51 0.17
16 Kingfisher 2 2 0.002 0.12 800 0.05 0.11 3.51 0.11

Herpetofauna
List of Reptiles in the study area is tabulated in Table 3-41.
Table 3-41: List of Reptiles in the Study Area

Sr. No. Family & Scientific name Common name Local name Schedule
1 Family : Agamidae
1/1 Calotes versicolor Common garden lizard Kachindo III
2 Family : Viperidae
2/2 Echis carinatus Saw scaled viper Padaku II
3 Family : Elapidae
3/3 Bungarus caeruleus Common krait Kalotro III
4/3 Naja naja Cobra Nag III
4 Family : Colubridae
5/4 Ptyas mucosus Common rat snake Dhaman III
Note sighted included Based on the information provided by the villagers during the interaction with them with the
help of pictorial representation (Secondary information).
Mammals
The wild mammals documented other than domesticated ones from buffer zone are given in Table 3-42.
Table 3-42: List of Mammals in the Buffer Zone

Sr. No. Family & Scientific name Common name Local name Schedule
1 Family : Bovidae
1/1 Antilope cervicapra Blackbuck Kaliyar, Redi I
2/1 Boselaphus tragocamelus Nilgai Rojh, Nilgai III
2 Family : Canidae
3/2 Canis lupus pallipes Wolf Naar, Varu III
4/2 Canis aureus Jackal Shiyal III
5/2 Vulpes bengalensis Indian Fox Lonkadi II
3 Family : Herpestidae
6/1 Herpestes edwardsi Common mongoose Noliyo III
4 Family : Hyaenidae
7/1 Hyaena hyaena Striped Hyena Jharak III
5 Family : Suidae
8/1 Sas scrofa Indian wild boar Suar, Bhund III
Note sighted included Based on the information provided by the villagers during the interaction with them with the
help of pictorial representation (Secondary information).
Rare and Endangered Fauna of the study area

The IUCN Red List is the world's most comprehensive inventory of the global conservation status of plant and
animal species. It uses a set of criteria to evaluate the extinction risk of thousands of species and subspecies.
These criteria are relevant to all species and all regions of the world. With its strong scientific base, the IUCN Red
List is recognized as the most authoritative guide to the status of biological diversity.
Of the total 63,837 species globally assessed by IUCN in 2012, 3,947 are classified as Critically Endangered, 81 as
Extinct, 63 as Extinct in the Wild. In the lower risk categories, there were 5,766 species in Endangered, 10,104 in
Vulnerable and 4,467 in Near Threatened categories. Scientific data regarding 10,497 species was not available and
hence classified as Data Deficient.

Among the Critically Endangered list included 15 bird species, 18 species of amphibians, 14 fishes and 10
mammals. IUCN categorized 310 species as Endangered, including 69 fishes, 38 mammals and 32 amphibians.
According to the latest figures, 15 species of Indian birds, including the great Indian bustard, Siberian crane and
sociable lapwing are there in the list of Critically Endangered birds. In the lower risk categories, the agency included
14 bird species as Endangered and 51 as vulnerable ones.
As per IUCN Red list of threatened species (2012), Painted stork (Mycteria leucocephala), Black headed ibis,
(Threskiornis melanocephalus), are grouped under near threatened birds. List of Threatened and Near Threatened
Birds of the study area is shown in Table 3-43.
Table 3-43: List of Threatened and Near Threatened Birds of the study area
Species Habitat Threat status IUCN Location
Painted stork
Near threatened 21°50'48.64"N 72°08'24.11"E
(Mycteria Shallow water bodies
B-11 near Creek : 2 Nos.
leucocephala)
21°50'48.64"N 72°08'24.11"E
Black headed ibis near Creek : 2 Nos.
Near water bodies and Near Threatened
(Threskiornis agriculture fields B10/8
melanocephalus) 21°50'30.08"N 72°03'56.05"E
Saltpan: 6 Nos.
Source: IUCN Red list of threatened species, 2012 and Bird life international 2012
Endemic Fauna of the Study area

None of the sighted animal species can be assigned endemic species category of the study area.
Wild life (Protection) Act, 1972

Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972, amended on 17th January 2003, is an Act to provide for the protection of wild
animals, birds and plants and for matters connected therewith or ancillary or incidental thereto with a view to
ensuring the ecological and environmental security of the country.
Some of the sighted fauna was given protection by the Indian Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972 by including them in
different schedules. Among the birds in the study area, Pea fowl ( Pavo cristatus), is included in schedule I. of Wild
life protection Act (1972), while many other birds are included in schedule IV.
Among the reptiles, Common rat snake (Ptyas mucosus), Indian Cobra (Naja naja), are provided protection as per
Schedule-III of Wild life protection act, (1972).
Among mammals; Common Mongoose (Herpestes edwardsi) and Jackal (Canis aureus (Linnaeus), Herpestes
edwardsi, Hyaena hyaena and boselaphus tragocamelus are schedule –III animals. The vulpes bengalensis is under
Schedule II and Antilope cervicapra is included in Schedule I of Wild Life Protection act 1972.
3.13 SOCIO-ECONOMICS
The study aims to provide the following:
 Need Assessment from community development angle

 Social inputs of the project (Direct due to project footprints & indirect due to other issues such as
AP/WP/SHW/NV & RH)
 Propose an ESC/CSR plan covering 1 & 2 above also considering the broad possibilities covered in schedule VII
of the company’s Act, 2013.

The result of the study will feed the outcome of the EIA study from a Socio economic angle. Site visit was done
between 11.12.18 to 13.12.18.
The approach of conducting baseline survey / Need Based Assessment is to bring views of the people so as to find
out what are the issues faced; what is their understanding of development; which are the areas that need to be
worked upon based on needs of the communities so as to implement sustainable CSR interventions.
The study area is defined as an area lying within aerial distance of 10 km from the project area boundaries. The
core area as part of social survey has been defined as 0-3 km from the proposed project site. This has been done
using professional judgment considering the realistic impact zone of the project.
Socio-economic fieldwork comprises of undertaking a structured household survey format focusing on population,
household composition, education levels, general health status, livelihood strategies, employment, income level,
and holding focus group discussions considering the origins and movements of the local population and social
concerns / issues in relation to the proposed project. The buffer zone villages are selected by random sampling
method. In the selected villages, focused group discussions, consultation with people of various cross sections of
the society like teachers, farmers, fishermen etc. and meeting with Village Panchayat representative are conducted.
The aim / objectives of the study and how it was done (methodology) are given in Table 3-44.
Table 3-44: Approach and Methodology for Conducting the Socio-economic study
Area
S. No. Aim / Objective Study Core Area Methodology
Area Only
1 To Identify and Assess
Social status of society in the focused area. To do this it is
1.1.
required to get reliable information with regards to:
People residing in the study area along with key demographic
Secondary data collection
figures as per the secondary data (mainly Census of India)
1.1.1 √ and collation from
giving information on: population, literacy, gender and
Census of India
occupation
Main sub-communities dwelling in the core zone by caste and From interviews with PRI
1.1.2 √
religion representatives
From interviews with PRI

People who are vulnerable classes such as: Below Poverty Line
1.1.3 √ representatives and
(BPL), Scheduled Castes (SC) and Scheduled Tribes (ST)
census
Economic status of society in the study area. To do this
1.2 it is required to get reliable information with regards
to:
Occupational pattern from secondary data (mainly Census of Secondary data collection
1.2.1 India) giving information on: main workers / marginal workers √ and collation from
/ non-working population Census of India
Sources of revenue available to Panchayati Raj Institutions From interviews with PRI
1.2.2 √
(PRIs) representatives
Economic well-being of different classes by gaining an

understanding of: prevailing daily wage rates for labor (male /
1.2.3 female), status of land holding across different classes / √
representatives
landless households, major crops and farmer support, livestock
and animal husbandry
Status of physical and social infrastructure within the

1.3 core and buffer areas. To do this, it is required to get -
reliable information with regards to

Area
S. No. Aim / Objective Study Core Area Methodology
Area Only
Physical infrastructure - reliable information on availability and

adequacy with respect to: educational facilities, road From interviews with PRI
1.3.1 √
infrastructure, power, water for drinking and irrigation, representatives
sanitation, garbage / MSW, banking facilities
Social infrastructure – reliable information on availability and

1.3.2 adequacy with respect to infrastructure associated with: sports, √
representatives
community events and community self-help / support group
From published literature

1.3.3 Cultural heritage of the area √
and site visits
1.4 Effects of -
Ongoing impacts of other developments in the vicinity of the
subject development on people and their lifestyle within the From focus group
1.4.1 √
core impact zones, as determined by the EIAC in interaction discussions
with FAE (WP / AP&AQ / SHW / RH & NV)
Likely impacts of proposed operations (if a greenfield project)

From focus group
1.4.2 on people and their lifestyle within the core impact zones √
discussions
mentioned above
2.0 To Determine -
From data analysis,
Needs of different communities based on the work done in
2.1 √ internal / client
identification and assessment mentioned above
discussions
3.0 To Propose -
From data analysis,
A Social Management Plan with budgets, timelines and
3.1 √ internal / client
actionable items to achieve the expected outcomes
discussions
Key sensitive ecological features in the study area are provided in Table 3-45.
Table 3-45 Sensitive Ecological Features – Socio Economics

Name of
S. Distance Reason of
Sensitive Ecological Features feature / Direction
No. (km) Significance
Location
Conservation and community reserves
1 - - - -
(State and Local Legislation)
2 Notified Archaeological sites - - - -
State protected
3 Any other Archaeological sites Ganga Chhatri 8.8 km S
monuments
4 Defence Installations - - - -
Narbad village 1.7 NW
5 Densely populated or built-up area Nearest villages
Kalatalav village 1.2 SW
Areas occupied by sensitive man-made land
6 uses (hospitals, schools, places of worship, -
community facilities)
Further, existing socio-economic conditions of the habitations as well as community residing in the project area was
studied during the baseline survey. It also identifies the potential issues and problems in the area. For the design of
project, stakeholder views were taken through the structured questionnaires and focus group discussions.

Demographic Profile
The project falls under Gujarat state, Bhavnagar district. The study area consists of Bhavnagar sub districts. The
census details are however available for 2011.
Therefore, to create a baseline of the existing study area villages:
 From the land use map, the villages lying in the Study Area were first identified.
 Then the list of sub-districts lying under Bhavnagar district was identified through the census details of 2011.
 The village data was then collected for the Study Area by referring the census data from the appropriate sub-
districts.
Demographic profile details are given in Table 3-46.
Table 3-46: Demographic Profile of Project District and Sub-district

S. No. Items Bhavnagar (District) Bhavnagar (Sub-district)
1 No. of Household 5,38,605 1,58,301
2 Total Population 28,80,365 7,87,319
3 Male Population 14,90,201 4,09,978
4 % of Male Population 51.73% 52.07%
5 Female Population 13,90,164 3,77,341
6 % of Female Population 48.26% 47.92%
7 Sex Ratio 933 920
8 Total Schedule Caste Population 1,57,034 43,412
9 % of Schedule Caste Population 5.45% 5.51%
10 Total Schedule Tribe Population 9,110 4,717
11 % of Schedule Tribe Population 0.31% 0.59%
12 Household Size 5 5
Source: Primary census abstract 2011
Brief Profile of the Study Area

The study area covers 6 habitations in Bhavnagar District. The entire area consists of 4 villages, 01 Municipal
Corporation in the study area. The list of identified villages as mentioned, are provided in Table 3-47.
Table 3-47: Villages in Study Area with Households and Population

Sr. Habitation Distance
District Sub- district HH Population
No. (Village/Town) (Kms)
1 Kalatalav Bhavnagar Bhavnagar 0-3 989 3,854
2 Narbad Bhavnagar Bhavnagar 0-3 136 624
Sub Total 1,125 4,478
3 Khetakhatli Bhavnagar Bhavnagar 3-5 43 220
Sub Total 43 220
4 Bhavnagar (M) Bhavnagar Bhavnagar 7 - 10 1,26,087 6,05,882
Ruva (Bhavnagar
5 Bhavnagar Bhavnagar 7 - 10 642 3,337
Municipal corporation)
6 Nava Madhiya Bhavnagar Bhavnagar 7 - 10 334 1,949
Sub Total 1,27,063 6,11,168
Grand Total 1,28,231 6,15,866

Social Profile
Population and Sex ratio

The Statistics regarding the gender ratio in the study area are given in Table 3-48.
Table 3-48: Population and Sex Ratio

2011 Gender Ratio
Distance (Kms)
Male Female (No. of Females / 1,000 males)
0-3 2,595 1,883 726

3-5 109 111 1,018
7 - 10 3,18,188 2,92,980 921
Total 3,20,892 2,94,974 919
From the table above, the gender ratio is 919 females per 1,000 males in the study area. The national gender ratio
in India is 940 as per latest reports of census 2011; this indicates fair gender equality, than nationwide averages.
Social Characteristics
The study area is having predominantly Hindu community; having mostly people belong to the OBC, Scheduled
Caste (SC) and general quota. There is very small amount of population of Schedule Tribe. The statistics regarding
the Social Characteristics of villages in the study area are given in Table 3-49.
Table 3-49: Schedule Caste (SC) and Schedule Tribe (ST) Population Distribution
Distance % SC % ST
(Kms) Total Male Female Total Male Female
0-3 8.44 58.99 41.01 1.79 61.25 38.75
3-5 - - - - - -
7 - 10 5.95 51.70 48.30 0.71 51.14 48.86
Total 5.96 51.78 48.22 0.72 51.32 48.68
Average SC population in the study area is 5.96% of the total population. Out of the total SC population, males are
51.78% against the female population of 48.22%. ST population is less as compared to SC in the study area. Out of
total ST of 0.72%, males are 51.32% against the female population of 48.68%.
Literacy rate
The statistics regarding the literacy in the study area are given in Table 3-50.
Table 3-50: Literacy Rate in Study Area

% Literacy
Distance (Kms)
Total Male Female
0-3 56.43 66.44 42.64
3-5 41.36 45.87 36.94
7 - 10 75.28 79.74 70.43
Total 75.13 79.62 70.24

Average literacy rate in the study area is 75.13%, which is less as compared to the state literacy rate 79.31%. Out
of total literate population, male literacy is 79.62% and female literacy is 70.24%.
Basic Infrastructure facility
Education facility
In the study area it was observed that each village has school upto primary level. For peruse higher education,
students have to travel to nearby village. The basic infrastructure of the school is fairly well constructed. School
gets the electricity and water regularly. The education facilities that are prevailing in the villages of study area are
shown in Table 3-51.
Table 3-51: Education Facilities

Government Private
Pre- Primary
Pre- Primary
Secondary
Secondary
Secondary
Secondary
Primary
Primary
College
College
Distance (Kms)
School
School
School
School
School
School
School
School
School
School
Middle
Middle
Senior
Senior
0-3 - 2 - - - - - - - - - -
3-5 - 1 - - - - - - - - - -
7 - 10 - 2 - - - - - - - - - -
Total - 5 - - - - - - - - - -
Above data shows that in the rural area, there are no higher schools/colleges. There are Primary School in the
surveyed villages.
Medical and Health facilities

There is no any medical facility available in any of the village under the study area.
Drinking Water Facilities

Main source of water is taped water in all the villages in the study area. Drinking water is supplied by the Nirma
Ltd. through the tankers in many of the villages under the study area. Water facilities in the villages of study area is
tabulated in Table 3-52.
Table 3-52: Water Facilities

Covered Well
Tank/Pond/
River/Canal
Hand Pump
Tap Water-
Tube Wells
Uncovered
Tap Water
/Borehole
Untreated
Distance
Treated
Others
Spring
(Kms)
Lake
Well
0-3 NA A NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA
3-5 NA A NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA
7 - 10 NA A NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA
Means of communication
The changing trends in the technology have massively affected the people in the study area. The most important
means of communication is mobile phones which are possessed by most of the individuals in the locality. All other

means of communication seem to have become extinct after the advent of mobile technology; details are given in
the Table 3-53.
Table 3-53: Communication Facilities
Public Call Office
Common Service
Internet Cafes /
Sub-post Office
Distance (Kms)
Private Courier
/Mobile (PCO)
Mobile Phone
Centre (CSC)
Post Office
(landlines)
Telephone
Coverage
Facility
0-3 NA NA A NA A A NA
3-5 NA NA A NA A A NA
7 - 10 NA NA A A A A NA
Transportation facility
The study area is well connected with road. Mode of transport is mainly road. The nearest railway station is
Bhavnagar. The field can be divided into infrastructure, vehicles and operations. Transport is important because it
enables trade between people, which is essential for the development of civilizations. The various transportation
facility available in the villages of study area are shown in Table 3-54.
Table 3-54: Transportation Facilities

Bus Service Railway
Distance (Kms) Autorickshaw Taxi
Government Private Station
0-3 A NA NA A NA
3-5 A NA NA NA NA
7 - 10 A NA NA A NA
Economic Profile
Agriculture in study area

Agriculture mostly depends on the rain in the region. The major crops being produced in the study area are Jowar,
cotton and tal.
Animal husbandry
Livestock rearing is common amongst the people of the region. Most of the animals reared by them are cows and
buffaloes. Milk produced is used for personal consumption and selling.
Occupational pattern
The statistics regarding the occupational pattern in the study area are given in Table 3-55.
Table 3-55: Occupational Pattern

% Occupational Status (2011)
Distance (Kms) Total

Agricultural Household Marginal
Working Cultivators Others
Labor Workers Workers
Population
0-3 56.68 3.27 3.62 0.12 90.78 2.21

% Occupational Status (2011)
Distance (Kms) Total

Agricultural Household Marginal
Working Cultivators Others
Labor Workers Workers
Population
3-5 45.00 49.49 11.11 - 33.33 6.06
7 - 10 33.69 0.69 0.94 1.47 89.30 7.60
Total 33.86 0.75 0.98 1.45 89.29 7.54
Source: Primary Census Abstract 2011
Out of the total population, 33.86% are working population, out of which 0.75% are cultivators, 0.98% agricultural
labour, 1.45% household workers, others 89.29% and 7.54% marginal workers in the study area.
Historical and Cultural Profile
Places given protection under the ASI Ancient Monuments Act

There are no ASI protected monuments in the study area.
Places given protection under the Gujarat State protected monuments & Places of tourist importance
Ganga Chatri
Gangajalia (1893) is a temple dedicated to Ganga-Devi, with a chhatri, pavilion, and bridge all of white marble. It is
located in the middle of a former tank. It was designed by Sir John Griffith, principal of Sir J J School of
Arts, Mumbai.
Places of tourist importance

The places for tourist importance are:
Nilambaug Palace
In the year 1879, Maharaja Saheb Takhatsinhji of Bhavnagar commissioned the German architect, Simms to design
the Nilambag Palace that for generations has remained the home of the erstwhile royal family of Bhavnagar.
Gaurishankar Lake
Gaurishankar lake is spread over an area of 381 hectares. It was built under the guidance of Shri Gaurishankar Oza
who used to be the Deewan of Bhavnagar. This lake was built in 1872 with the main aim of it being a water
reservoir for drinking water.
Victoria Park
Victoria park is a popular tourist place and is known as green lung of Bhavnagar. It is a manmade forest situated in
the state of Gujarat, Bhavnagar. It was established on 24th May 24, 1888. It is spread over an area of 500 acres,
and well known for its water birds.
The basic FGD was done in the Gram Panchayat, Anganwadi, School and Primary Health Centre. The people are
aware/not aware about the project as proponent is having existing/new unit.
The following key points seem to emerge in the different villages:

Narbad Village
FGD at Panchayat
The FGD was conducted with Sarpanch and members of panchayat. Following points were highlighted during the
discussion:
 The main Source of income of gram Panchayat is house tax and grant from government.
 Mostly people earn their livelihood by farming and labour work in farm or in industry.
 During the conversation Sarpanch has demanded for overhead tank in the village.
 There is no health centre in the village. In case of medical emergency villagers go to the Nirma Hospital.
FGD at School
The FGD was conducted with the school principal. Following points were highlighted during the discussion.
 Being a primary school, only 1st to 8th standard classes were present.
 Mid-Day meal is provided by the school to all the students.
 Scholarship also given to the students from the government
 There are 5 teachers in the school.
 Students come from the local village.
 During the conversation principal ask for compound wall for the school building.
FGD at Anganwadi
The FGD was conducted at the anganwadi. The following observation emerged during the discussion with the
anganwadi worker.
 Anganwadi is constructed as per the government norms.

 There is no helper with the anganwadi worker.
 Anganwadi worker ask for renovation of anganwadi and separate kitchen to cook food for the children.
 Anganwadi worker also demanded for pure drinking water facility.
 ANM regularly visits the anganwadi and conducts the vaccination and gives the medicines to the students,
pregnant and lactating women of the village.
Photographs of FGDs in Narbad village are shown in Photograph 3-10.
Photograph 3-10: Photographs of FGDs in Narbad Village
FGD with Anganwadi worker and ANM FGD with school Principal

Primary school Narbad Anganwadi - Narbad
Khetakhatli Village
FGD at Panchayat
The FGD was conducted with Sarpanch. Khetakhatli comes under the Narbad Gram Panchayat.
 The main source of income of gram panchayat is by house tax and grant from government.
 During the conversation Sarpanch demanded for overhead tank and toilets in the village.
 There is no health centre in the village. In case of medical emergency villagers use Nirma Hospital or
Bhavnagar Civil Hospital.
FGD at School
FGD was conducted with the school principal. Following points were highlighted during the discussion:
 Scholarship is also given to the students from the government.
 There are 4 teachers in the school.
 During the conversation principal asked for renovation of some rooms of the school.
Photographs of FGDs in Khetakhatli village are shown in Photograph 3-11.
Photograph 3-11: Photographs of FGDs in Khetakhatli Village
FGD with Anganwadi worker and ANM FGD in school

Kala Talav Village
FGD at Panchayat
The FGD was conducted with Sarpanch and members of panchayat. Following points were highlighted during the
discussion:
 During the conversation Sarpanch has demanded for overhead tank and health centre in the village.
 There is no health centre in the village. In case of medical emergency villagers use Nirma Hospital.
FGD at School
FGD was conducted with the school principal. Following points were highlighted during the discussion.
 There is two different schools for primary and secondary school in the village.
 Scholarship is also given to the students from the government.
 There are 11 teachers in the primary school.
FGD at Anganwadi
anganwadi worker.
 Anganwadi building is constructed as per the government norms. In anganwadi there are staffs of two i.e
Worker and helper.
 Anganwadi worker demanded for renovation of anganwadi and separate kitchen to cook food for the children.
 Anganwadi worker also demanded for toys for children and wall painting of anganwadi.
 Food and pure drinking water is provided to the children.
Photographs of FGDs in Kala Talav village are shown in Photograph 3-12.
Photograph 3-12: Photographs of FGDs in Kala Talav Village
FGD with Sarpanch FGD with school Principal

Primary school Kala Talav Anganwadi – Kala Talav
Madihya Village
FGD at Panchayat
The FGD was conducted with Sarpanch. Following points were highlighted during the discussion:
 During the conversation with Sarpanch we found that road and drainage is main issue of village.
FGD at School
FGD was conducted with the school principal. Following points were highlighted during the discussion:
 Scholarship also given to the students from the government.
 There are 12 teachers in the primary school.
FGD at Anganwadi
anganwadi worker:
 Anganwadi building is constructed as per the government norms. In anganwadi there are staffs of two i.e
Worker and helper.
 Anganwadi worker also demanded for toys for childen and wall Painting of anganwadi.
 Food and pure drinking water is provided to the children.
Photographs of FGDs in Madihya village are shown in Photograph 3-13.

Photograph 3-13: Photographs of FGDs in Madihya Village
FGD with Sarpanch FGD with school Principal
FGD with Anganwadi worker Anganwadi – Madihya
From the FGDs carried out in 4 villages, suggested community development activities are summarized in Table
3-56.
Table 3-56: Suggested Community Development Activities
Sr. No. Name of Village Suggested activities
Panchayat
• Overhead Tank
Anganwadi
• Renovation of anganwadi
1 Narbad • Helper required.
School
• Compound wall of school
Health Centre
• Separate PHC building required.
Panchayat
• Toilet
• Overhead Tank
2 Khetakhatli
• Health Centre Building
School
• Renovation of Class room
Panchayat
• Overhead Tank
• Health centre Building
3 Kala Talav Anganwadi
• Toys , Posters
• Painting of wall
Panchayat
4 Madhiya
• Drainage

Sr. No. Name of Village Suggested activities

• Road
Anganwadi
• Wall Painting
• Poster
School
• Sports equipment
• Computer Trainer

EIA FOR PROPOSED EXPANSION IN NIRMA CHEMICAL COMPLEX AT VILLAGE - ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL
NIRMA LTD. KALATALAV, TALUKA & DISTRICT - BHAVNAGAR, GUJARAT IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES
4 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION

MEASURES
4.1 Introduction
Objective of this chapter is to:
 Identify project activities that could beneficially or adversely impact the environment
 Predict and assess the environmental aspects and impacts of the such activities
 Examine each environmental aspect-impact relationship in detail and identify its degree of significance
 Identify possible mitigation measures for these project activities and select the most appropriate mitigation
measure, based on the reduction in significance achieved and practicality in implementation.
4.2 Methodology of Identification and Assessment of Environmental Impacts
Methodology of assessment of environmental Impacts including the terminology, definitions and table describing
the scoring system is provided in Annexure 19.
Details of investigated environmental impacts due to project location, possible accidents, project design, project
construction, regular operations and final decommissioning are discussed in this section.
4.3 Identification of Impacting Activities and Impacts for the Proposed Project
As discussed earlier, environmental impacts have been identified based on an assessment of environmental aspects
associated with the project. The symbol ‘●’ indicates an adverse (negative) impact and ‘o’ indicates a beneficial
(positive) impact.
Identified environmental impacts due to proposed project have been listed in Table 4-1.

NIRMA LTD. EIA FOR PROPOSED EXPANSION IN NIRMA CHEMICAL COMPLEX AT VILLAGE - KALATALAV, TALUKA & DISTRICT - BHAVNAGAR, GUJARAT ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES
Table 4-1: Aspect – Impact due to Proposed Project

Impact Potential Environmental Impacts on Environment
S.
Project Activities / Aspects (Type: O, N, A, E; LU / OH/ Impacts (+/-) with remarks
No. AQ NV SW GW S EB SE
Duration: T, P) LC CH&S
1 Project Location
1.1 Expansion in existing site O, P o SE (+) : Generation of additional jobs to locals & availibility of adequate infrastructure
2 Project Design
2.1 Plant layout and P&IDs O, P ● LU/LC (-) : Change in land cover from barren (within site) to industrial;
3 Project Construction (Preparation of Site)
LC (-) : Change in topography of site due to excavation;
AQ (-) : Dust generation;
3.1 Clearance at site O, P ● ● ● o ● NV (-) : Noise and vibration from vehicles and road laying equipment
SE (+) : Employment for construction workers and Vendors
OH (-) : Risk of occupational injuries
AQ (-) : Dust generation;

NV (-) : Noise generation due to machinery used (JCB, Tractors and Trucks)
3.2 Excavation and paving of site O, P ● ● ● o ● S (-) : Loss of top soil;
SE (+) : Temporary job creation for excavation and site preparation work;
OH (-) : Occupational risk involved in excavation work
AQ (-) : Vehicular exhausts and dust emissions on road;

Vehicle movement for transportation of NV (-) : Noise Generation;
3.3 N, T ● ● o● ●
materials and equipment SE (+) : Hiring of vehicles for movement of materials;
OH (-) : Risk involved in transportation activity such as accidents, damage to properties etc
AQ (-) : Emission of Heat Radiation;
3.4 Plant Erection & Commissioning N, T ● ● ● NV (-) : Noise Generation;
OH (-) : Occupational risk involved due to breaking of pulley, chains of cranes during lifting of equipment
4 Regular Operations
A Soda Ash Plant Operations
AQ (-) : PM, SO2, NOx, CO & CO2 emissions;
4.A.1 Lime grinding & operation of Lime Kiln N, P ● ● ● EB (-) : Impact on surrounding vegetation and associated biodiversity due to deposition of PM.
NV (-) : Noise Generation;
4.A.2 Operation of Ammonia Recovery System A, T ● AQ (-) : Fugitive emissions of ammonia;

4.A.3 Densification N, P ● AQ (-) : PM emissions;
4.A.4 Brine preparation A, T ● S (-) : Impact on soil due to spillage of Brine Sludge during transportation at SLF;
4.A.5 Effluent generation having TSS A, T ● SW (-) : Possibility of leakage in settling pond
B Chlor Alkali Plant Operation
AQ (-) : Fugitive emission of chlorine;
Brine preparation-resaturation,
4.B.1 A, T ● ● ● S (-) : Impact on soil due to spillage of Brine Sludge during transportation at SLF;
dechlorination, etc.
EB (-) : Impact on surrounding vegetation and associated biodiversity due to deposition of HCl & Cl2.
4.B.2 Brine sludge disposal A, P ● S (-) : Soil contamination due to seepage of Brine Sludge
4.B.3 Effluent generation having high TDS A, T ● SW (-) : Possibility of overflow of ETP intake tank
AQ (-) : Cl2 release;
4.B.4 Electrolysis Process N, P ● ●
OH (-) : Occupational risk due to Chlorine contact in process area
4.B.5 Filling up of chlorine in tonner N, P ● AQ (-) : Fugitive emission of chlorine
Scrubbing of HCl vapors and Absorption of
4.B.6 N, P ● AQ (-) : Emission of HCl and unabsorbed Chlorine
Chlorine in Hypo Tower
4.B.7 Hydrogen storage in banks E, T ● OH (-) : Occupational risk due to explosion in nearby area
C Co-generation Plant Operations


S.
Procurement of Coal & Limestone by AQ (-) : Generation of dust;

4.C.1 N, P ● o
Vehicular Movements OH (+) : Establishment of ancillary activity
AQ (-) : Generation of dust
4.C.2 Coal & Limestone storage and stock pilling N, P ● ●
S (-) : Soil contamination due to deposition of coal on nearby habitation areas
AQ (-) : Emission of PM, SO2, NOx;
4.C.3 Operations of Boilers & Turbines N, P ● ● ● EB (-) : Deposition of PM & SO2 on nearby area;
NV (-) : Noise Generation
4.C.4 Handling of Fly Ash N, P ● AQ (-) : Generation of dust
D General & Utilities Operations
Laying of pipeline/strengthening of trestles
in Malcom Creek disposal line &
4.D.1 Construction of additional Raw water (sea) N, P ● EB (-) : Impact on mangroves;
intake station next to existing Gundala
Station, Sonarai Creek
Effluent discharge due to proposed SW (-) : Possibility of surface/sea water contamination if discharge is not as per the prescribed GPCB norms / punture in
4.D.2 N, P ●
expansion in deep sea after pH correction deep sea discharge line
AQ (-) : Emission of PM, SO2 & NOx;
4.D.3 Operation of DG set N, P ● ● ● NV (-) : Generation of noise;
S (-) : Possibility of soil contamination due to accidental spillage of diesel or oil
GW (-) : Possibility of ground water contamination due to spillage of chemicals and fuel;
4.D.4 Chemical and fuel storage A, T ● ● S(-) : Possibility of soil contamination due to spillage if any;
OH(-) : Occupational risk due to handling of material
Storage, handling and disposal of S (-) : Possibility of soil contamination due to improper disposal and/ or transportation of solid and Hazardous waste;
4.D.5 A, T ● ●
solid/hazardous waste OH (-) : Risk to workers and community in surrounding area due to spillage if not stored and transported properly
4.D.6 Handling and disposal of waste water A, T ● ● ● SW/S (-) : Possibility of surface/sea water and soil contamination due to improper disposal/Storage of waste water;
4.D.7 Development of green belt N, P O o LC&EB (+): Positive impact on ecology and biodiversity
GW (-) : Possibility of ground contamination due to improper sewage management;
4.D.8 Influx of people (employees) N, P ● o ● SE(+) : Generation of employement (direct & indirect);
OH(-) : Occupational risk to persons working in factory.
5 Non-Routine Operation
AP (-) : Emission due to venting of gases;
Startup and shutdown activities including NV (-) : Noise Generation;
washing of process equipment, pipeline, GW (-) : Draining material mixed with ground water and Soil;
5.1 tanks etc., Venting in case of pressurized N, T ● ● ● ● ● ●
operation or Vessel, Sludge removal, EB (-) : Damage to Flora/ Fauna found in soil;
storage and disposal. S (-) : Leachate of sludge mixed in ground water and Soil;
OH/OH&S (-): Risk during venting of pressurized gas/ liquid, Risk to worker during venting process
NV (-) : Noise Generation;

5.2 Equipment maintenance N, T ● ●
OH (-) : Occupational risk due to mechanical & electrical failures to workers attending the repairs
6 Possible Accidents (Emergency Operations)
SW (-) : Effluent Generation
6.1 Fire fighting E, T ● ● EB (-) : Damage to Flora/ Fauna in fire affected area
OH (-) : Occupational risk due to fire to workers
LU/LC (-) : Change in land cover;

AQ (-) : Emission of chlorine;
Chlorine storage in bullet (Bullet failure due
6.2 E, P ● ● ● ● ● S (-) : Soil contamination due to deposition of excess chlorine;
to natural calamities or sabotage)
EB (-) : Destruction of surrounding vegetation and associated biodiversity;
OH (-) : Occupational risk due to chlorine contact in nearby area


S.
7 Final Decommissioning
AQ (-) : Venting of residual gases;
Dismantling of plant machinery & GW (-) : Contamination of GW due to dismantling activities in open area;
7.1 N, P ● ● ● ●
equipment S (-) : Due to leaching of contaminated water due to vessel wash or improper handling & storage of hazardous waste;
OH (-) : OH Risks & Injuries to workers
LU/LC (-) : Change in land use from Industrial to Barren;
7.2 Final site clean-up N, P ● ● ● ● ● AQ (-) : Dust Generation;
NV (-) : Noise Generation
7.3 Loss of employment N, P ● SE (-) : Job loss of employees and workers
Type of Impact – O: One Time; N: Normal; A: Abnormal; E: Emergency; Duration of Impact – T: Temporary; P: Long-Term/ Permanent
LU/LC: Landuse/ Landcover; AQ: Air Quality; NV: Noise and Vibration; SW: Surface Water; GW: Ground Water; S: Soil; EB: Ecology & Bio-diversity; SE: Socio-Economic & OH/CH&S: Occupational Health, Community Health & Safety

4.4 AIR ENVIRONMENT

For the purpose of impact predictions on air environment, emission sources can be classified into point and area
sources. Since no area sources have been identified as part of the project, point sources have been identified and
these include stacks attached to various units.
For the purpose of impact predictions on air environment, the impact assessment methodology is given in Table 1
of Annexure 19. Based on the identified aspects from project activities, impact scores and operational controls /
mitigation measures on air environment are tabulated in Table 4-2.

Table 4-2: Impact Scoring and Mitigation Measures (Air Environment)

Impact Impact Scoring
S. EMP
Project Activities / Aspects (Type: O, N, A, E; Impacts (+/-) with remarks Legal Severity, Likelihood, Final score, Impact Significance Measures for minimizing impacts
No. Required
Duration: T, P) S L S×L
Barricading will be done wherever required. Water sprinkling
1.1 Clearance at site O, P AQ (-): Dust generation; No -2 5 -10 Moderately Significant No
will be carried out as and when required.
1.2 Excavation and paving of site O, P AQ (-): Dust generation; No -1 5 -5 Less Significant - No
Vehicle movement for transportation of materials AQ (-): Vehicular exhausts and dust
1.3 N, T No -2 3 -6 Less Significant - No
and equipment emissions on road;
Properly certified, tested and calibrated equipment will be
1.4 Plant Erection & Commissioning N, T AQ (-): Emission of Heat Radiation; No -2 5 -10 Moderately Significant No
used.
AQ (-): PM, SO2, NOx, CO & CO2 Bag filters in grinding system will be provided. Scrubbers and
2.A.1 Lime grinding & operation of Lime Kiln N, P Yes - - - Significant Yes
emissions; ESP in series will be provided with lime kiln
AQ (-): Fugitive emissions of
2.A.2 Operation of Ammonia Recovery System A, T Yes - - - Significant Brine Scrubbers will be provided Yes
ammonia;
2.A.3 Densification N, P AQ (-): PM emissions Yes - - - Significant Water Scrubber will be provided Yes
Regular work place monitoring will be done. Leakages will be
2.B.1 Brine preparation-resaturation, dechlorination, etc. A, T AQ (-): Fugitive emission of chlorine No -3 4 -12 Moderately Significant immediately attended. Chlorine system is connected with No
caustic scrubber.
2.B.2 Electrolysis Process N, P AQ (-): Cl2 release No -5 1 -5 Less Significant - No
2.B.3 Filling up of chlorine in tonner N, P AQ (-): Fugitive emission of chlorine No -4 1 -4 Less Significant - No
Scrubbing of HCl vapors and Absorption of AQ (-): Emission of HCl and Water Scrubbers will be provided in HCl Synthesis section &
2.B.4 N, P Yes - - - Significant Yes
Chlorine in Hypo Tower unabsorbed Chlorine Caustic scrubber in Hypo Plant
C Co-Generation Plant Operations
Procurement of Coal & Limestone by Vehicular Water sprinkling will be done at regular intervals on roads and
2.C.1 N, P AQ (-): Generation of dust No -3 5 -15 Highly Significant Yes
Movements parking area.
2.C.2 Coal & Limestone storage and stock pilling N, P AQ (-): Generation of dust No -3 5 -15 Highly Significant Coal & Limestone will be stored in closed silos Yes
ESP with one field extra will be provided. Adequate Stack
2.C.3 Operations of Boilers & Turbines N, P AQ (-): Emission of PM, SO2, NOx Yes - - - Significant height will be provided for proper dispersion. Online meter for Yes
PM, SO2 & NOx will be provided.
Ash will be stored in close silos and its management plan will
2.C.4 Handling of Fly Ash N, P AQ (-): Generation of dust No -2 5 -10 Moderately Significant No
be prepared and followed as per the stipulated guidelines.
Adequate Stack height will be provided for DG sets for proper
2.D.1 Operation of DG set N, P AQ (-): Emission of PM, SO2 & NOx Yes - - - Significant Yes
dispersion.
SOP's, OCP, OEP will be made and followed. Well-designed
Startup and shutdown activities including Venting AP (-): Emission due to venting of
3.1 N, T No -3 3 -9 Moderately Significant APC equipment will be provided. Fire fighting and emergency No
in pressurized operation. gases
response team will be at place.
4 Emergency Operations (Possible Accidents)
SOP's, OCP, Onsite and Offsite emergency plan will be
Chlorine storage in bullet (Bullet failure due to
4.1 E, P AQ (-): Emission of chlorine No -5 2 -10 Moderately Significant followed during emergency. Fire fighting and emergency No
natural calamities or sabotage)
response team will be at place.
5 Final Decommissioning Phase
5.1 Dismantling of plant machinery & equipment N, P AQ (-): Venting of residual gases No -2 5 -10 Moderately Significant Regular clean up activities shall be done. No
5.2 Final site clean up N, P AQ (-): Dust Generation No -5 1 -5 Less Significant - No
Note: Scoring is not done for those impacting activities, where the mitigation measure of the arising aspect requires to meet/comply with the Legal Requirement (i.e. NOC/CTO).

4.4.1 Emission Rates
Point Source Emissions
As per the discussions with NIRMA officials, following relevant data were collected to calculate emission rates of
relevant pollutants from point source due to proposed activities during operation phase:
 Quantity of fuel;
 Fuel analysis;
 Stack details: Internal diameter at top, height*, exit gas velocity, temperature.
* Stack Height is calculated based on the sulphur content in Fuel, considering worst case, i.e. when all APCM fails.
Calculations are as follows:
For 540 TPH boilers, considering working on 50% petcoke (i.e. 34 TPH petcoke having 6.95% sulphur) and 50%
blended coal (i.e. 68 TPH blended coal having 0.65% sulphur), total sulphur will be 2.84 TPH, thus, SO2 emissions
will be 5.68 TPH. Considering 77% reduction due to limestone dosing, total SO 2 emissions will be 1.3 TPH. Thus,
required stack height will be 120 m.
Details of proposed stacks & APCM are given in Table 2-11 & Table 2-12. Emissions rates from proposed point
source (flue gas stacks & process stacks) as per the above emissions are shown in Table 4-3 & Table 4-4.
Area Source Emission
From the proposed project, no area source emissions are envisaged. Hence, modelling for the same is not carried
out.
Line Source Emission
Emissions due to movement of additional 450 vehicles per day (400 trucks/tankers, 20 cars & 30 two wheeler) in a
day shall be using the SH – 6 connecting Site with Bhavnagar & Ahmedabad.
It is noted that these roads are “pakka” roads, hence dispersion modelling is carried out only for vehicular
emissions. Emission estimates norm from line source 8 is provided in Table 4-5.
8
CPCBs’ Vehicular Emission Standards, Bharat IV

Table 4-3: Emission Rates from Proposed Flue Gas Stacks

Required Stack Exit Stack Stack SO2 SO2 SO2 SO2 Emitted PM PM10 Emitted NOx Emitted
Stack Stack Stack Dia. NOx Emitted, NOx Emitted,
Stack Attached to Stack Ht., Velocity, Exit Exhaust, Emission, Emission, Emitted, After APCM, Emission, After APCM, After APCM,
No. Ht., m (Top), m ppm mg/Nm3
m m/s Temp, oK Nm3/s ppm mg/Nm3 kg/hr gm/sec mg/Nm3 gm/sec gm/sec
1 Boiler I & J (540 TPH) 120 121 13.4 8.5 423 844.1 - 600 1823.2 506 50 42 - 300 253
2 Lime Kilns (I to L) – 4 nos. - 68 0.8 6 423 2.1 100 262 - 0.6 150 0.3 50 94 0.2
Table 4-4: Emission Rates from Proposed Process Vents/Stacks

SPM HCl Cl2
Stack Stack Stack Ammonia
Nos. of Stack Stack Ammonia SPM Emitted HCl Emitted Cl2 Emitted
Stack Pollutants Dia. Exit Exit Emitted
Stack Attached to Area/Section Stacks Ht., Exhaust, Emitted, Emitted, After Emitted, After Emitted, After
No. Emitted (Top), Velocity, Temp, After APCM,
/ Vents m oK
Nm3/s mg/Nm3 mg/Nm3 APCM, mg/Nm3 APCM, mg/Nm3 APCM,
m m/s gm/sec
gm/sec gm/sec gm/sec
1 Ammonia Recovery System (F & G) – 2 nos. Soda Ash Plant Ammonia 2 56 0.75 5.5 348 2.08 175 0.364 -- -- -- -- -- --
2 Lime Grinding System (F) – 1 nos. Soda Ash Plant PM 1 60 0.65 4.5 313 1.42 -- -- 150 0.213 -- -- -- --
3 Calcinations Vessel (E & F) – 2 nos. Soda Ash Plant PM 2 29 0.7 15 318 5.41 -- -- 150 0.812 -- -- -- --
4 Densification 4 Soda Ash Plant PM 1 51 1.37 15 323 20.40 -- -- 150 3.0604 -- -- -- --
5 HCl Synthesis Unit – 5 Caustic Soda Plant HCl & Cl2 1 30 0.1 6 318 0.04 -- -- -- -- 20 0.0009 9 0.0004
Table 4-5: Emission Estimates for Line Source Emissions (Vehicular Exhaust)
PM Average Area PM Emission CO CO HC NOx

No. of Vehicles Capacity Speed of Number of PM Emission PM10 HC Emission NOx
Width of Emission of Truck from one Emission Emission, Emission, Emission
Vehicle Type Return Trips on of Truck, Vehicle, Vehicle from one Emission, Factor, Emission,
Road, m Factor, Movement per truck, Factor, g/s.m2 per g/s.m2 per Factor,
Stretch KW Km/Hr per Hour truck, gm/hr g/s.m2 gm/Kmhr g/s.m2
gm/kwhr Hour, m2 gm/hr.m2 gm/Kmhr Vehicle vehicle gm/Kmhr
4.1667E- 2.6667E-
Truck 400 14 220 20 17 0.02 73.3 2,80,000 0.0003 7.28E-08 1.5 0.96 3.5 9.7222E-08
08 08

4.4.2 Dispersion Modelling
Emissions from all the proposed stacks were analyzed for their impacts on the GLC for various distances using the
dispersion modelling guidelines of AERMOD, developed by the AERMIC (American Meteorological Society
(AMS)/United States Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA), as directed by CPCB.
About AERMOD
AMS/EPA Regulatory Model (AERMOD) is a steady-state plume model. It is designed to apply to source releases and
meteorological conditions that can be assumed to be steady over individual modelling periods (typically one hour or
less). AERMOD has been designed to handle the computation of pollutant impacts in both flat and complex terrain
within the same modelling framework.
The American Meteorological Society/Environmental Protection Agency Regulatory Model Improvement Committee
(AERMIC) was formed to introduce state-of-the-art modelling concepts into the EPA's air quality models. Through
AERMIC, a modelling system, AERMOD, was introduced that incorporated air dispersion based on planetary
boundary layer turbulence structure and scaling concepts, including treatment of both surface and elevated
sources, and both simple and complex terrain.
AERMET is an input data processor that is one of the regulatory components of the AERMOD modelling system. It
incorporates air dispersion based on planetary boundary layer turbulence structure and scaling concepts. Data flow
in AERMOD modelling system is shown in Figure 4-1.
Figure 4-1: Data Flow in AERMOD Modelling System

Meteorological Parameters
The hourly meteorological data considered were wind speed, wind direction, ambient atmospheric temperature,
cloud cover, humidity & rainfall.
Other Assumptions
The dispersion modelling assumptions considered are as follows:
 The terrain of the study area was considered as FLAT;

 Stability class and Atmospheric inversion level is based on software’s database.
 Since, no AAQ norms of SPM is available, it is assumed the entire PM emitted from flue gas stack is PM 10.
Results
Air dispersion modelling results with predicted GLC (Isopleths) from proposed activity, mainly due to point source &
line source of all parameters are provided in Annexure 20 & Annexure 21 respectively.
Maximum 24 hourly average GLC’s for PM10, SO2 & NOx and hourly average GLC’s for HCl, Cl2 & Ammonia for point
sources are tabulated in Table 4-6.
Table 4-6: Summary of Air Dispersion Modelling Results for Proposed Stack Emissions
Number of Maximum GLC Distance in Direction w.r.t.
S No. Parameters
Point Sources Concentration, µg/m3 meters w.r.t. site site
1 PM10 6 14 500 S
2 SO2 2 25.7 1,000 S
3 NOx 2 12.8 1,000 S
4 HCl 1 0.1 500 SW
5 Cl2 1 0.045 500 SW
6 Ammonia 2 1.53 500 S
Maximum 24 hourly average GLC’s for PM10, HC, NOx & hourly for CO for line sources are tabulated in Table 4-7.
Table 4-7: Summary of Air Dispersion Modelling Results for Line Source Emissions
Distance in meters Direction w.r.t.
S No. Parameters Maximum GLC Concentration, µg/m3
w.r.t. site site
1 PM10 2.63 3,500 SSW
2 CO 21.6 1,000 NW
3 HC 9.08 3,500 SSW
4 NOx 3.33 3,500 SSW
The worst combined environmental situation is predicted as the sum of average baseline monitored value of a
parameter and the incremental GLC at the monitoring location. Incremental GLC’s due to the proposed activities /
emissions as tabulated in Table 4-8.
Table 4-8: Incremental GLC from Proposed Project
All Values in µg/m3 & CO data is hourly.
Village Name CPCB Limit Baseline Incremental GLC Total Predictive

S
(Distance in Pollutant Concentration Concentration Point Line GLC due to
N.
km/Direction) (24 Hrs) (Avg.) Source Source proposed project
Time office ( PM10 100 87 2.3 0.61 89.7

1
0.0 / --) SO2 80 8.5 25.7 - 34.2


S
N.
NOx 80 7.1 12.8 1.12 21.0

HCl - <1 0.1 - <1.1
Cl2 - 3.6 0.045 - 3.645
NH3 400 <10 1.53 - <11.53
CO 4,000 1,311 - 2.92 1,313.92
HC - 1,274 - 3.07 1,277.07
PM10 100 83 3.7 0.61 87.3
SO2 80 8.7 22 - 30.7
NOx 80 7.8 11 1.11 19.9
Nirma Guest HCl - <1 0.03 - <1.03
2 House (0.4 /
NW) Cl2 - 3.2 0.011 - 3.211
NH3 400 <10 0.31 - <10.31
CO 4,000 1,080 - 2.86 1,082.86
HC - 1,205 - 3.02 1,208.02
PM10 100 85 1.9 0.63 87.7
SO2 80 11.4 16.8 - 28.2
NOx 80 9.3 8.4 0.8 18.5
Narbad (2.0 / HCl - <1 0.02 - <1.02
3
NNW) Cl2 - 3.0 0.007 - 3.007
NH3 400 <10 0.07 - <10.07
CO 4,000 1,290 - 2.57 1,292.57
HC - 1,202 - 2.89 1,204.89
PM10 100 87 3.7 0.34 91.0
SO2 80 10.1 18.5 - 28.6
NOx 80 8.3 9.2 0.42 17.9
P4 Pumping HCl - <1 0.03 - <1.03
4 Station (1.3 /
SE) Cl2 - 2.4 0.013 - 2.413
NH3 400 <10 0.23 - <10.23
CO 4,000 1,273 - 0.76 1,273.76
HC - 1,272 - 1.16 1,273.16
PM10 100 85 3.6 0.63 89.2
SO2 80 10.5 20.9 - 31.4
NOx 80 10.6 10.4 0.8 21.8
Bachelor's HCl - <1 0.02 - <1.02
5 Hostel (0.8 /
SW) Cl2 - 2.5 0.008 - 2.508
NH3 400 <10 0.18 - <10.18
CO 4,000 1,289 - 2.57 1,291.57
HC - 1,281 - 2.18 1,283.18
PM10 100 88 1.3 0.28 89.6
SO2 80 9.7 8.5 - 18.2
Sanwariya Salt NOx 80 11.7 4.2 0.36 16.3

6 Works (6.0 / HCl - <1 0.01 - <1.01
SSW) Cl2 - <1 0.005 - <1.005
NH3 400 <10 0.1 - <10.1
CO 4,000 1,316 - 2.36 1,318.36


S
N.
HC - 1,280 - 0.97 1,280.97

PM10 100 87 1.4 0.12 88.5
SO2 80 9.8 12.6 - 22.4
NOx 80 11.8 6.3 0.15 18.3
Siphon point HCl - <1 0 - <1.0
7
(3.0 / ESE) Cl2 - 1.9 0.001 - 0.001
NH3 400 <10 0.05 - <10.05
CO 4,000 1,136 - 0.76 1,136.76
HC - 1,316 - 0.4 1,316.40
PM10 100 86 2.5 1.4 89.9
SO2 80 11.7 18.3 - 30.0
NOx 80 11.6 8 1.77 21.4
Kala Talav (1.8 HCl - <1 0.02 - <1.02
8
/ W) Cl2 - 1.8 0.007 - 0.007
NH3 400 <10 0.23 - <10.23
CO 4,000 1,262 - 2.7 1,264.70
HC - 1,275 - 4.83 1,279.83
PM10 100 88 1.7 0.14 89.8
SO2 80 12.2 7.1 - 19.3
NOx 80 10.8 3.6 0.17 14.6
Bhavnagar Salt HCl - <1 0.01 - <1.01
9 Works (8.3 /
SSE) Cl2 - <1 0.003 - <1.003
NH3 400 <10 0.11 - <10.11
CO 4,000 1,231 - 0.4 1,231.40
HC - 1,186 - 0.47 1,186.47
Conclusion
Comparing the incremental ground level concentrations of pollutants with the CPCB limits and allowable limits as
per factories act, it can be concluded that proposed activities are not expected to cause any effect on vegetation
and human settlements in the vicinity of the project site.
Mitigation measures for air quality impacts are:
 Adequate stack height will be provided to boilers, lime kilns, Lime grinding system, calcination vessel &
densification unit.
 High efficient ESPs will be provided, lime stone dosing will be done with blended coal & pet coke.
 APC like DM Water & Caustic Scrubbers will be provided;
 Effective water spraying will be done on the access roads to control re-entrained dust during dry season (if
required);
 Proper operating procedures will be followed during startup and shutdown;
 Proper PPE like dust masks will be provided to workers and its use ensured;
 Regular Work place monitoring will be done.
4.4.3 Traffic Survey & Incremental Traffic
During operation phase, vehicular emissions due to transportation of raw materials, finished goods and local travel
of employees are envisaged. An additional 460 vehicles per day (400 trucks/tankers, 20 buses, 10 cars & 30 two

wheeler) in a day shall be using the SH – 6 connecting Site with Bhavnagar & Ahmedabad, via Kalatalav Narbad
Road.
Based on the traffic survey conducted on Kalatalav - Nirma Plant road, it is noted:
 Average peak hourly traffic is 252 and 294 PCU respectively;

 From the proposed project, additional 146 PCU’s per hour will be added on both roads (considering worst case
of all trucks traveling in each road);
 Thus, the maximum PCU on the road will be 440 PCU (SH – 6).
As per IRC, carrying capacity of this approach road, which is a 2-Lane (Two way) Collector Road is 900 PCU.
Thus, the roads are capable of carrying the excess traffic from the proposed project. Summary of traffic survey
(peak hourly) are given in Table 4-9 & Table 4-10.
Detailed Traffic Survey sheets are given in Annexure 22.

EIA FOR PROPOSED EXPANSION IN NIRMA CHEMICAL COMPLEX AT VILLAGE - KALATALAV, TALUKA & DISTRICT - ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION
NIRMA LTD. BHAVNAGAR, GUJARAT MEASURES
Table 4-9: Peak Hourly Average Traffic on Kalatalav - Nirma Plant Road (Towards Nirma Plant)
From Kalatalav to % of Total Equivalent PCU Additional Additional Total PCUs After
Type of Vehicle Converted PCUs
Nirma Plant Stream Factor Vehicles per day PCUs / Hr. Proposed Project
Two wheeler 66 47% 0.75 49 30 11 60
Three wheeler 10 7% 2 19 0 0 19
Car/Jeeps 19 14% 1 19 10 5 24
Truck/Buses/Tractors 42 30% 3.7 154 420 130 284
Non Motorable vehicles 2 2% 5 11 0 0 11
Total 252 460 146 398
Table 4-10: Peak Hourly Average Traffic on Kalatalav - Nirma Plant Road (Towards Kalatalav)
From Nirma Plant to % of Total Equivalent PCU Additional Additional Total PCUs After
Type of Vehicle Converted PCUs
Kalatalav Stream Factor Vehicles per day PCUs / Hr. Proposed Project
Two wheeler 56 41% 0.75 42 30 11 53
Three wheeler 10 7% 2 19 0 0 19
Car/Jeeps 11 8% 1 11 10 5 16
Truck/Buses/Tractors 57 42% 3.7 210 420 130 340
Non Motorable vehicles 2 2% 5 12 0 0 12
Total 294 460 146 440

4.5 NOISE ENVIRONMENT
For the purpose of impact predictions on noise environment, the impact assessment methodology is given in Table
1 of Annexure 19.
Based on this above identification of impacts, environmental indices that are likely to be impacted due to the
project are:
 Noise:
Adverse impact on noise quality is due to additional vehicle movements during site preparation, dismantling of
existing units, excavation, filling of foundation, heavy fabrication work, laying of pipelines, transportation of
equipment & materials, shutdown & startup activities, operation of ETP, DG set, cooling tower and due to
dismantling of structures.
 Noise Environment
The proposed expansion project related activities will lead to emission of noise that may have minor impact on
the surrounding communities in terms of minor increase in noise levels. The potential impacts on noise level
may arise out of the following:
 Noise from Machinery
During construction phase, operation of earth movers like excavator, crane, dumper, roller, bulldozers etc. will
be used for site preparation, excavation work, etc. The machinery is expected to emit noise within permissible
limits. Thus, there will not be any significant adverse impact on nearby habitation due to proposed expansion
activity.
 Noise from Vehicle /Traffic
Additional Vehicle movement for transportation of construction materials, plant equipment and work force to
the site will cause moderate noise emission as the frequency of vehicular movement is more than ten times in
a day.
 Noise from ETP operation, DG sets, turbines, cooling tower, etc.
Noise generated from lime kilns, boiler, DG sets, cooling tower etc. will have a significant impact, if adequate
control measures are not adopted.
4.5.1 Assessment of Noise using SoundPlan
Noise modelling study was done using the Software tool called “Sound Plan” which predicts the Noise Map
generated due to the sources present at the project site, and predicts the Noise Levels at various receiver points
due to the sources present at the project site.
To analyse the Noise Map of the project site, first, the geometrically coordinated Google Earth images of the Project
site were imported into the software. Various Sources of noise were added with their approximate Sound Pressure
Levels, and the “Receiver points” were added at various locations where Noise Monitoring was conducted.
“SoundPlan” generates the Noise Map with coloured pattern isopleths, which indicate whether or not the SPL in that
particular region is above the limits mentioned by CPCB or not. If the Limit for Sound Pressure Level indicated by
CPCB for that particular area is 75 dB during the day, and if the predicted SPL is below that, the Noise Map will
show Green colour for that area. But if the SPL is above the “user set” allowable limit, the same will be shown in
Red colour depending upon the Difference between then Predicted SPL and the Allowable SPL, and the “Conflict” in
SPL is mentioned in the table if any conflict is predicted.
Consideration during the analysis
Sources considered at the project site for the analysis with their approximate Sound Pressure Levels are considered
slightly on the higher side for more critical analysis. The sources of noise considered are tabulated in Table 4-11.

Table 4-11: Sources of Noise with their Sound Pressure Levels

S .No. Sources Levels dB(A)
1. DG sets 85
2. Compressors 85
3. Boiler 100
4. Coal Mill 95
5. Turbine 95
6. Pumps 85
7. Cooling Tower 85
8. Chiller 95
9. Lime Kiln 110
10. Lime grinding system 100
Observations
The project comprise of an industry, where the CPCB limits defined for Noise Levels are 75 dB during the day and
70 dB during the night. Baseline data for Noise has been monitored at 8 locations in and around the plant site.
Monitoring locations within 1 km radius only are considered for modelling as noise generated from the proposed
project will not cause any significant impact over distance more than 1.0 km. All the noise monitoring locations
falling within 1 km distance are located in Industrial area, where the permissible noise levels are 75 dB(A) during
day time and 70 dB(A) during night time.
The sound pressure levels were predicted at different sources as mentioned above. The observations are:
 SoundPlan analysis predicted an increase of 0.0 to 0.1 dB during the night time as per Table 4-12. Isopleths
of the same are provided in Figure 4-2 & Figure 4-3.
 Since the model does not take into account the attenuation of noise due to various control measures adopted
and due to other natural/ man made obstacles, the actual noise levels are expected to remain much below the
predicted values.
Table 4-12: Incremental Noise Levels

Baseline Average Predicted Cumulative Incremental Noise
Noise levels in dB (A) Noise level dB (A) level dB (A)
S.
Receiver Name Category Day Night Day Night Day Night
No.
A B C
Baseline Data Logarithmic Addition C = B-A
1 Project site (Laboratory) Industrial 74.2 70.4 74.2 70.4 0.0 0.0
2 Guest House Industrial 61.8 55.6 61.8 55.7 0.0 0.0
3 Bachelor’s Hostel Residential 54.5 43.7 54.6 43.8 0.0 0.1
4 Material Entry Gate Industrial 65.5 63.0 65.5 63.0 0.0 0.0
5 Caustic Plant Lab Industrial 64.3 63.7 64.3 63.7 0.0 0.0
6 Labour Colony Gate Residential 54.7 43.7 54.7 43.7 0.0 0.0
7 Kala Talav Village Residential 54.9 44.8 54.9 44.9 0.0 0.1
8 Narbad Village Residential 52.2 43.2 52.2 43.2 0.0 0.0
Based on the identified aspects from project activities, impact scores and operational controls / mitigation measures
on noise environment are tabulated in Table 4-13.

Figure 4-2: Isopleths for Incremental Noise Generated During Day Time

Figure 4-3: Isopleths for Incremental Noise Generated During Night Time

Table 4-13: Impact Scoring and Mitigation Measures (Noise Environment)

Impact Scoring
Impact (Type: O,
S. Final Impact EMP
Project Activities / Aspects N, A, E; Duration: Impacts (+/-) with remarks Legal Severity, Likelihood, Measures for minimizing impacts
No. score, S × Significance Required
T, P) S L
L
NV (-): Noise and vibration from vehicles and Less
1.1 Clearance at site O, P No -1 5 -5 - No
road laying equipment Significant
NV (-): Noise generation due to machinery used Less
1.2 Excavation and paving of site O, P No -1 5 -5 - No
(JCB, Tractors and Trucks) Significant
Less
1.3 Vehicle movement for transportation of materials and equipment N, T NV (-): Noise Generation; No -1 5 -5 - No
Significant
Ear plugs & ear muffs will be provided to
Moderately
1.4 Plant Erection & Commissioning N, T NV (-): Noise Generation; No -2 5 -10 workers working in high noise sections No
Significant
and its use shall be ensured.
Ear plugs & ear muffs will be provided to
Moderately
2.A.1 Lime grinding & operation of Lime Kiln N, P NV (-): Noise Generation; No -2 5 -10 workers working in high noise sections No
Significant
and its use shall be ensured.
B Co-Generation Plant Operations
Acoustic enclosures will be built-in with

equipment by technology provider. Ear
2.B.1 Operations of Boilers & Turbines N, P NV (-): Noise Generation Yes - - - Significant Yes
plugs & ear muffs will be provided to
workers and its use shall be ensured.
C General & Utilities Operations

Less
2.C.1 Operation of DG set N, P NV (-): Noise Generation No -3 2 -6 - No
Significant
Startup and shutdown activities including washing of process

Less
3.1 equipment, pipeline, tanks etc., Venting in case of pressurized N, T NV (-): Noise Generation No -2 3 -6 - No
Significant
operation or Vessel, Sludge removal, storage and disposal.
Less
3.2 Equipment maintenance N, T NV (-): Noise Generation; No -1 5 -5 - No
Significant
Less
4.1 Final site clean-up N, P NV (-): Noise Generation No -1 5 -5 - No
Significant

4.5.2 Mitigation Measures
Although there was no significant increase predicted at any of the noise monitoring locations outside the project
site, the noise environment also includes the people who are working within the project site, and who may face
permanent hearing damage in case they face the Noise Dosage beyond the permissible limits. Therefore, it is
important to implement adequate noise control measures in order to avoid any permanent hearing damage to the
people working inside the project site.
The noise control measures are already implemented and being practiced at the existing plant of M/s Nirma Ltd.
The same noise control measures will be extended in the proposed expansion project and the existing control
measures will be further strengthened. The following noise control measures are being used and will be further
strengthened.
 Provision of Acoustic Enclosures on major noise generating stationary equipment in the plant.
 Provision of suitable personal protective equipment (PPE) such as earmuffs and earplugs to Workers exposed to
high noise generating operations/area.
 Job Rotation of workers working in the high noise area.
 Procurement of less noise making machines/equipment. Adoption of less noise making process.
 Replacement of old, noisy machines with new silent type machines, wherever feasible.
 Periodic preventive maintenance of plant equipment and machinery to ensure proper functioning and minimizing
noise generation.
 Identification of High noise generating areas and marking with display board for warning.
 Development of thick Green belt within the plant premises and along project boundary to screen noise.
 Provision of Acoustic mufflers / enclosures in large engines/machinery.
 All equipment operated within specified design parameters.
 Implement good working practices (equipment selection) to minimize noise and reduce its impacts on human
health (earmuffs, safe distances, and enclosures).
 Periodic monitoring of ambient noise levels in the plant premises and Noise Exposure levels for workers deputed
in different sections in the plant. Based on the monitoring results, effectiveness of noise control measures will be
identified and additional noise control measures will be adopted, if required.
Conclusion
From the modelling results, it is observed that there is no significant increase in ambient noise levels due to the
proposed expansion activities. The ambient noise levels will remain almost to the existing levels wherein existing
plant activities are being carried out. The additional noise control measures proposed for the expansion project will
also help in attenuating the noise levels.
4.5.3 Impacts due to Vibrations
Vibrations are generated in the machines due to moving / rotating parts.
Hand arm vibration (HAV) is a potential hazard for employees who work with hand held tools, hand guided
machinery or feed work by hand to a machine where this exposes their hands and arms to high levels of vibration.
Prolonged and regular exposure to excessive levels of HAV can affect the operator’s health in particular causing
Hand Arm Vibration Syndrome (HAVS), of which the best known condition is Vibration White Finger (VWF). The
other impacts of HAV are decreased grip strength, decreased hand sensation and dexterity and Carpal tunnel
syndrome.
Whole body vibration (WBV) is mainly concerned with large shocks or jolts when there is a risk of injury to the back
and usually applies to workers in the sitting or standing position when travelling in mobile machinery over rough
surfaces for extended periods. The major health problem associated with WBV is back pain.
Prolonged exposure to excessive levels of vibration can cause incurable conditions and severely affect the sufferer’s
ability to continue work and the quality of their life. The amount of injury is related to the magnitude of vibration

generated by the work equipment, the duration of the exposure and other factors such as the method of work,
workplace temperature and damp or windy conditions.
Exposure Limit values: (Ref: Schedule XXIV, Model Factory Rules 120)
1. For Hand Arm Vibration:
(a) The daily exposure Limit value is 5m/s2
(b) The daily exposure action value is 2.5 m/s2
2. For Whole Body Vibration:
(a) The daily exposure Limit value is 1.15m/s2
(b) The daily exposure action value is 0.5 m/s2
4.5.4 Proposed Vibration Control Measures
The following control measures will be adopted in the proposed plant to minimize the impacts due to vibrations:
 Procurement of less vibration generating machines/equipment.

 Periodic preventive maintenance of all the machines/equipment.
 Provision of suitable hand gloves & safety shoes to operators.
 Use vibration dampeners for all the equipment.
 Provision vibration absorbing seats in transportation and other heavy vehicles.
 Periodic training to operators on how to prevent health problems caused by vibration.
 Job rotation and frequent rest breaks to workers exposed to high vibration jobs.
 Periodic medical examination of the workers.
 Periodic vibration monitoring at major equipment, where operators are directly exposed to vibrations.

4.6 WATER ENVIRONMENT

For the purpose of impact predictions on ground & surface water environment, the impact assessment methodology
is given in Table 1 of Annexure 19. Based on the identified aspects from project activities, impact scores and
operational controls / mitigation measures on water environment are tabulated in Table 4-15.
4.6.1 Impact on Ground Water
No withdrawal of groundwater is proposed in the project. Possibility of ground water contamination due to spillage
of chemicals and fuel, draining material mixed with ground water, improper sewage management & due to
dismantling activities in open area is envisaged.
4.6.2 Impact on Surface Water
Surface water quality and quantity will not be affected by the proposed project, since no untreated waste water will
be disposed outside the factory premises on land, by taking various recycling and reuse steps as discussed in
Chapter 2, Section 2.13.9.
Only, during the heavy rainfall, water through internal storm water drains will meet nearest Estuary. Hence, there
will be minor impact on the surface water.
Following mitigation measures will be implemented to minimize the impact on the water environment:
 During construction phase, sewage will be disposed into soak pit and septic tank. Regular cleaning will be
carried out.
 Treated water from caustic soda plant will be recycled and reused in soda ash process make up and utilities.
 Properly designed effluent drains will be provided & inflow will be diverted to ETP for necessary treatment.
 Proper operation and maintenance of effluent treatment plant will be done to ensure meeting specified disposal
standards.
 ETP sludge will be disposed properly as per norms.
 Drip irrigation system will be proposed for greenbelt development to reduce fresh water demand.
 Process, chemical fuel storage and handling area will have proper bunds and dyke walls as applicable so that
contaminated run-off cannot meet the storm-water line. In case of leakage, leaked fuel/chemical shall be
immediately transferred to the spare tank;
 Use of PPE’s during the collection, storage, handling and treatment of liquid waste.
 Rainwater harvesting shall be continued in existing structures.
The overall impact on surface water quality will be negligible by following all precautionary measures as mentioned
in mitigation measures.
4.6.4 Rainwater Harvesting
Unit is having four (4 Nos) artificial rainwater harvesting ponds cum water reservoirs to store the runoff water;
three inside the plant premises and one in outside the plant premises, in which rainwater is being harvested and
reused, for gardening purpose.
The ponds are stone pitched. Pit is constructed of size (100m x 100m x 1m depth below Ground Level) to allow the
runoff water to accumulate. Three pumps of 5,000 m3/hr are installed to transfer water from the pit into the rain
water storage ponds.
Cumulative water storage capacity is 22.8 lakh m3. Summary of all four reservoir with its location and capacity are
summarized in Table 4-14.

Table 4-14: Details of Rain Water Harvesting Ponds

Pond No. Location Area of Pond (m2) Depth (m) Storage Capacity (m3)
1 Commercial (Material Gate) 5,58,860 2.3 12,85,378
2 Guest House 1,09,000 2.0 2,18,000
3 Bachelors Hostel 2,77,140 2.5 6,92,850
4 Near Bus Parking 62,000 1.5 93,000
Total 9,45,000 22,89,228

Table 4-15: Impact Scoring and Mitigation Measures (Water Environment)

Impact Impacts on Impact Scoring
S. Impact EMP
Project Activities / Aspects (Type: O, N, A, E; Impacts (+/-) with remarks Legal Severity, Likelihood, Final score, Measures for minimizing impacts
No. SW GW Significance Required
1.A.1 Effluent generation having high TDS A, T ● SW (-): Possibility of overflow of ETP intake tank No -4 1 -4 Less Significant - No
1.B.1 Effluent generation having high TDS A, T ● SW (-): Possibility of overflow of ETP intake tank No -4 1 -4 Less Significant - No
C General & Utilities Operations

Proper channelling will be made for
transfer of effluent. Effluent from
caustic soda plant will be reutilized in
SW (-): Possibility of surface/sea water
Soda ash plant after pH correction.
Effluent discharge due to proposed expansion in contamination if discharge is not as per the
1.C.1 N, P ● Yes - - - Significant Effluent from soda ash plant having Yes
deep sea after pH correction prescribed GPCB norms / puncture in deep sea
suspended solids, will be disposed off
discharge line
to deep sea at point recommended by
NIO. Online pH meter & flow meter is
provided in Caustic Plant ETP (ZLD).
GW (-): Possibility of ground water
1.C.2 Chemical and fuel storage A, T ● contamination due to spillage of chemicals and No -5 1 -5 Less Significant - No
fuel;
SW (-): Possibility of surface/sea water and soil
Moderately Channels will be checked for
1.C.3 Handling and disposal of waste water A, T ● contamination due to improper disposal/Storage No -5 2 -10 No
Significant punctures regularly.
of waste water;
Sewage will be sent to ETP (Toilet
GW (-): Possibility of ground water
Soap) for further treatement. After
1.C.4 Influx of people (employees) N, P ● contamination due to improper handling of Yes - - - Significant Yes
meeting the norms, it will be used for
sewage;
gardening.
Startup and shutdown activities including washing of

process equipment, pipeline, tanks etc., Venting in GW (-): Draining material mixed with ground
2.1 N, T ● No -5 1 -5 Less Significant - No
case of pressurized operation or Vessel, Sludge water;
removal, storage and disposal.
3.1 Fire fighting E, T ● SW (-): Effluent Generation No -5 1 -5 Less Significant - No

GW (-): Contamination of GW due to dismantling Moderately
4.1 Dismantling of plant machinery & equipment N, P ● No -5 2 -10 - No
activities in open area; Significant

4.7 LAND ENVIRONMENT

For the purpose of impact predictions on land & soil environment, the impact assessment methodology is given in
Table 1 of Annexure 19. Based on the identified aspects from project activities, impact scores and operational
controls / mitigation measures on land & soil environment are tabulated in Table 4-16.
Since, no additional land is being purchased / acquired for the proposed project, there will not be any change in
landuse due to the proposed project.
Potential impacts on land use, land cover and soil due to deposition of air pollutants, leakages of waste water &
solid hazardous waste are described in this section.
4.7.1 Site Preparation
Removal of Top Soil & Land Clearance
 Debris will be generated due to excavation and paving.
4.7.2 Operation Phase
 Soil contamination is envisaged due to deposition of HCl, Cl2, SPM, SO2, & NOx in adjoining areas;
 Excess generation of hazardous and other solid wastes;
 Generation of scraps, used spares, cotton waste, hand gloves etc.;
 Soil Contamination due to leakage of chemicals, fuel, raw material and waste water & sewage.
Generated hazardous wastes during project operation will be transported to an authorized Treatment, Storage and
Disposal Facility (TSDF) site. Storage areas for hazardous waste, fuel & raw material will be impervious and will be
designed to prevent leachate penetration.
Consequently impacts on land / soil will be negligible.

Table 4-16: Impact Scoring and Mitigation Measures (Land Environment)

S. EMP
Project Activities / Aspects (Type: O, N, A, E; LU / Impacts (+/-) with remarks Legal Severity, Likelihood, Final score, Impact Significance Measures for minimizing impacts
No. S Required
Duration: T, P) LC S L S×L
1 Project Design
Approved and standard designs will be
LU/LC (-) : Change in land cover from barren procured from well-established
1.1 Plant layout and P&IDs O, P ● No -2 5 -10 Moderately Significant No
(within site) to industrial; technology suppliers to meet
environmental standards
LC (-) : Change in topography of site due to
2.1 Clearance at site O, P ● No -1 5 -5 Less Significant - No
excavation;
2.2 Excavation and paving of site O, P ● S (-) : Loss of top soil; No -1 5 -5 Less Significant - No
S (-) : Impact on soil due to spillage of Brine Brine sludge will be used for
3.A.1 Brine preparation A, T ● No -3 3 -9 Moderately Significant No
Sludge during transportation at SLF; strengthening of bunds of salt pans
Brine preparation-resaturation, S (-) : Impact on soil due to spillage of Brine Brine sludge will be used for
3.B.1 A, T ● No -3 3 -9 Moderately Significant No
dechlorination, etc. Sludge during transportation at SLF; strengthening of bunds of salt pans
S (-) : Soil contamination due to seepage of Brine sludge will be used for
3.B2 Brine sludge disposal A, P ● Yes - - - Significant Yes
Brine Sludge strengthening of bunds of salt pans
S (-) : Soil contamination due to deposition of Trucks carrying coal will be covered with
3.C.1 Coal & Limestone storage and stock pilling N, P ● No -2 5 -10 Moderately Significant No
coal on nearby habitation areas tarpaulin sheet
S (-) : Possibility of soil contamination due to
3.D.1 Operation of DG set N, P ● No -4 1 -4 Less Significant - No
accidental spillage of diesel or oil
S(-) : Possibility of soil contamination due to Storage area with proper flooring will be
3.D.2 Chemical and fuel storage A, T ● No -5 2 -10 Moderately Significant No
spillage if any; ensured.
Hazardous wastes will be stored in

identified area. Spill control mechanisms
S (-) : Possibility of soil contamination due to
Storage, handling and disposal of will be followed in case of any leakages.
3.D.3 A, T ● improper disposal and/ or transportation of No -5 3 -15 High Yes
solid/hazardous waste Generated hazardous waste will be
solid and Hazardous waste;
disposed off as per applicable Hazardous
waste rules, as amended till date.
SW/S (-) : Possibility of surface/sea water

Storage, handling and disposal of waste
3.D.4 A, T ● and soil contamination due to improper No -3 1 -3 Less Significant - No
water
disposal/Storage of waste water;
Aesthetics of the nearby area will be

3.D.5 Development of green belt N, P o LC (+): Positive impact No 3 5 15 Positive Impact No
become better
Startup and shutdown activities including
washing of process equipment, pipeline,
S (-) : Leachate of sludge mixed in ground Proper flooring in the process area will be
4.1 tanks etc., Venting in case of pressurized N, T ● No -4 3 -12 Moderately Significant No
water and Soil; ensured.
operation or Vessel, Sludge removal,
storage and disposal.
LU/LC (-) : Change in land cover; No
All the safety measures related to
Chlorine storage in bullet (Bullet failure due
5.1 E, P ● ● S (-) : Soil contamination due to deposition of -5 1 -5 Less Significant production, compression & storage of No
to natural calamities or sabotage) No
excess chlorine; chlorine will be in place.


S. EMP
Project Activities / Aspects (Type: O, N, A, E; LU / Impacts (+/-) with remarks Legal Severity, Likelihood, Final score, Impact Significance Measures for minimizing impacts
No. S Required
Duration: T, P) LC S L S×L
It will be ensured that all proper care is
S (-) : Due to leaching of contaminated water
Dismantling of plant machinery & taken to avoid any leaching. If by any
6.1 N, P ● due to vessel wash or improper handling & No -5 2 -10 Moderately Significant No
equipment chance soil gets contaminated. It will be
storage of hazardous waste;
remediated.
LU/LC (-) : Change in land use from Industrial
6.2 Final site clean-up N, P ● No -1 2 -2 Less Significant - No
to Barren;

4.8 ECOLOGY & BIODIVERSITY

For the purpose of impact predictions on ecology & biodiversity, the impact assessment methodology is given in
Table 1 of Annexure 19. Based on the identified aspects from project activities, impact scores and operational
controls / mitigation measures on nearby ecology & biodiversity are tabulated in Table 4-17.

Table 4-17: Impact Scoring and Mitigation Measures (Ecology & Biodiversity)
Impact Impact Scoring
S. Impact EMP
Project Activities / Aspects (Type: O, N, A, E; Impacts (+/-) with remarks Legal Severity, Likelihood, Final score, Measures for minimizing impacts
No. Significance Required
EB (-) : Impact on surrounding vegetation and associated

1.A.1 Lime grinding & operation of Lime Kiln N, P No -2 3 -6 Less Significant - No
biodiversity due to deposition of PM.
Brine preparation-resaturation, dechlorination, EB (-) : Impact on surrounding vegetation and associated

1.B.1 A, T No -2 3 -6 Less Significant - No
etc. biodiversity due to deposition of HCl & Cl2.
1.C.1 Operations of Boilers & Turbines N, P EB (-) : Deposition of PM & SO2 on nearby area; No -2 3 -6 Less Significant - No

Laying of pipeline/strengthening of trestles in
It will be ensured that mangroves if cut, shall
Malcom Creek disposal line & Construction of
1.D.1 N, P EB (-) : Impact on mangroves; No -3 5 -15 High be redeveloped in the same area as Yes
additional Raw water (sea) intake station next
recommended by NIO.
to existing Gundala Station, Sonarai Creek
Asthetics of the nearby area will be become
1.D.2 Development of green belt N, P LC&EB (+): Positive impact on ecology and biodiversity No 3 5 15 Positive Impact No
better
Startup and shutdown activities including
washing of process equipment, pipeline, tanks 33% of greenbelt will be developed in plant
2.1 N, T EB (-) : Damage to Flora/ Fauna found in soil; No -3 5 -15 High Yes
etc., Venting in case of pressurized operation or premises.
Vessel, Sludge removal, storage and disposal.
Emergency Operations (Possible
3
Accidents)
3.1 Fire fighting E, T EB (-) : Damage to Flora/ Fauna in fire affected area; No -5 1 -5 Less Significant - No
Chlorine storage in bullet (Bullet failure due to EB (-) : Destruction of surrounding vegetation and associated
3.2 E, P No -5 1 -5 Less Significant - No
natural calamities or sabotage) biodiversity;

4.8.1 Greenbelt Development
Greenbelt not only provides habitat for faunal species but also helps to suppress air and noise pollutants. This will
not only help in abatement of air pollution but also enhance the beauty of project area that will attract avifauna,
small mammals & insect species, and by this way improving biodiversity.
Selection of Plant Species
Considering the environmental status of project area four main parameters like salinity, draught, fire resistance,
species with faster growth rate and ever green nature will be considered while selecting the species. Facts considered
during selection of plant species for greenbelt development are:
 Agro climatic zone (Semi-arid to dry sub humid – as per CPCB) of the project area;
 Evergreen species to mitigate cumulative impacts due to other industries also;
 Type of pollutant (mainly air) likely to disperse from project activities;
 Biological–filter Efficiency: Absorption of gases, Dust capturing and Noise control.
Plantation Technique
Following basic procedures will be followed for greening the area:
 Since the project area having poor / slightly saline soil quality, plantation of tree species required approx. 1m 3
pit for soil enrichment;
 Pit will be filled with imported soil with 3:1:1 the ratio of sand, silt and form yard manure;
 Procure well grown saplings of recommended species from the nearby Forest Department nursery;
 Make 1m diameter ring bund around the planted saplings for water retention;
 Watering of sapling will be species specific, therefore watering need to be done 2 days for a period of two
years except during monsoons.
4.8.2 Status of Existing Greenbelt in Plant premises
Since the project is expansion the greenbelt is already available in the plant premises and various species present in
the greenbelt area. In the existing premises, green belt of 4,59,031 m2 (20.5 % of total plot area) is already
developed which includes around 1,43,804 trees. The species of plants planted are tabulated in Table 4-18.
Table 4-18: Various Plant Species of the Existing Greenbelt Area

S. No. Scientific Name Common Name
1 Salvadora oleoides Pilu
2 Salvadora persica Pilu
3 Cocos nucifera Nariel
4 Ficus religiosa Peepal
5 Azadirchid indica Neem tree
6 Iamrindus indicus Imli
7 Polyalthia longifolia Ashoka tree
8 Albizia lebbeck Siris
9 Parkinsonia aculeata Jerusalem thorn
10 Senna siamea Kassod tree
11 Eucalyptus sp. Nilgiri
12 Casuarina equisetifolia Casuarina tree
Nirma has established a full-fledged nursery. Saplings of various indigenous plants and ornamental plants have
been developed in the nursery for the purpose of plantation in and around Nirma Chemical Complex. Office
premises of the units is undergone landscaping with lawn and other floral species of decorative plants, palm trees

and other flowering species (trees, herbs, scrubs and creepers). To meet the requirement of 33%, additional
greenbelt has been suggested during expansion.
For aquatic ecology, Nirma has undertaken mangrove plantation programme in a phased manner along the coastal
boundary. Nirma has already planted mangroves in the area approx. 128 ha. (316 acres) in consultation with
District Forest Department against 50 acres as directed by MoEF/DoEF in the vicinity of seawater intake system and
effluent disposal system. The plantation of mangroves shall continue in future also as per directions received from
competent authority.
Existing greenbelt photographs are provided in Photograph 4-1.
Photograph 4-1: Existing Greenbelt Photographs
4.8.3 Proposed Greenbelt within Proposed Site Boundary
Additional around 2,83,290 m2 (12.5%) has been allotted for greenbelt development within existing site boundary.
Total 7,42,321 m2 (33%) of greenbelt area shall be developed. Due to saline nature of land and harsh climatic
conditions in the region, survival rate of plant species is very low. Therefore, according to this region suggested
plant species are tabulated in Table 4-19.
Table 4-19: Plant Species Suggested for Greenbelt Development

S. No Scientific Name Common Name Ecological performance Type
1 Aegle marmelos Bel CN, DC Evergreen
2 Azardirachta indica Neem CN, OGE, DC Evergreen
3 Salvadora oleoides Pilu DC Evergreen
4 Salvadora persica pilu DC, Evergreen
5 Ficus religiosa Peepal CN, OGE, DC Evergreen
6 Tamarindus indica Emali CN, OGE, DC Evergreen
7 Terminalia arjuna Arjun CN, OGE, DC Evergreen

S. No Scientific Name Common Name Ecological performance Type

8 Phoenix sylvestris Palm DC Evergreen
Ecological performance: CN –Control Noise level, OGE – Absorb Gas Emission (Sexena 1991)9 and (Abbasi & Khan 2000)10, DC
- Dust Controller (CPCB 2007)11.
Considering 9 m2 area (3m x 3m) for one tree, project area will have plantation of 31,475 plants of suggested
species. Plantation will be carried out around periphery of the project site. Mangroves plantation will be carried out
with the consultation of District Forest Department.
Locations of the Proposed Greenbelt
Greenbelt will be developed within project site boundary.
Budget Allocation for Greenbelt within Project Site
As per previous EIA report, Greenbelt will be developed within 5 yrs. Budget break-up is as per Table 4-20.
Table 4-20: Budget for Proposed Greenbelt Development within Project Site
Work or Activity 1st Year 2nd Year 3rd Year 4th Year 5th Year Budget (INR)
Within Project Site, totally 31,475 saplings will be planted (Approx. Cost @ INR 125 per sapling / plant)
Saplings Required 6,295 6,295 6,295 6,295 6,295
39,34,375/-
Amount 7,86,875/- 7,86,875/- 7,86,875/- 7,86,875/- 7,86,875/-
Total Budget 39,34,375/-
4.9 SOCIAL ENVIRONMENT
Critical analysis of the existing socio-economic profile of the area vis-à-vis its scenario with proposed project
activities identifies the following impacts
 The proposed activities shall generate indirect employment in the region due to the requirement of workers,
supply of raw material, auxiliary and ancillary works, which would marginally improve the economic status of
the people.
 The activities would result in an increase in local skill levels through exposure to activities.
 As the existing loose / soft surface roads, may be upgraded to facilitate the movement of the heavy equipment
required, the project in turn would lead to improvement in transport facilities.
Mitigation measures for the proposed project:
 Approach roads will be upgraded to facilitate heavy vehicular movement.

 Project proponent may provide educational aid to local villages based on need and request from the village
Panchayat.
 The project proponent will provide employment opportunities to the local people of the villages.
Considering the above mitigation measures as well as the other conditions, the impact scores on socio economic
environment are likely to be as mentioned in Table 4-21.
9 Saxena, V.S. 1991. Afforestation as a tool for environmental improvement. In: Executive development program on greening the townships. Vaniki Prashikshan
Sansthan, Jaipur. Pp 13-44
10 Greenbelts for Pollution Control: Concepts, Design, Applications. 2000. Abbasi, S.A. and F.I. Khan. Discovery Publishing House, New Delhi.
11 Phytoremediation of particulate matter from ambient environment through dust capturing plant species. Published 2007 by Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB),
Ministry of Environment & Forests, Govt. of India in Delhi

Table 4-21: Impact scoring of Socio-Economic

Impact Scoring
Impacting
Code Consequence, Probability, Final Score, Remarks
Activity
C P CxP
Vehicular
movement for Local vehicles will be hired for transportation
transportation of material. Jobs gained<50 (+1); loss of
1 1 5 (+5)
of raw materials income (0); land losers (0); Homestead
and finished losers (0); Total = +1
goods
Storage,
Damage to crop in adjacent field due to
handling and
2 1 -1 (-1) possibility of leakage or overflow of waste
disposal of
water from HDPE lined pit
waste water
Social Consequences - Local or persons from
outside can be employed temporarily, so
there can be <0.5% increase in migration of
the study area (-1); there will be no change
Influx of in the ethnicity (-1); not likely gender
3 1 5 (+5)
employees imbalance in the study area (-1); possibility
to return the status (0); Total =(-3);
Economic Consequences – 100 (temporary)
jobs gained (+3); Gain in income (+2); land
losers (0); Homestead losers (0); Total=+5
4.10 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND RISK TO SURROUNDING COMMUNITY
This includes,
 Hazards Identification,
 Selection of Potential Loss Scenarios,
 Simulation of release source model, and
 Plotting of contour maps
A detailed risk assessment and consequence analysis study is presented in Chapter 7, Section 7.3.
On the basis of that study MLCs (as shown in Chapter 7, Section 7.3.3), have been selected and studied. On the
basis of the outcomes of the study a detailed impact scoring was undertaken and presented in Table 4-22,
including the following general safety measures and mitigation measures
Table 4-22: Impact Scoring of Occupational Health, Community Health and Safety
Impact Scoring Basis of
Code Impacting Activity Mitigation Measures
S L SXL Scoring
Leak  Safety Valve

 Wind Sock
 Breathing Air Line system
 P.A. System
S = -4 as Toxic
 Safety instructions board
and L = 2 as
1 Ammonia -4 2 -8 sufficient safety  Dyke Wall around storage area
Catastrophic measures  Fencing with lock & key
Rupture arrangement
provided
 Hydrant system with water monitor
at both sides
 Safety shower-Cum-Eye-wash
fountain

Impact Scoring Basis of

Code Impacting Activity Mitigation Measures
S L SXL Scoring
 Water sprinkler system on both the
storage vessels.
 Dragger pac ammonia gas sensor
installed 6 nos.
 Fire hydrant line
Leak
S = -2 as flash  Foam Extinguisher
point is low and  Fire Bucket
L = 2 as
2 LDO -2 2 -4  Dyke Wall around storage area
Catastrophic sufficient safety
Rupture measures  Fencing with lock & key
provided arrangement
Leak  Foam extinguisher
S = -2 as flash  Fire Bucket
point is low and  Fire Hydrant System
L = 2 as
3 HSD Catastrophic -2 2 -4  Dyke wall around the storage area
sufficient safety
Rupture measures  Fencing with lock & key
provided arrangement
Leak S = -4 as Toxic  SCBA set,
and L = 2 as  Full suit,
4 Bromine Catastrophic -4 2 -8 sufficient safety  Tightly closed tank in isolated area,
Rupture measures  Sodium Thio sulphate Solution
provided Pipeline arrangement
Leak  Chlorine detector system
S = -4 as Toxic  Hydrant system
and L = 2 as  Blast proof wall
5 Chlorine Catastrophic -4 2 -8 sufficient safety
measures  Chlorine kit for controlling leakage
Rupture
provided  SCBA Set
 Gas Measuring Equipment
S: Severity; L: Likelihood of Occurrence; S X P: Significance
4.10.1 General Safety Measures
Occupational Hazards Specific Pre-placement and Periodic Monitoring
As per policy and norms all of the workmen are put to medical examination and testing periodically and at set
interval and based on the medical report actions are taken, if at all anything is necessary and required. Even based
on the medical examination report/feedback, workmen are counselled and put in different area /job rotation kind of
activities.
Well-equipped occupational health centre is being manned by qualified MBBS doctor. The work of occupational
health centre includes:
 For new employees: Pre- employment medical checkup;

 Periodical health check-ups of all the employees (periodic medical examination);
 Physical examinations such as height, weight, chest, blood pressure, eye vision and skin test;
 Lab test as needed such as hemoglobin (TC, DC and ES tests), urine – complete tests (physical examination,
macro test, micro tests like RBC, WBC, crystals, albumin, globulin, sugar) ;
 Spirometry test (lung function) for pulmonary impairment detection as needed;
 Audiometry test – for the employees exposed to noise as needed;
 Counseling with employees for improvement in health conditions;

 Medical check-up carried out to study the effects of vibration;

 Regular health survey will be carried out to address physical, biological and ergonomic issues of employees;
 Workplace monitoring survey;
 Health assessment of Employees after illness/injury;
 Post-employment medical check up.
Following safety measures will be provided during construction and operation phase:
 Requisite personnel protective equipment will be provided. Instruction to wear the same will be displayed.
 Provision of safety shower with eye washer.
 MSDS of all hazardous chemicals shall be made available at office and with responsible persons.
 Antidotes for all chemicals being used as per MSDS will be available at the site.
 Regular training programme for safety awareness.
 Provisions of First Aid Box and trained person in first aid.
 Prohibition on eating, drinking or smoking at work-area.
 Any leakage/spillage of liquid chemical will be immediately attended.
 Work area will be monitored to maintain work environment free from any dust/chemicals-fumes/vapours.
 Provision of adequate Fire Extinguishers at site and training will be imparted to the workers also.
 Maintaining the Fire-Protection System adequately.
 Availability of Self Breathing Apparatus at site.
 Provisions of immediate accident/incident reporting and investigation.
 Instructions on Emergency/Disaster will be displayed.
 Safety Posters and slogans will be exhibited at conspicuous places.
 Arrangement of Periodical Training to workers and supervisors.
 Work permit systems will be strictly followed.
 Safety Committee will be constituted and safety, health and environmental matters/issues will be discussed in
the meeting and enlighten the participants in these respect.
Mitigation Measures
 Medical checkup would be carried out at an regular intervals

 During site preparation proper care would be taken, appropriate PPEs will be provided
 Appropriate personnel protective clothing to be used to prevent skin contact.
 Safety Goggles will be used to prevent eye contact.
 Hand gloves of natural rubber, neoprene, and polyvinyl chloride will be used as and when required
 Acoustic enclosures will be provided to noise generating equipment
 Spill management plan will be developed and implemented to prevent risk of spill causing health problem.

NIRMA LTD. KALATALAV, TALUKA & DISTRICT - BHAVNAGAR, GUJARAT ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES
5 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (Technology & Site)
5.1 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES – SITE

No alternate site was considered, due to availability of infrastructure at the existing facility for the proposed
expansion of the project.
The project envisages expansion in Existing Soda Ash, Chlor Alkali Plant and Captive Co-generation Plant - by state
of the art CFBC boiler and turbine generators, which are far more energy efficient and allow for extensive air
pollution control measures within the overall complex. This explains why the existing location is appropriate from a
techno-commercial environmental angle vis-à-vis any other location.
In-house benefits: Existing infrastructure available
5.2 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES – TECHNOLOGY
Based on the latest technologies available, following will be selected for the proposed expansion project:
Soda Ash Plant
 Name of technology supplier: M/s. Akzo Nobel, Netherlands / M/s. Niochin, Ukraine
 Method of Production: Solvay Process.
Chlor-Alkali Plant
 Name of technology supplier: UHDE, India

 Method of Production: Electrolysis of Brine by Membrane Cell Process
Coal Based Co-generation Plant
 Name of technology supplier: Boilers by ISGEC John Thomson & Lurgi Lentjes. Turbines by Siemens & BHEL
 Method of Production: CFBC Based boilers.
Reasons for selecting Proposed Technology
 World Wide proven technology and with the experience over the past decades project proponent have
achieved best quality of product in their existing facilities.
 High yield is another factor to improve profitability.

EIA FOR PROPOSED EXPANSION IN NIRMA CHEMICAL COMPLEX AT VILLAGE - ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING
NIRMA LTD. KALATALAV, TALUKA & DISTRICT - BHAVNAGAR, GUJARAT PROGRAM
6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM
Based on the identified aspects from the proposed activities on air, noise, water, land, ecology and biodiversity and
socio-economic environment, scoring was done based on its severity and probability as discussed in Chapter 3.12.
Thus, monitoring program is required based on its consequence. The preliminary budgetary monitoring plans are
discussed in this chapter. These budgetary monitoring plans are based on the technical aspects of monitoring the
effectiveness of mitigation measures (incl. Measurement methodologies, frequency, location, data analysis,
reporting schedules, emergency procedures, detailed budget & procurement schedules).
Main objective of environmental monitoring program is to:
 Measure effectiveness of operational procedures;

 Confirm statutory and mandatory compliance;
 Identify unexpected changes.
6.1 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME FOR THE PROPOSED PROJECT
Budgetary Environmental Monitoring Programme is given in Table 6-1.

NIRMA LTD. EIA FOR PROPOSED EXPANSION IN NIRMA CHEMICAL COMPLEX AT VILLAGE - KALATALAV, TALUKA & DISTRICT - BHAVNAGAR, GUJARAT ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM
Table 6-1: Environmental Monitoring Plan

Environment Monitoring Plan with Detailed Budget (Technical aspects)
S.
Parameters Budget for Mitigation Approximate Recurring
No. Measurement Methodology Frequency Location Data Analysis Reporting Schedule
Measure - (in INR) Cost – (in INR)
Air Environment
Online Online At Plant Gate & Caustic Plant Comparison with Already in place
Ambient air monitoring: IS 5182 specified limits and INR 4,000 per location X
1 At Guest house, Bachelors hostel,
PM10, PM2.5, SO2 & NOx & CPCB Guidelines Vol. 1 Once in Month previous baseline data of - 12 month = INR 48,000
raw material gate & salt office the area if available
(Gravimetric Method) per Annum
INR 60,00,000 for OMS
Online Online At common stack for Boiler I & J -
Comparison with equipment & connectivity
Flue Gas Stack monitoring:  Compliance reports of EC & CTO to be sent to
2 specified limits in GPCB INR 5,000 per stack X 4
SPM, SO2 & NOx Stack monitoring by Isokinetic process manager as well as top management (if
Once in Month All proposed flue gas stacks consents - new stacks X 12 month =
sampling IS: 11255. non-complied/partially complied conditions).
INR 2,40,000 per Annum
 Compliance report of EC & CRZ to MOEF&CC on 6
monthly basis. INR 3,50,000 for OMS
Online Online HCl Synthesis Unit - 5 (HCl & Cl2) -
Process Gas Stack monitoring: Comparison with  Compliance report of CtO to GPCB. equipment & connectivity
3 PM10, PM2.5, SO2 , NOx, specified limits in GPCB INR 3,000 per stack X 6
Stack monitoring by Isokinetic 5 stacks in Caustic Soda Plant & 1 consents
Ammonia, HCl & Cl2 Once in Month - stacks X 12 month = INR
sampling IS: 11255. stack in Soda Ash Plant
2,16,000 per Annum
Workplace monitoring: IS 5182 Comparison with INR 5,000 per location X 3

Soda Ash plant, HCl plant, Chlorine
4 & CPCB Guidelines Vol. 1 Once in Month specified limits in GPCB - locations X 12 month =
Ammonia, HCl & Chlorine filling & storage area
(Gravimetric Method) consents / Factories act INR 1,80,000 per Annum
Noise Environment
 Compliance reports of EC & CTO to be sent to
Comparison with process manager as well as top management (if
non-complied/partially complied conditions). INR 500 per location X 8
Eight locations within Nirma specified limits and
1 Ambient noise levels (dB) IS 9989 : 1981 Monthly - locations X 12 month =
complex previous baseline data of  Compliance report of EC & CRZ to MOEF&CC on 6
INR 48,000 per Annum
the area if available monthly basis.
 Compliance report of CtO to GPCB.
Water Environment
At Final Effluent Discharge point
Flow meter (Quantity) Daily Already in place -
(Soda Ash Plant effluent)
Effluent discharge:  Compliance reports of EC & CTO to be sent to
Online (Quantity) with camera Online At Caustic Soda ETP outlet Already in place -
1 Quantity, temperature, pH, TSS process manager as well as top management (if
Comparison with non-complied/partially complied conditions). INR 2,000 per location X 1
& TDS At outlet of soda ash ETP to deep
APHA : 23rd Edition Once in Month specified limits in GPCB - location X 12 month =
sea  Compliance report of EC & CRZ to MOEF&CC on 6
consents INR 24,000 per Annum
monthly basis.
 Compliance report of CtO to GPCB. INR 2,000 per location X 1
ETP outlet (Toilet Soap): SS,
2 APHA : 23rd Edition Once in Month Outlet of ETP Already in place location X 12 month =
COD, BOD, Ammonical Nitrogen
INR 24,000 per Annum
Land Environment
Compare the quantity  Compliance reports of EC & CTO to be sent to
Quantity of Hazardous waste Count for truck & weight of
1 During dispatch Main gate & near weigh bridge with previous measured process manager as well as top management (if - -
generated from the site truck.
data for differences non-complied/partially complied conditions).
5% Leachate to be made and  Compliance report of EC & CRZ to MOEF&CC on 6
analysed as per APHA, monthly basis.
Once in a season INR 5,000 per location X 2
Soil Quality (EC, pH and ESP “Standard Methods”. Near salt pan and hazardous waste Compare the monitoring
2 / Before  Compliance report of CtO to GPCB. - locations X 3 seasons =
(exchangeable sodium percent)) All method numbers are as per storage data for differences
plantation  Maintaining monthly patrak and inventory of INR 30,000 per Annum
APHA “Standard Methods”
(21st edition, 2005) hazardous waste.
Ecological & Biodiversity

 Compliance reports of EC & CTO to be sent to top INR 125 per tree x 6,295
Greenbelt (33% of plot area to Tree count and area management (if non-complied/partially complied trees yearly = INR
1 Annually Within plot Survival rate conditions). -
be maintained) measurement 7,86,875 per Annum, Refer
 Compliance report of CtO to GPCB. Table 4-20.
Capital Cost (in INR) 63,50,000
Recurring Cost per Annum (in INR) 15,96,875
Total Cost for EMP (in INR) 79,46,875

6.2 POST EC MONITORING PLAN

Post environmental clearance, various environmental parameters will be monitored as tabulated in Table 6-2.
Table 6-2: Post EC Environment Monitoring Plan

S. Environmental Component /
Frequency of monitoring Location
No. Parameter
1) Boiler stack (SPM, SO2 & NOx)
1 CEMS – Stack Online
2) HCl Synthesis Unit - 5 (HCl & Cl2)
2 PM, SO2, NOx – Flue gas stack Monthly Boiler, Lime Kiln & DG Set Stacks
PM10, PM2.5, SO2 , NOx, Ammonia, HCl Process stacks of soda ash plant &
3 Monthly
& Cl2 – Process gas stacks caustic plant
4 CEMS – AAQM (PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx) Online Plant Gate & Caustic Plant
Soda Ash Plant, HCl plant, Cl2 filling &
5 Ammonia, HCl & Cl2 As per Factories Rules
storage area
Eight locations within Main Plants and
6 Noise levels Monthly
Utilities Area
Quantity of water consumed in various
7 activities and waste water generated Daily Main Intake and final discharge point
from various areas of plants
8 Temperature, pH, TSS & TDS Once in a month At outlet of soda ash ETP to deep sea
9 SS, COD, BOD, Ammonical Nitrogen Once in month At ETP outlet (Toilet soap)
10 Quantity of Fly Ash Generated Monthly Ash Silo
11 Quantity of Brine Sludge Generated Monthly Brine sludge storage area
12 Soil analysis for EC, pH and ESP Once a Season / Before plantation At Site
13 Tree Counts Yearly Within plant premises
6.3 ENVIRONMENT SOCIAL COMMITMENT
6.3.1 Existing CSR Activities
Areas covered under CSR activities are mentioned below:
Infrastructure:
 Construction of rainwater wear/culvert at Narbad, Sanes and Jasvantpura villages to provide free flow to
rainwater.
Health and Hygiene:
 Provide pure drinking water to the nearby villages through Tankers.

 Organizing Health Check-up camp in nearby villages.
Education:
 Organize “School Pravesh utsav” to encourage school going Children.

 Maintenance and repairing of School and Anganwadi.
 Providing furniture to anganwadi (cupboard, table etc.)
Sports and Recreation:
 Providing sports equipment for school students.

6.3.2 Corporate Environment Responsibility Budget
As per the CER office memorandum dated 01st May, 2018 of MoEF&CC, CER budget of INR 3.3 crores i.e. 0.25% of
project cost INR 1,320 crores has been earmarked towards community development program in the study area as
tabulated in Table 6-3. Based on the investment made, activities based on the yearly need based assessment will
be taken up.
Table 6-3: Budget allotted for CER Activities

Budget Amount
S. No. Activities* Budget in %
(INR in crores)
1. Education 15% 0.495
1.1 Infrastructure upgradation (renovation of school building, anganwadi building etc.)
1.2 Sports equipment, toys , posters etc.
2. Fishermen Welfare 15% 0.495
2.1 Creation of facilities for Fish Landing Platforms / Fishing Harbour / cold storage
Provide relief in case of emergency situations such as missing of fishermen on duty due to rough seas, tropical
2.2
cyclones and storms etc
2. Drinking water facility 15% 0.495
2.1 Overhead water tank
3. Sanitation 15% 0.495
3.1 Individual toilets
3.2 Drainage System
4. Primary Health care 20% 0.66
4.1 Primary health center building
5. Infrastructure Facilities 10% 0.33
5.1 Village internal roads
6. Plantation in community areas 10% 0.33
Total Amount 100% 3.3
*The activities based on Focus Group Discussion.
Conclusion
The social management plan therefore concentrates on mitigation of perceived impacts during the running of plant.
The plan emphasizes on health, hygiene, drinking water, Public infrastructure like (Community hall, Anganwadi) and
girl’s education issues and includes awareness generation amongst the community on fire hazard and leakage of
chemicals during the running of plants.
The SMP encourages community participation through formation of a Grievance Redressal Group to minimize and
mitigate any grievance that may arise during the period of CSR projects implementation. An NGO would be
appointed by the company to ensure community participation, mitigate potential adverse impacts and help in
resolving any disputes and grievances that may arise. It would also engage in awareness Programmes with
community and encourage selected community members specifically the poorer sections and women to get
employed in the Contractor’s activities. This is expected to accrue several benefits - the Contractor would gain from
local wisdom and knowledge and nuances that need to be taken care of and the community would get access to
gainful employment closer to home.

NIRMA LTD. KALATALAV, TALUKA & DISTRICT - BHAVNAGAR, GUJARAT ADDITIONAL STUDIES
7 ADDITIONAL STUDIES
7.1 PUBLIC CONSULTATION

If PH is yet to be conducted. This section shall be completed after completion of Public Consultation Process.
7.2 COASTAL REGULATORY ZONE (CRZ) MAPPING
The High Tide Line marking of the study area has to be demarcated by the institutions authorized by the Central
Government in accordance with the guide lines issued in this regard. Institute of Remote Sensing, Anna University,
Chennai (a MoEF authorized agency) had been engaged by Nirma Limited to demarcate the High Tide Line (HTL)
and Low Tide Line (LTL) in and around the proposed development so far as the CRZ Notification, 2011 and as per
the subsequent corrigendum is concerned.
The CRZ map in 1:35,000 scale showing project site and CRZ areas are shown in Annexure 23.
Permitting activities falling under CRZ area is given in Table 7-1.
Table 7-1: Permitted Activities Falling under CRZ Area

Clause permitting Clause permitting
Sr. Remarks
Activity CRZ category activity (CRZ activity (CRZ
No. (if any)
notification 2011) notification 2019)
Effluent Disposal Point with CRZ IA 3 (i) (a), 8 I (i) (b) 4 (i), 5.1.1 (ii)
1
Pipeline and auxiliary facilities CRZ IVB 3 (i) (a), 4 (ii) (d) 4 (i), 5.4 (xiii)
2 Cooling water disposal point CRZ IVB 3 (i) (a), 4 (ii) (f) 5.4 (xii) -
CRZ IVB 3 (i) (a), 4 (ii) (f) 5.4 (xii)
Pumping/Intake Station with Sea
Water Intake Pipeline and CRZ IVB 3 (i) (a), 4 (ii) (d), 4 (i), 5.4 (xiii)
3 -
auxiliary facilities at Village CRZ IA 3 (i) (a), 8 I (i) (b) 4 (i), 5.1.1 (ii)
Gundala
NDZ 3 (i) (a), 4 (ii) (d), 5.3 (i), 5.1.2 (xv)
7.2.1 Explanatory Notes
Clauses to be read as follows:
As per CRZ Notification 2011
3 (i) (a)
3. Prohibited activities within CRZ,- The following are declared as prohibited activities
within the CRZ,-
(i) Setting up of new industries and expansion of existing industries except,-
(a) those directly related to waterfront or directly needing foreshore facilities;
Explanation: The expression “foreshore facilities” means those activities permissible under this notification and they
require waterfront for their operations such as ports and harbours, jetties, quays, wharves, erosion control
measures, breakwaters, pipelines, lighthouses, navigational safety facilities, coastal police stations and the like.
4 (ii) (d)
4. Regulation of permissible activities in CRZ area.- The following activities shall be regulated except those
prohibited in para 3 of CRZ Notification:
(ii) The following activities shall require clearance from MoEF, namely
(d) Laying of pipelines, conveying systems, transmission line

4 (ii) (f)
4. Regulation of permissible activities in CRZ area.- The following activities shall be regulated except those
prohibited in para 3 of CRZ Notification:
(ii) The following activities shall require clearance from MoEF, namely:
(f) Foreshore requiring facilities for transport of raw materials, facilities for intake of cooling water and outfall for
discharge of treated wastewater or cooling water from thermal power plants. MoEF may specify for category of
projects such as at (f), (g) and (h) of para 4
8 I (i) (b)
8. Norms for regulation of activities permissible under this notification
I. CRZ-I
(i) no new construction shall be permitted in CRZ-I except,-
(b) pipelines, conveying systems including transmission lines
As per CRZ notification 2019
4 (i)
4. Prohibited activities within CRZ.- The following activities shall be prohibited, within the entire CRZ and exceptions
to these and other permissible and regulated activities in specific CRZ categories viz. CRZ-I, II, III and IV, shall be
governed by the provisions of paragraph 5:-
(i) Setting up of new industries and expansion of existing industries, operations or process.
5.1.1 (ii)
5.1.1. CRZ-IA
These areas are ecologically most sensitive and generally no activities shall be permitted to be carried out in the
CRZ 1A area, with following exceptions: -
(xiv) In the mangrove buffer, only such activities shall be permitted like laying of pipelines, transmission lines,
conveyance systems or mechanism and construction of road on stilts, etc. that are required for public utilities.
5.1.2 (xv)
5.1.2. CRZ-IB- The inter tidal areas:
Activities shall be regulated or permissible in the CRZ-I B areas as under:
(xv) Pipelines, conveying systems including transmission lines
5.3 (i)
5.3. CRZ-III
(i) Activities as permitted in CRZ-I B, shall also be permissible in CRZ-III, in so far as applicable.
5.4. (xii)
5.4. CRZ-IV:
Activities shall be permitted and regulated in the CRZ IV areas as under: -
(xii) Foreshore requiring facilities for transport of raw materials, facilities for intake of cooling water and outfall for
discharge of treated wastewater or cooling water from thermal power plants, and foreshore requiring facilities for

transport of raw materials, facilities for intake of cooling water and outfall for discharge of treated wastewater or
cooling water from thermal power plants, in conformity with the environmental standards notified by Ministry of
Environment, Forest and Climate Change and relevant directions of the Central Pollution Control Board or State
Pollution Control Board or Pollution Control Committee.
5.4. (xiii)
5.4. CRZ-IV:
Activities shall be permitted and regulated in the CRZ IV areas as under:
(iii) Pipelines, conveying systems including transmission lines
7.3 HAZARD IDENTIFICATION AND CONSEQUENCE ANALYSIS
The risk assessment process is intended to identify existing and probable hazards in all operations and work
environment, to quantify the hazards and to access the risk levels of those hazards in order to prioritize those that
need an immediate attention. Aim, Objectives and Methodology of the study is provided in Annexure 24.
7.3.1 Methodology of Consequence Analysis & Risk Assessment
The methodology includes,
 Hazard identification,
 Selection of potential loss scenarios,
 Simulation of release source model on DNV’s PHAST 7.1,
 Plotting the damage contour on site map.
These steps undertaken to carry out risk assessment for this project are described in following sections.
7.3.2 Hazard Identification
The project description, and other project related data provided by the client have been comprehensively reviewed
to identify the hazardous operations. Also the information on the hazardous properties (MSDS) of all the chemicals
handled at the site has been reviewed to identify the hazards associated with the same.
At present Nirma is going to expansion in Nirma Chemical Complex. This involves storage of hazardous chemicals
which can lead to uncontrolled release of hazardous material causing hazard. On the basis of this, the important
hazards that can lead to accident in the proposed project are described in Table 7-2.
Table 7-2: Important Hazardous Events

Type of Event Explanation
Boiling Liquid Evaporating Vapor Explosion; may happen due to catastrophic failure of refrigerated or
BLEVE pressurized gases or liquids stored above their boiling points, followed by early ignition of the same,
typically leading to a fire ball
Is the same as detonation but with reaction occurring at less than sonic velocity and initiation of the
Deflagration
reaction at lower energy levels
A propagating chemical reaction of a substance in which the reaction front advances in the unreacted
Detonation
substance at or greater than sonic velocity in the unreacted material
Explosion A release of large amount of energy that form a blast wave
Fire Fire
Fireball The burning of a flammable gas cloud on being immediately ignited at the edge before forming a
flammable/explosive mixture.
Flash Fire A flammable gas release gets ignited at the farthest edge resulting in flash-back fire

Type of Event Explanation

A jet fire occurs when flammable gas releases from the pipeline (or hole) and the released gas ignites
Jet Fire immediately. Damage distance depends on the operating pressure and the diameter of the hole or
opening flow rate.
Pool fire is a turbulent diffusion fire burning above a horizontal pool of vaporizing hydrocarbon fuel,
Pool Fire
where the fuel has zero or low initial momentum
‘Loss of containment’. Release of fluid or gas to the surroundings from unit’s own equipment / tanks
Spill Release
causing (potential) pollution and / or risk of explosion and / or fire
Structural Breakage or fatigue failures (mostly failures caused by weather but not necessarily) of structural support
Damage and direct structural failures
Vapour Cloud
Explosion resulting from vapour clouds formed from flashing liquids or non-flashing liquids and gases
Explosion
Hazard and Damage Assessment
Toxic, flammable and explosive substances released from sources of storage as a result of failures or catastrophes,
can cause losses in the surrounding area in the form of:
 Toxic gas dispersion, resulting in toxic levels in ambient air,

 Fires, fireballs, and flash back fires, resulting in a heat wave (radiation), or
 Explosions (Vapors Cloud Explosions) resulting in blast waves (overpressure).
Consequences of Fire/Heat Wave

The effect of thermal radiation on people is mainly a function of intensity of radiation and exposure time. The effect
is expressed in term of the probability of death and different degree of burn. The consequence effects studied to
assess the impact of the events on the receptors are provided in Table 7-3.
Table 7-3: Damage due to Radiation Intensity

Radiation (kW/m2) Damage to Equipment Damage to People
Causes pain if duration is longer than 20 sec. But
4.0 -
blistering is unlikely.
Minimum energy to ignite wood with a 1% lethality in one minute. First degree burns in 10
12.5
flame; melts plastic tubing. sec.
100% lethality in 1 min.
37.5 Severe damage to plant 50% lethality in 20 sec.
1% lethality in 10 sec.
Consequences of Overpressure
The effects of the shock wave vary depending on the characteristics of the material, the quantity involved and the
degree of confinement of the vapour cloud. The peak pressures in an explosion therefore vary between a slight
over-pressure and a few hundred kilopascals (kPa). Whereas dwelling are demolished and windows and doors
broken at overpressures as low as 0.03- 0.1 bar. Direct injury to people occurs at greater pressures. The pressure
of the shock wave decreases rapidly with the increase in distance from the source of the explosion. The
overpressure damage is shown in Table 7-4.
Table 7-4: Overpressure Damage

Overpressure (bar) Damage
0.02068 Limited minor structural damage, Glass damage
Corrugated asbestos shattered; corrugated steel or aluminium panels, fastenings fail, followed by
0.21
buckling, wood panels (standard housing) fastenings fail, panels blown in, structural damage
1 Fatality
Source: CCPS Consequence Analysis of Chemical Release

Consequences of Toxic Release

The effect of exposure to toxic substance depends upon the duration of exposure and the concentration of the toxic
substance.
Short-term exposures to high concentration give Acute Effects while long term exposures to low concentrations
result in Chronic Effects.
Only acute effects are considered under hazard analysis, since they are likely credible scenarios. These effects are:
 Irritation (respiratory system, skin, eyes)

 Narcosis (nervous system)
 Asphyxiation (oxygen deficiency)
 System damage (blood organs)
Following are some of the common terms used to express toxicity of materials.
 Threshold Limit Value (TLV): It is the permitted level of exposure for a given period on a weighted average
basis (usually 8 hr/day, 40h/week)
 Short Time Exposure Limit (STEL): It is the permitted short term exposure limit usually for a 15 minutes
exposure.
 Immediately Dangerous to life and health (IDLH): It represents the maximum concentration of a chemical from
which is likely to cause death or immediate or delayed permanent adverse health effects or prevent escape
from such an environment.
 Lethal Concentration Low (LCLo): It is the lowest concentration of a material in air, other than LC50, which has
been reported to cause a death in human or animals.
 Toxic Concentration Low (TCLo): It is the lowest concentration of a material in air, to which humans or animals
have been exposed for any given period of time that has produced a toxic effects in humans or produced
carcinogenic, neoplastigenic or tetratogenic effect in humans or animals.
 Emergency Response Planning Guidelines1 (EPRG1): The maximum airborne concentration below which it is
believed that nearly all individuals could be exposed for up to 1 hour (without a respirator) without
experiencing other than mild transient adverse health effects or without perceiving a clearly defined
objectionable odor.
 Emergency Response Planning Guidelines2 (ERPG2): The maximum airborne concentration below which it is
believed that nearly all individuals could be exposed for up to 1 hour without experiencing or developing
irreversible or other serious health effects or symptoms that could impair their abilities to take protective
action.
 Emergency Response Planning Guidelines3 (ERPG3): The maximum airborne concentration below which it is
believed that nearly all individuals could be exposed for up to 1 hour without experiencing or developing life-
threatening health effects.
7.3.3 Selection of Maximum Credible Loss Scenarios (MCLs’)
Following important points should be considered for the selection of release scenarios.
 Flammability and the flash point of the material

 Phase of material i.e. liquid or gas
 Threshold quantity of the chemicals as prescribed in MSHIC Rule
 Operating temperature and pressure of the material
 Total inventory of the material
On the basis of study of chemical properties (MSDS) of the chemicals those are selected for simulation are
presented in Table 7-5.

NIRMA LTD. BHAVNAGAR, GUJARAT ADDITIONAL STUDIES
Table 7-5: Chemicals selected for Simulation

Number of Total Capacity of
Storage Storage means
Capacity Safe Dyke/ Dyke/
Capacity Means (m3)
S. Raw Materials/ Means of of Storage Filling Temperature Pressure Bund Bund
of Storage Density
No. Products Storage means Volume (°C) (bar) area Height
Proposed
Proposed
Existing
Existing
means
(m3) (m3) (m2) (m)
Raw Materials
681.9
1 Ammonia Closed Tank 22 MT 32 27 2 0 64 0 Ambient 10 21.6 1.25
kg/m3
3 LDO Tank 50 KL 50 50 3 0 150 0 Ambient Atmospheric 60 1.25
4 HSD Tank 20 KL 20 20 1 0 20 0 Ambient Atmospheric 24 1.25

3,104
5 Bromine Tank 30 MT 10 10 3 0 30 0 Ambient Atmospheric 52 0.75
kg/m³
Products
3
2 Chlorine Gas Bullet 64 m 64 64 4 0 256 0 254.97 0.55
3 Chlorine Gas Bullet 100 m3 100 100 2 0 200 0 ─5 to 40 3 to 10 175.13 0.5
4 Chlorine Gas Tonner* 0.78 m 3

0.78 0.78 2,128 1,064 1,660 830 NA NA
5 Hydrogen (100%) Tank Used as fuel in flaker plant, so no storage at site
6 Hydrogen (100%) Cylinder Excess hydrogen is sold to actual users as per their requirement in trucks
* After expansion, there will not be change in chlorine filling stations (3 nos). Each chlorine filling station have the capacity of 532 tonner filled and 532 tonner empty.
On the basis of the information provided above, and as discussed over failures sceneries given in publications like World Bank Technical Paper 55 and TNO Purple Book and
the experience of the consultant, MCLs’ which may take place are presented in Table 7-6.

Table 7-6: Scenarios Selected for Simulation
S. Types of Failure Possible

Storage Tanks of Hazard involved Consequences Studied
No. Credible Scenarios Worst Case Scenarios
Raw Materials
1 Ammonia Toxic 1 mm leak & 5 mm leak 25 mm Leak & Catastrophic Rupture Maximum Concentration effect
2 LDO Flammable 25 mm Leak Catastrophic Rupture Jet Fire & Late Pool Fire, late ignition
3 HSD Flammable 25 mm Leak Catastrophic Rupture Jet Fire & Late Pool Fire, late ignition
4 Bromine Toxic 1 mm leak & 5 mm leak 25 mm Leak & Catastrophic Rupture Maximum Concentration effect
Products
1 Chlorine Gas Toxic 1 mm leak & 5 mm leak 25 mm Leak & Catastrophic Rupture Maximum Concentration effect
2 Chlorine Gas Toxic 1 mm leak & 5 mm leak 25 mm Leak & Catastrophic Rupture Maximum Concentration effect
3 Hydrogen (100%) Used as fuel in flaker plant, so no storage at site
4 Hydrogen (100%) Excess hydrogen is sold to actual users as per their requirement in trucks

Also, the risk assessment is considered using certain internationally recognized yardsticks for measuring risk. These
first need to be explained, and this is done as Table 7-7.
Table 7-7: Broadly Accepted Frequency

Annual Fatality
Conclusion
risk level per year
10-3 Unacceptable to everyone. Immediate action shall be taken to reduce the hazards
10-4 Willing to spend public money to control hazards, such as traffic signs, fire departments etc.
People still recognize. Safety slogans have precautionary rings. Such as never swim alone, never point
10-5
a gun, avoid air travels
Not of great concern to everyone. People are aware of these hazards but feel that they cannot
10-6
happen to them. Such as Lightning Never Strikes twice an Act of God.
7.3.4 Simulation of Release and Development of Contours
As the MCLS’ were developed for the selected set of chemicals, the next step is to carry out the consequence
analysis. The consequence analysis results along with their contours are presented in the following sections.
Ammonia
Maximum Concentration effect distance are presented in Table 7-8.
Table 7-8: Maximum Concentration Effect Distance - Ammonia

Effective Distance in meter to Toxic Level
Chemical (Storage Failure
Met Data EPRG 1 EPRG 2 EPRG 3 IDLH
Tank) Scenario
(25 ppm) (150 ppm) (750 ppm) (300 ppm)
3/B 43.8 17.4 NR 15.6
1 mm leak 2.5/E 140.5 41.6 9.4 36.0
4/D 71.5 20.8 NH 16.2
3/B 234.5 134.5 75.1 122.9
5 mm leak 2.5/E 444.2 182.4 82.7 160.5
4/D 362.3 159.5 85.8 140.9
Ammonia (27 m3)
3/B 487.3 251.8 115.9 215.1
25 mm leak 2.5/E 558.2 240.6 121.1 209.6
4/D 612.3 304.1 131.8 248.7
3/B 197.8 49.1 12.9 38.9
Catastrophic
2.5/E 572.2 47.5 12.5 36.6
Rupture
4/D 346.8 58.1 13.7 45.4
The contours for effect distance generated are presented in Figure 7-1 to Figure 7-3.

Figure 7-1: Maximum Concentration Effect Contour – Ammonia Leak (5 mm leak at WC 2.5/E)
Figure 7-2: Maximum Concentration Effect Contour – Ammonia Leak (25 mm leak at WC 4/D)
Figure 7-3: Maximum Concentration Effect Contour – Ammonia Leak (Catastrophic Rupture at 4/D)
LDO
Radiation Level and effect distances are presented in Table 7-9.

Table 7-9: Radiation Level & Effect Distance – LDO
Chemical Failure Met Effective Distance in meter to Radiation Level

Consequence
(Storage Tank) Scenario Data 4 kW/m2 12.5 kW/m2 37.5 kW/m2
3/B 5.0 3.5 NR
Jet Fire 2.5/E 5.1 3.6 NR
4/D 4.7 3.3 NR
25 mm leak
3/B 28.0 17.6 5.6
LDO (50 m3) Late Pool Fire 2.5/E 27.6 16.9 5.5
4/D 28.5 18.4 5.7
3/B 28.0 17.6 5.6
Catastrophic
Late Pool Fire 2.5/E 27.6 16.9 5.5
Rupture
4/D 28.5 18.4 5.7
The contours for effect distance generated are presented in Figure 7-4.
Figure 7-4: Late Pool Fire Effect Contour – LDO Leak (Catastrophic Rupture at WC 4/D)
HSD
Radiation level and effect distance are presented in Table 7-10.
Table 7-10: Radiation Level and Effect Distance – HSD
Chemical Failure Effective Distance in meter to Radiation Level

Consequence Met Data
(Storage Tank) Scenario 4 kW/m2 12.5 kW/m2 37.5 kW/m2
3/B 9.6 7.3 6.1
Jet Fire 2.5/E 9.8 7.4 6.3
4/D 9.2 6.8 5.7
25 mm leak
3/B 23.2 14.8 5.3
HSD (20 m )3
Late Pool Fire 2.5/E 22.9 14.3 5.1
4/D 23.6 15.4 5.5
3/B 23.2 14.8 5.3
Catastrophic
Late Pool Fire 2.5/E 22.9 14.3 5.1
Rupture
4/D 23.6 15.4 5.5
The contours for effect distance generated are presented in Figure 7-5.

Figure 7-5: Late Pool Fire Contour – HSD Leak (Catastrophic Rupture at WC 4.0/D)
Bromine
Table 7-11: Maximum Concentration Effect Distance – Bromine

Chemical Failure
Met Data EPRG 1 EPRG 2 EPRG 3 IDLH
(Storage Tank) Scenario
(0.1 ppm) (0.5 ppm) (5 ppm) (3 ppm)
3/B 340 144 43 67
1 mm leak 2.5/E 1,462 319 173 282
4/D 696 290 80 128
3/B 1,822 776 238 367
5 mm leak 2.5/E 8,429 3,199 836 1,374
4/D 4,020 1,613 451 725
Bromine (10 m3)
3/B 3,132 1,298 392 608
25 mm leak 2.5/E 15,772 5,600 1,368 2,307
4/D 7,183 2,763 746 1,209
3/B 2,582 1,053 302 481
Catastrophic
2.5/E 12,480 4,518 1,131 1,893
Rupture
4/D 5,977 2,287 303 994
The contours for effect distance generated are presented in Figure 7-6 & Figure 7-7.

Figure 7-6: Maximum Concentration Effect Contour – Bromine Leak (1 mm leak at WC 2.5/E)
Figure 7-7: Maximum Concentration Effect Contour – Bromine Leak (Catastrophic Rupture at WC 2.5/E)
Chlorine Bullets
Table 7-12: Maximum Concentration Effect Distance – Chlorine Bullet

Chemical
(Storage Failure Scenario Met Data EPRG 1 EPRG 2 EPRG 3 IDLH
Tank)
(1 ppm) (3 ppm) (20 ppm) (10 ppm)
3/B 62 34 12 21
1 mm leak 2.5/E 238 119 30 65
4/D 115 62 18 35
3/B 387 227 99 146
5 mm leak 2.5/E 1,514 810 267 473
Chlorine Bullet 4/D 730 403 143 238
(100 m3) 3/B 1,960 1,112 474 715
25 mm Leak 2.5/E 8,500 4,149 1,228 2,256
4/D 4,055 2,154 747 1,259
3/B 2,853 1,637 612 1,007
Catastrophic Rupture 2.5/E 11,618 5,904 1,598 3,167
4/D 7,060 3,932 1,209 2,110

The contours for effect distance generated are presented in Figure 7-8 & Figure 7-9.
Figure 7-8: Maximum Concentration Effect Contour – Chlorine Bullet Leak (5 mm leak at WC 2.5/E)
Figure 7-9: Maximum Concentration Effect Contour – Chlorine Bullet Leak (25 mm leak at WC 2.5/E)
Chlorine Tonner
Table 7-13: Maximum Concentration Effect Distance – Chlorine Tonner

Chemical
Failure
(Storage Met Data EPRG 1 EPRG 2 EPRG 3 IDLH
Scenario
Tank)
(1 ppm) (3 ppm) (20 ppm) (10 ppm)
3/B 62 34 12 21
1 mm leak 2.5/E 238 120 30 65
4/D 115 62 18 35
3/B 259 156 73 103
Chlorine gas
Tonner (0.78 5 mm leak 2.5/E 959 513 158 289
m3)
4/D 471 258 92 153
3/B 494 344 236 279
25 mm Leak 2.5/E 1,203 594 262 356
4/D 822 503 256 333


Chemical
Failure
(Storage Met Data EPRG 1 EPRG 2 EPRG 3 IDLH
Scenario
Tank)
(1 ppm) (3 ppm) (20 ppm) (10 ppm)
3/B 364 217 82 136
Catastrophic
2.5/E 1,320 683 231 445
Rupture
4/D 779 459 145 268
The contours for effect distance generated are presented in Figure 7-10 - Figure 7-12.
Figure 7-10: Maximum Concentration Effect Contour – Chlorine Tonner Leak (5 mm leak at WC 2.5/E)
Figure 7-11: Maximum Concentration Effect Contour – Chlorine Tonner Leak (25 mm leak at WC 2.5/E)

Figure 7-12: Maximum Concentration Effect – Chlorine Tonner Leak (Catastrophic Rupture at WC 2.5/E)
Conclusion
Based on the above study, the maximum distance affected due to Radiation level, Overpressure effect and Toxic
Dispersion effect is given in Table 7-14.
Table 7-14: Summary – Maximum Effective Distances (Consequence Analysis)

Effect Distance in Meters
At Radiation At Radiation Consequence Consequence
Chemical Scenario
level 4 level 37.5 At Toxic Level Zone Acceptability
Kw/m2 Kw/m2
Normal Condition
- - 1,601 @ 2.5/E Within the Site Acceptable
(5 mm Leak)
Ammonia
Worst case (25
- - 210 @ 2.5/E Within the Site Acceptable
mm Leak)
Normal Condition
28.5 @ 4.0/D 5.7 @ 4.0/D - Within the Site Acceptable
(25 mm Leak)
LDO Worst case
(Catastrophic 28.5 @ 4.0/D 5.7 @ 4.0/D - Within the Site Acceptable
Rupture)
Normal Condition
(25 mm Leak)
HSD Worst case
Rupture)
Normal Condition
(5 mm Leak)
Bromine
Worst case (25 Slightly outside
- - 2,307 @ 2.5/E Not Acceptable
mm leak) plant boundary
Normal Condition
(5 mm Leak)
Chlorine
Bullet Worst case
Slightly outside
(Catastrophic - - 3,167 @ 2.5/E Not Acceptable
plant boundary
Rupture)
Normal Condition
(5 mm Leak)
Chlorine
Tonner Worst case
(Catastrophic - - 445 @ 2.5/E Within the Site Acceptable
Rupture)

7.4 RISK ASSESSMENT
7.4.1 Estimate Frequency of Occurrence for Risk Assessment
The details of the failure cases considered for Risk Assessment are indicated in Table 7-15.
Table 7-15: Failure Cases Input to Risk Assessment

S. No. Material & Phase Leak size Leak Frequency (per year)
1 mm leak 2.5 x 10-3
5 mm leak 2.5 x 10-3
1 Ammonia Tank
25 mm leak 2.5 x 10-3
Catastrophic Rupture 5 x 10-6
1 mm leak 2.5 x 10-3
5 mm leak 2.5 x 10-3
2 Bromine Tank
25 mm leak 2.5 x 10-3
25 mm leak 1 x 10-3
3 LDO Tank
Catastrophic Rupture 1.6 x 10-5
25 mm leak 1 x 10-3
4 HSD Tank
Catastrophic Rupture 1.6 x 10-5
1 mm leak 4 x 10-5
5 mm leak 4 x 10-5
5 Chlorine Gas Bullet
25 mm leak 5 x 10-6
1 mm leak 4 x 10-5
5 mm leak 4 x 10-5
6 Chlorine Gas Tonner
25 mm leak 5 x 10-6
Source: Failure rates and Event data for use within Risk Assessments (28/06/2012) (UKHSE)
7.4.2 Estimate Risk
Risk can be defined as a measure of economic loss, human injury or environmental damage both in terms of
likelihood and magnitude of loss, injury or damage. Risk is expressed as the product of frequency of an event and
the magnitude of the consequences that results each time the event occurs. The mathematical expression for risk
is:
R = FC
Where,
R = risk (loss or injury per year)
F = frequency (event per year)
C = consequence (loss or injury per event)
The input details are discussed below:
Ignition Sources
In case of hazardous chemical release, the risk depends on location of ignition sources. In this case, the ignition
sources are considered as for risk analysis are as below;
 Vehicles movement on road

 Canteen at Site
 Nearby Villages and industries
Population data
 Population at site
 Population at nearest village / Industries
7.4.3 Individual Risk
Individual risk is the annual risk of death or serious injury to which specific individuals are exposed. Whether the
risk is tolerable can be judged relatively easily as individuals knowingly take and accept risks all the time by, for
example, travelling in a car. By reference to known statistics about such risks, it is generally accepted that risk of
death or serious injury to third parties should not exceed 1 in 10,000 in any year and that risk below 1 in 100,000 is
negligible in relation to other accepted risks1. Between these limits, the risk arising from a hazard must be made
“as low as reasonably practicable” (ALARP).
The iso–risk contours representing Location specific individual risk (LSIR) in Hazardous chemical storages are
shown in Figure 7-13.
Figure 7-13: Iso-Risk Contours for Individual Risk – Hazardous Chemical Storages
The maximum iso-risk contour is 1.0 E-06 per year. There are no members of the public within this risk contour.
7.4.4 Societal Risk
Individual risk does not, however, completely describe situations where a single accident could kill or injure large
numbers of people. Decision makers are aware that there is a big public reaction when, for example, a train crash
kills a number of people while the fact that a greater number die on the UK’s road everyday goes largely unnoticed.
The cost effectiveness of risk reduction measures must be assessed in relation to the likely number of casualties.
These situations are addressed by estimating societal risk which is expressed as the relationship between the
probability of a catastrophic incident, expressed as the average frequency with which it can be expected to occur,
and its consequences. It is usually represented as an F-N curve.

This graph plots the expected annual frequency (F) of the number (N or more) of casualties in the whole
surrounding area arising from all possible dangerous incidents at a hypothetical hazardous site. Note that the
number of casualties (N) is cumulative so the curve can only increase towards the left of the graph. A typical
representative F - N Curve graph is shown in Figure 7-14.
Figure 7-14: Typical Representative F-N Curve Graph
The FN Curve representing Location specific societal risk for Hazardous chemical storages is shown in Figure 7-15.

Figure 7-15: FN Curve for Societal Risk – Hazardous Chemical Storages
(Using HK standard from Societal Risk Estimation, Hall and Floyd)

7.4.5 Risk Criteria
Risk criteria are the acceptable levels of risk that can be tolerated under a particular situation, ‘In many countries
the acceptable risk criteria has been defined for industrial installations and are shown in below photograph. These
criteria are yet to be defined in the Indian context, but values employed in other countries can be used for
comparison as mentioned in Figure 7-16.
Figure 7-16: Risk Criteria in Other Countries
7.4.6 Conclusion & Recommendations
Conclusion
Individual Risk Assessment

The risk to the member of the public from the raw material storage System at Kalatalav is within 1.0E-06 per year
which is in ‘Acceptable’ region.
Societal Risk Assessment

As per HSE, UK (Existing Hazardous Industry) it is Acceptable.
Recommendations
Safety Measures
After examining the high priority risks, a prime consideration is given to the potential to reduce or eliminate the risk
by using the hierarchy of controls. This assists in establishing methods to reduce risk. The desirability of control
plans (with reducing effectiveness) is as follows;
 Elimination: Take step to eliminate the hazard completely,

 Separation: Isolate hazard from person by guarding, space,
 Training: Increasing awareness, improving skills and making tasks less hazardous to persons involved,
 Personal protective equipment: Use appropriately designed and properly fitted PPE.
Control measures can reduce either the likelihood or consequence of the event or both. Depending on the level of
reduction of the hazard, there could still be a residual risk that needs to be monitored so that a secondary
prevention process can be initiated when trigger points are reached.
The control measures and action will be adopted by Nirma to minimize the risk present in the facility for the
hazardous event are summarized in Table 7-16.

Table 7-16: Event Consequences, Treatment and Control

Hazardous Event Possible Consequences Treatment and Control
Loss of containment Fire, explosion and toxic N2 blanketed, dike, foam, water, Ready availability of
Rupture / leak in storage tanks hazards fire extinguishers and fire hydrant system
Precautions to be taken during Transportation

Following are some precautions that will be taken during the loading and unloading of material in plant premises
 Ensuring all labels remains intact on containers and packaging;

 Wear antistatic hand gloves / antistatic safety shoe in shop floor;
 Wear safety goggles in all cases where the eyes may be exposed to dust, flying particles, or splashes of liquids;
 Wear respirator when exposed to harmful aerosols, dusts, gases or vapors;
 Restrict vehicle speed in factory premises up to 15 KMPH;
 Before the tanker enters the industry premises, the tanker is to be inspected for authorized entry and safe &
sound condition of the tanker, its contents and that of the prime mover. Flammable material carrying tankers
entering plant are to be fitted with spark arresters on their exhaust;
 Static charge neutralizing;
 The quality of the chemical in the tanker should be ascertained before unloading to avoid contamination of
chemical already at storage;
 Coupling used for connecting hose to tanker must be leak proof;
 For flammable chemicals, the tanker and the hose are to be properly earthed before starting unloading
operation;
 Unloading should be done under personal supervision of responsible staff authorized by the management;
 Provision of sample quantity of water / neutralizing medium to take care of leakage / spillage must be made.
Inert gas hose stations must be available at unloading point;
 Fire alarm and firefighting facility commensurate with the chemical should be provided at the unloading point.
7.5 DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN
Disaster control planning is an essential part of the loss prevention strategy. This is a pre-plan to handle any
emergency situation effectively. Its objective is to reduce the probability of serious loss/ damage to public, terminal,
machinery, equipment, important document etc. Some definitions used in on-site emergency plan are given below:
An Incident
Undesired event giving rise to death, ill health, injury, damage or other loss.
A Major Incident
Is a sudden, unexpected, unplanned event, resulting from uncontrolled developments during an industrial activity,
which causes or has the potential to cause. Serious adverse effects immediate or delayed (death, injuries, poisoning
or hospitalization) to a number of people inside the installation and / or to persons outside the establishment, or
significant damage to crops, plants or animals or significant contamination of land, water, air or an emergency
intervention outside the establishment (e.g. Evacuation of local population stopping of local traffic) or significant
change in the process operating conditions, such as stoppage or suspension of normal work in the concerned plant
for a significant period of above, or any combination of the above effects.
An Emergency
An emergency is an abnormal event, which could result in danger to personnel, property and environment. It could
be due to fire, Explosion, Heavy spillage of hazardous liquid, toxic gas release etc.
A Major Emergency

Is one that may affect several departments within it and/or may cause serious injuries, loss of life, and extensive
damage to property or serious disruption outside the works? It will require the use of outside resources to handle it
effectively.
Disaster
Is a catastrophic situation in which the day-to-day life patterns are, in many instances, suddenly disrupted and
people are plunged into helplessness and suffering and as a result need protection, clothing, shelter, medical and
social care other necessities of life, such as: Disasters resulting from natural phenomena like earthquakes, volcanic
eruptions, storm surges, cyclones, tropical storms, floods, landslides, fierce fires and massive insect infestation. Also
in this group, violent drought which will cause a creeping disaster leading to famine, disease and death must be
included. Second group includes disastrous events occasioned by man, or by man's impact on the environment,
such as armed conflict, industrial accidents, factory fires, explosions and escape of toxic releases of chemical
substances, river pollution, mining or other structural collapses, air, sea, rail and road transport accidents, aircraft
crashed, collisions of vehicles carrying inflammable liquids, oil spills at sea and dam failures.
Hazard
Source or situation with a potential for harm in terms of injury or ill health, damage to property, damage to the
workplace environment or a combination of these.
Risk
Combination of the likelihood and consequence(s) of a specified hazardous event occurring.
7.5.1 Classification of Emergency
LEVEL – 1
The incident or emergency which are confinable, controllable within the plant premises, which under normal
circumstances does not affect area outside the said plant battery limit and controlling does not involve / require
external help. This situation is called emergency stand by and affected unit / plant have to handle emergency
LEVEL – 2
When the incident or emergency is not controlled within 10 to 15 minutes or does not come under control within 10
to 15 minutes, incident controller, site main controller reviews the situation and decides if situation is worsening.
LEVEL – 3
After surveying off-site implications of level – 2 emergency if there is a likelihood of hazardous gas cloud formation
and spreading of cloud in down wind direction affecting neighbouring population of industry and villagers and /
origin case of following incident IC and SMC are of the opinion that there will be off-site implications.
Note: Level-I and Level- II shall normally be grouped as onsite emergency and Level- III as offsite emergency.
Mode of emergencies are tabulated in Table 7-17.
Table 7-17: Mode of Emergency

Man made Natural Calamities Extraneous
Heavy Toxic Leakage/ Spillage Flood Riots/Civil Disorder/Mob Attack
Fire Earthquake Terrorism
Explosion Cyclone Sabotage
Failure of Critical Control system Outbreak of Disease Bomb Threat
Design deficiency War/Hit by missiles
Unsafe acts Tsunami Abduction
In-adequate maintenance Food Poisoning/Water Poisoning

The On-site emergency plan deals with, measures to prevent and control emergencies within the factory and
not affecting outside public or Environment.
The Off-site emergency plan deals with, measures to prevent and control emergencies affecting public and the
environment outside the premises.
7.5.2 On-Site Emergency Plan
Objective
Some of the minor incidents / accidents may convert into big Disasters / eventualities. Hence there is a need to
prepare and implement an emergency plan to meet out any type of big disaster / emergency which may happen /
take place in the industry. This plan should be in the form of a document. All the employees will be trained to
handle major emergencies effectively as per the guidelines mentioned in this emergency plan.
Hence, this onsite emergency plan has been revised a fresh, which includes all new expansion areas. A main
objective of this on-site emergency plan is as below:
 To give correct information to all concerned and provide a system known to them to be followed at the time of
major emergencies.
 To control any type of major emergencies in minimum possible time.
 To minimize losses (human being and property damage both) due to accidents / disasters
 To restart effected section / plant in shortest possible time.
 To fulfil legal requirement under Factory Act & Gujarat Factory Rules.
Potential Hazards & Their Control Measures
Potential hazards and their control measures are tabulated in Table 7-18.
Table 7-18: Potential Hazards and their Control Measures

Activities Hazard Control Measures
 Boilers: Water monitors at both side of the Boilers, Fire
Hydrant Points up to the top of the Boilers with Booster
Utilities (Captive Co-  Fire & Explosion Hazards in Pump arrangement, Fire Extinguishers, Fire Tender, Fire
generation Plant) Boilers and Turbines Trolley Pump and Hot Work Permit system.
 Turbines: Fire Hydrant System, Fire Extinguishers, Fire
Tender and Hot Work Permit system.
 Dyke Wall around storage tanks, fencing to restrict un-
wanted entries, water Sprinklers on the Storage Tanks,
Water Monitors on both sides of the Tanks, Fire Tender,
 Release of Ammonia Gas from Fire Trolley Pump, Breathing Air Line System, Self-
Soda Ash Process Ammonia storage area contained Air breathing apparatus and other Safety
 Fire & Explosion appliances, Safety Shower-cum-Eye wash fountain, Wind
Direction Indicator, Ammonia Gas detection unit, Gas
measuring equipment, safety Instructions Board and Hot
Work Permit system.
 Chlorine Kit for controlling the leakage, Continuous gas
monitoring system, Gas measuring equipment, Breathing
 Release of chlorine gas from
RO DM plant air Line Apparatus, Self-contained Air Breathing
Chlorine tonners
apparatus, PVC Suit with hood, other Safety appliances
and Safety Instructions board.
Fatty Acid & Toilet  Fire Extinguishers, Fire Hydrant Points, Fire Tender, Fire
 Fire & Explosion Hazards
Shop Trolley Pump, Hot Work Permit system
 Water monitors and Fire Hydrant point at both side of the
Lignite Handling
 Fire & Explosion Hazards lignite storage yard, Fire Tender, Fire Trolley Pump and
System
Hot Work Permit system and Process water line.
 Chlorine Line Leakage  Leakages are detected with NH3 torch/ Cl2 detector. If any
Caustic Soda Plant line leakage is detected, operator closes the cut off valves
 Liquid Chlorine Storage and leakages are attended to.

Activities Hazard Control Measures

 Hydrogen Explosion  Utmost care is taken on liquid chlorine storage tank.
 Chlorine bearing waste Chlorine leak detectors are mounted on storage tank,
which can detect 1-ppm chlorine and give warning alarm
in central control room.
 Safety valves are provided after the Hydrogen Headers to
take care of pressure built in the header. Hydrogen safety
valve is connected to Atmospheric vent through flame
arrestor.
 All chlorine bearing waste are connected to the Waste Air
dechlorination system.
 Emergency tripping by DCS and Process interlocks
 provided bromine vapour detectors
 Sodium Thiosulphate Solution Pipeline arrangement at all
 Bromine leakage from pipe line/ plant
Bromine Plant flange/ gasket/ condensers  Suction Hood
Bromine leakage during handling  Scrubber System
 SCBA & ALBA
 PPE’s Like Chemical Protection Suit, Hand gloves,
Goggles, Gum boot etc.
 Air emissions from the facilities is managed using best
practice strategies and meet all required regulations and
according to the Indian Standards. HCl and HF fumes are
scrubbed in scrubber and are neutralized (if required)
with caustic soda by monitoring analyser. After scrubbing
exhaust gases are disposed to atmosphere via stack as
per norms
 The use of correctly classified electrical equipment in
hazardous areas.
 HCl and HF fumes
 All motors in SX area are explosion proof
 Fire Hazard various solvents used
 All instrumentation in SX area are Intrinsically Safe
in the solvent extraction circuits
contain Tri-Butyl Phosphate,  The proper ventilation of hazardous areas.
Decanol, Kerosene, Alamine 336  The proper containment of spilled combustible liquids and
and Cyanex 923. All of these have venting of vapors to safe location.
Purified Phosphoric flash points greater than 69  All solvent sumps are designed with fire-traps.
Plant (Food Grade) degree C. The solvents are
 Solvent inventory is kept to minimum practical volume.
therefore classified as Class IIA
combustible but not flammable.  Good practice design of piping preventing the electrostatic
Area 7200: Zone 2, Group IIA T3, risks.
Expect 1m radius from organic  The fire-fighting system consists of the firewater
handling motors ZONE 1, Group hydrants, sprinkles, monitors and hose reels, foam
IIA T3 systems, gaseous extinguishing systems and portable fire
extinguishers. The systems installed as needed to protect
personnel and the facility by minimizing, controlling and
extinguishing fires which may occur.
 Others Control Measures:
 Fire Tender, Fire Trolley Pump, Hot Work Permit system
 SCBA & ALBA
Arrangements to Meet-Out the Emergencies
Fire Fighting Arrangements
 Fire Water Reservoir - Water storage capacity – 11.34 lacs m3

 Litres in two-water storage interconnected ponds
Fire Hydrant System & Fire Hydrant pump details at Pump House are tabulated in Table 7-19 & Table 7-20
respectively.

Table 7-19: Fire Hydrant System

System Existing Nos. Proposed Nos.
Single Hydrant points 101 ~ 80
Fire escape hydrant points 148 ~ 100
Water Monitors 19 ~10
Table 7-20: Fire Hydrant Pump details at Pump House

Pump details Existing Nos. Proposed Nos.
Fire hydrant main pump 2 ~1
Stand-by diesel pump 2 ~1
Jockey pumps 2 ~1
Booster pump for Boiler area 2 ~1
Fire Hydrant Points:
 7 nos. of Fire Hydrant Points have been provided at different floors of Fatty Acid area.
 Pressure in the hydrant system – 8.8 kg./cm2
 Fire Hydrant Boxes: 136 Nos of Fire Hydrant Hose boxes are provided at different locations in the plant.
 Two Hosepipes and one Nozzle are kept in each Box.
 This Fire Hydrant System is approved by T.A.C. & BMC
Details of First-Aid Fire Fighting Appliances (Fire Extinguishers) is tabulated in Table 7-21.
Table 7-21: First-Aid Fire Fighting Appliances (Fire Extinguishers)

Type Existing Nos. Proposed Nos.
CO2 Type 285 ~200
DCP Type 436 ~350
Mechanical Foam 27 ~15
Water Type 57 ~30
Sand Bucket 315 ~200
All these above existing Fire extinguishers and Fire Buckets are installed at various locations in whole plant as per
the classification of the fire hazards in respective areas & similar arrangements will be made for the proposed
expansion project also.
Fire Tender
 Fire tender is placed at fire station all the time in ready mode to meet-out the fire emergencies anywhere in the
plant area.
 Unit have 3 fire tenders with the capacity of 12,000 liters of water to fight the fire and other is a multipurpose
fire tender (water, foam and DCP type) with the capacity of 8000 liters water, 500 liters foam and 300 kg DCP.
 Next third having capacity 8000 Litre Water, 500 Liter Mechanical Foam & 500 Kg DCP. One fire tender is
equipped to operate two-water hose delivery and one monitor at a time. This tender is further equipped with
fire entry suit, self-contained air breathing apparatus, gum boot and other fire extinguishers.
 At fire station, approximately 500 litres of chemical foam is also available in cans, which can be used along with
the fire tender by using foam mixing branch pipe to fight the oil / chemical fires.
Fire Station
 Fire station is manned round the clock.

 Available staff at fire station in each shift
 Dy. Manager. Fire (G shift) – 1
 Driver-cum-operator – 1

 Firemen – 3
 Firemen at pump house - 1
 Fire Department is looked after by Manager and HOD (Fire & Safety)
 Apart from this, all the employees (from technician to Manager) are being trained through mock drills for the
operation of the fire extinguishers.
Provision of Fire Protection is tabulated in Table 7-22.
Table 7-22: Provision of Fire Protection

Sr. No. Description Quantity Nos.
1 Data Gathering Fire Alarm Panel (DGFAP) with 3 loops 1
2 Repeater Panel (RFAP) 1
3 Smoke Detector (Photoelectric) 156
4 Liner Beam Detector 8
5 Heat Detector (Fixed + Rate of Rise) 72
6 Multisensor Detector 88
7 Response Indicator 22
8 Fault Isolators 20
9 Hooter with Hooter Acknowledgement Box (HAB) & stobe 8
Manual Call Point/ Break Glass Unit - Industrial Type
10 a) Outdoor Type with canopy 20
b) Indoor Type for surface mounting 12
Fire Alarm System
 Whole Soda Ash plant and Utilities area & caustic soda area is covered by Fire Alarm system.
 Sensors for smoke detection are provided in all sub-stations, control rooms and MCC rooms.
 Manual call points are also provided at roadsides in the plant area.
 Control panels for this Fire Alarm system are provided in Utility Control Room (UCR) and Centre Control Room
(CCR) and repeater panel is provided at Fire station.
 In case of any fire in the areas covered by this system, Audio-Visual alarm will go at all the three panels to
warn about the fire.
Alarms / Sirens and Provisions for Fire Protection is tabulated in Table 7-23.
Table 7-23: Alarms / Sirens and Provisions for Fire Protection

Sr. No Area covered No. of Sensor provided No. of MCP provided
(A) M.C.C., Section - 100 8 -
1
(B) Substation -5 10 -
2 M.C.C. - C.C.R. 65 3
3 Sub-station No.-1/ Utility (UCR) 99 12
4 Sub-station No.-2 39 4
7 M.C.C. Lime Kiln 58 6
8 Plant side roads - 43
9 4th Stream - 35
10 SS - 11 120 8
3 Dense
rd
9 4
11
6 Calciner
th
15 9

Safety Equipment
Routine Safety Equipment

 Safety helmets and safety shoes are issued to each employee. (Safety Shoes are issued once in a year)
 Dust respirators, earplugs and safety goggles are also issued individually to the employees as per the
requirement of the area and job.
 All type of hand gloves, face shields, aprons and Gumboots are available all the time in stores in abundant
quantity and employees may get issued as per the requirement of the job.
Respiratory Safety Equipment
List of Respiratory Safety Equipment is tabulated in Table 7-24.
Table 7-24: Respiratory Safety Equipment

Equipment Existing Nos. Proposed Nos.
Self-contained air-breathing apparatus 20 ~15
Spare cylinders 15 ~10
Airline breathing apparatus 33 ~25
Blower type air hose apparatus 1 ~1
Canister gas mask 25 ~15
Safety belts 50 ~30
Other specific safety equipment
Roof top safety ladder 5 ~5
Safety ladder 3 ~3
Fall arrestor 2 ~2
Safety Net 1 ~1
Extension Ladder 3 ~3
Work Environment testing equipment
Hydrogen Gas Monitor 2 ~2
Oxygen Gas Monitor 2 ~2
Ammonia Gas monitor 2 ~2
CO gas monitor 7 ~7
Noise monitoring Meter 1 ~1
Medical Services
 First-aid boxes are provided in all the departments. These boxes are containing all the first-aid medicines like;
Antiseptic solution, Antibiotic ointment, Antipyretic / Analgesic Tablets, Tincher Benzoin, Band Aid, eye drop,
bandages cotton, etc.
 Full time health centre is in operation with 6-bed facility. This health centre is manned all the time by a trained
compounder. Full time 04 (four) qualified doctor is available in the general shift. This health centre is equipped
with all the first aid and emergency treatment facilities like; 8 sets of oxygen cylinders and all other lifesaving
drugs. Other equipment like E.C.G. Machine, Glucometer, and Suction Machine, audiometry etc. are also
available in Health Centre.
 Fully equipped ambulance with driver is available at health centre round the clock.
 155 employees are trained (Certificate holders) as a first-aider by Red Cross Society of India.
Emergency Siren System
We installed 3G wireless emergency siren system. Hooter (siren) located on the roof of the Fire-Safety building,
Section 300 top of lift, Salt Office, Flaking plant top floor and RMH (LLCC). These sirens are jointly sounded by
single command.

Emergency Siren Code:
 Fire: 30 Sec. On --- 10 Sec. Pause --- 30 Sec. On --- Stop

 Explosion: 40 Sec. On --- Stop
 Gas Leakage: 60 Sec. On --- 10 Sec. Pause --- 60 Sec. On --- Stop
 All Clear : Continuous Alarm For 2 Minute
 Testing : Continuous Alarm For 1 Minute
 This hooter will be tested on every Wednesday at 10:30 am for its smooth functioning.
Emergency Control Centres
Main Emergency Control Centre (MECC)

 There is one Main Emergency Control Centre (MECC) at Security Office (Tele. No.- 3882) near factory gate.
 Site Controller will be stationed at MECC at the time of emergency and control all the operations.
 This MECC is equipped with all communication facilities like; internal and external telephones (EPABX), walky
talky sets, mobile phones, and internet.
 The contact telephone Nos, official and residential addresses of key persons of the plant, all the Government
officials (to be contacted in case of an emergency), occupier of the factory and all other mutual aid agencies
are displayed in the MECC.
Sub Emergency Control Centre (SECC)

There will be 7 SECCs in the plant as shown in Table 7-25.
Table 7-25: Sub Emergency Control Centre in the Plant

Area No. Area Location of SECC
1 Utility Utility Control Room (UCR) – SECC – 1
2 Process Central Control Room (CCR) – SECC – II
3 RODM RODM Control Room – SECC – III
4 FA/TS FA / TS Control Room- SECC – IV
5 RMH RMH Control Room - SECC-V
6 Caustic Plant Caustic Plant Control Room – SECC-VI
7 Salt Salt Handling Control Room - SECC-VII
In case of an emergency, respective incident controller will control the emergency from respective SECC.
Emergency Assembly Points
There are 5 emergency assembly points as given below:
 Open space near engineering office

 Open space near materials gate –RMH Side
 Open ground Near Store Yard
 Open ground near HCl Hypo Storage Tank
 Open ground near N2PS of caustic plant
The above Emergency Assembly points are fixed in different directions and have accommodation capacity of
>1,000. In case of an emergency, all other employees not required at incident site and if instructed by respective
H.O.D. / Incident controller / Site controller, will assemble at one Emergency Assembly point, which is opposite to
the wind direction. All these employees will wait at assembly point for further instructions.
Communication System
Following types of communication systems are installed in the plant.

 Public Address system in the operation areas

 Internal and external telephone connections in all the sections / Departments
 Mobile phones in control rooms and telephone exchange
 Walky-Talky systems
 Internet / e-mail facilities
 Fax
 Hot-line system between plant and Head office at Ahmedabad
 Siren System
All the above communication systems may be used for in plant and external communication in case of any
emergency.
Responsibilities of Site Controller, Incident Controller, Key Persons and Essential Staff
Site Controller
The General Manager will act as site controller and will be responsible for controlling the situation. He will be also
responsible for the security and safety of the whole plant and all employees. Immediately after getting the
information of the incident he will reach to main emergency control centre, he will collect the full information about
the situation. His main functions are as given below:
 Evaluation of complete situation and to direct for declaration of major emergency by sounding the siren.
 Control over the unaffected areas
 Continuous liaison and evaluation of the situation with incident controller and other officials to control the
emergency in effective manner.
 To take the decision whether to continue the plant operation or to take the emergency shutdown.
 Directions to the Administration, Public Relations for contacting District Administration, Police, Fire Department,
Hospital, Factory Inspectorate, Pollution Control Board etc. for necessary help / assistance / information
 Direction for the re habitation of the effected employees
 Direction for sounding the siren for clearing of the emergency and to restart the plant.
 Directions for official information to media / press for general information to the public.
 Directions for preserving the evidences for legal inquiries of the incident by Government officials such as
Factory Inspectorate, Pollution Control Board, Police, District Magistrate etc.
Incident Controller
Respective Production head of the area will act as incident controller. Immediately after getting the information of
the incident, he will reach to incident site and take over the charge of the situation and contact to the site
controller. He will evaluate the severity of the incident. His main responsibilities are as given below:
 To advice site controller regarding the situation and to help him in decision making. He will be in continuous
contact with site controller.
 To direct Fire & Safety Team in their operations.
 To control over the incident in minimum possible period by the help of key persons and to re-start the
operation of the plant.
 To remove the unwanted employees from incident site
 To preserve the evidences for inquiries.
Key Persons
All other key persons will immediately report to site controller / incident controller and will take charge of their
functions. They will immediately call the essential staff of respective department at incident site and re-start their
operations to control the emergency.

Essential Staff
Immediately after listening the emergency siren, essential staff of the respective department will report to their
head of department and will act as per the directives of respective H.O.D.
Emergency Control Action
It is the duty of each and every employee (who first notice the emergency) to inform immediately to respective
area in-charge and Fire Station in case of any fire, explosion or Gas leakage emergency.
Fire crew will immediately rush to the emergency site and will try to control the situation.
Respective Shift In-charge will re-confirm the incident to the fire station. He will immediately contact to the area
incident controller briefing the incident. Incident controller will take the decision and will inform to site controller
depending on the severity of the incident. Till the arrival of the incident controller at site, he will take charge of the
situation and try to control it.
Immediately after reaching the incident site, incident controller will access and evaluate the situation and advise to
site controller accordingly (whether to declare it a major emergency).
Depending on the assessment and advice of the incident controller, site controller will take the decision for
declaration of major emergency and will advise fire station for sounding the siren accordingly.
Details of Emergency Control Center & Emergency Safety Appliances are tabulated in Table 7-26 & Table 7-27
respectively.
Table 7-26: Details of Emergency Control Center

Sr. No. Details Location
I Main Emergency Control Centre (M.E.C.C.) Security Office ( Nr. Time Office -1)
Sub Emergency Control Centre (S.E.C.C.) -1 Utility (U.C.R)
Sub Emergency Control Centre (S.E.C.C.) -2 Process (C.C.R)
Sub Emergency Control Centre (S.E.C.C.) -3 R.O.D.M.(Control room)
II Sub Emergency Control Centre (S.E.C.C.) -4 F.A. & T.S.(Control room)
Sub Emergency Control Centre (S.E.C.C.) -5 RMH (Control room)
Sub Emergency Control Centre (S.E.C.C.) -6 Caustic Control Room
Sub Emergency Control Centre (S.E.C.C.) -7 Salt Control Room
Table 7-27: Details of Emergency Safety Appliances

Sr.
Items kept in the Safety Dept. Quantity Who will handle/operate this Item
No.
a)Self Contained Air Breathing
20
1 Apparatus (S.C.B.A.) All the employees are imparted training to use this equipment
b)Spare cylinders 15
2 Airline breathing apparatus. 33 All the employees are imparted training to use this equipment
3 Blower type Air line apparatus. 1 All the employees are imparted training to use this equipment
4 Canister Gas Mask
For Ammonia 10 All the employees are imparted
For Chlorine 25 training to use this equipment
5 a)Gas Detection Pumps 1
b)Gas Detection tubes.
Fire & Safety staff & All Concerns
For Ammonia 10 Pkts
For Chlorine 10 Pkts
6 Explosive Meter 1 Fire & Safety staff & All Concerns
7 Oxygen Meter 2 Fire & Safety staff & All Concerns

Sr.
Items kept in the Safety Dept. Quantity Who will handle/operate this Item
No.
8 Carbon monoxide Meter 7 Fire & Safety staff & All Concerns
9 Ammonia Detector 2 Fire & Safety staff & All Concerns
10 Emergency Chlorine Kit 5 All the employees are imparted training to use this equipment
11 Fall Arrestor 5 All the employees are imparted training to use this equipment
12 Roof top Ladder 5 All the employees are imparted training to use this equipment
Computerized Wireless Emergency
13 1 Fire & Safety staff & All Concerns
Siren System
14 Fire Entry Suit 1 Fire & Safety staff
All necessary Personnel Protective
Equipment (PPE) Like, Helmet, Safety
15 shoes ,Gumboot, Rain Coat, Safety --- All Emp. as per job /requirement
Goggles, Face shield, Ear Plug, Ear
Muff, All type of Hand Gloves
Details of Ammonia Gas Detector
Details of Ammonia Gas Detectors installed at plant are provided in Table 7-28.
Table 7-28: Details of Ammonia Gas Detector

Sr. No. Make Model Location Range Location
1 Drager Polytron 3000 (0-100)PPM Ammonia Bullet V-315a West Side
2 Drager Polytron 3000 (0-100)PPM Ammonia Bullet V-315a East Side
3 Drager Polytron 3000 (0-100)PPM Ammonia Bullet V-315b West Side
4 Drager Polytron 3000 (0-100)PPM Ammonia Bullet V-315b West Side
5 Drager Polytron 3000 (0-100)PPM Ammonia Bullet (Between V-315a And V-315b) East Side
6 Drager Polytron 3000 (0-100)PPM Ammonia Bullet Unloading Point
Details of Chlorine/Hydrogen monitor in Caustic Soda Plant
List of Chlorine/Hydrogen monitors in Caustic Soda Plant is tabulated in Table 7-29.
Table 7-29: List of Chlorine/Hydrogen Monitors

Sr. No. Plant / Section Total No. Location
 Cell House Ground Floor 300 TPD
1 Cell House 3  Cell House Ground Floor 270 TPD
 Cell House Top 270 TPD
 Hypo Blower Stack 300 TPD
2 Hypo Plant 2
 Hypo Blower Stack 270 TPD
 Cl2 Comp A & B
3 Chlorine Liquification 3  Cl2 Comp C & D
 Cl2 Comp E
 Cl2 Comp A & B 270 TPD
4 Chlorine Liquification 2
 Cl2 Comp C & D 270 TPD
 Cl2 Bullet A & B
5 Chlorine Bullet Area 3  Cl2 Bullet C & D
 Cl2 Bullet A & B 270 TPD
 Cl2 Filling Post I
Chlorine Filling Area  Cl2 Filling Post E
6 4
300 TPD  Cl2 Empty Toner Storage Area
 Cl2 Empty Toner Storage Area
7 Chlorine Filling Area 4  Cl2 Filling Post I

Sr. No. Plant / Section Total No. Location

270 TPD  Cl2 Filling Post E
8 20 TPD HCL Plant 1  HCL Stack
 HCL Unit -1 Stack
9 75 TPD HCL Plant 3  HCL Unit 3rd Floor
 HCL Unit -2 Stack
10 Assembly Point No.4 1  Near Steam PRV Station 300 TPD
11 Assembly Point No.5 1  Near PMCC / Air Comps Unit
12 H2 Comps 270 TPD 1  H2 Comps Section Top
Details of Occupational Health Centre
Infrastructure:
 OPD room: Three
 Dressing / Drug dispatch room: One
 Indoor room: Four (including vaccination room)
 Recreation room: One
 Audiometry room: One
Staff:
 Medical Officer: Three
 Assistant Male: one
 First Aid attendant: Three
 Assistant male nurse: Three
 Peon: One
 Ambulance driver: Two
Equipment:
 Oxygen cylinder: Fifteen
 Weighing scale: Two
 Sphygmomanometer: Four
 ECG machine: Two
 Spirometer: One
 Audiometer: One
 Glucometer: Two
 Vision testing device: One
 Laryngoscope: One
 Otoscope: One
 Foetal Doppler: One
 Suction machine: One
 Stretcher: Two
Ambulance: Two
Control Measures for Hazardous Chemicals
Details of Control Measures for each hazardous chemicals is tabulated in Table 7-30.

Table 7-30: Details of Control Measures for Each Hazardous Chemicals

Types of hazards
Name of the material State, Pressure
Sr. Possible (Fire,
(Mention Concentration (Kg/cm2) & Temp. Control Measures Provided
No. Explosion, Toxic
if any) (°C)
Release, Spill etc.)
- Safety Valve
- Wind Sock
- Breathing Air Line system
- P.A. System
- Safety instructions board
State: Liquid
1 Liquid Ammonia P: 10 Kg/cm2 Toxic, release - Dyke Wall around storage area
T: Ambient
- Fencing with lock & key arrangment
- Hydrant system with water monitor at both sides
- Safety shower-Cum-Eye-wash fountain
- Water sprinkler system on both the storage vessels.
- Dragger pac ammonia gas sensor installed 6 nos.
- P.A. System for communication
- Chlorine Kit
- Breathing Air Line system.
- Self contained air breathing apparatus.
State: Liquid - Safety instructions board
2 Liquid Chlorine P: 23 Kg/cm2 Toxic, release
T: Ambient - Caustic pit
- Contineous monitoring system for Cl2 gas with audio alarm
- Sparger system intalled for neutrilization
- Wind Sock
- Hydrant System
State: Liquid - Face shield/ Goggles

3 Hydrochlric acid (30%) P: Atm. Corrosive
T: Ambient - Safety shower-Cum-Eye-wash fountain
4 Caustic Soda (49%) Corrosive - Safety shower with eye wash

Types of hazards
Sr. Possible (Fire,
if any) (°C)
- PVC suit and hand gloves
State: Liquid
P: Atm. - Gum boot.
T: Ambient
- Face shield / Goggles.
- Fire hydrant line
- Foam Extinguisher
State: Liquid - Fire Bucket
5 L.D.O. P: Atm. Fire
T: Ambient - Dyke Wall arround storage area
- Fencing with lock & key arrangment
- Foam extinguisher
- Fire Bucket
State: Liquid - Fire Hydrant System
6 Furnace oil P: Atm. Fire
T: Ambient - Dyke wall arround the storage area
- Fencing with lock & key arrangement.
State: Solid & Liquid - Safety Shower,P.P.E,

7 Caustic soda lye (50%) P: Atm. Corrosive - Dyke wall
T: Ambient - Arrangement of transfer pump
State: Liquid, P: Atm.
8 Caustic soda lye (32%) - Dump tank
T: Ambient
- Chlorine detector system
- Hydrant system
State: Liquid & Gas - Blast proof wall
9 Chlorine Gas P: 3-10Kg/cm2 Toxic
T: -5 to 40°C - Chlorine kit for controling leakage
- SCBA Set
- Gas Measuring Equipment
10 Hydrochloric Acid Corrosive - Face shield, PVC suit

Types of hazards
Sr. Possible (Fire,
if any) (°C)
State: Liquid - Safety shower cum eye washer
P: Atm.
T: Ambient - Level indicator
- Flame arrestor system, Fire hydrant system

State: Gas
11 Hydrogen Gas (in Holder) P: 150-200 kg/cm2 Flammable & Explosive - Fire Extingusher, safety shower,
T: 40°C
- Blast proof wall, SCBA Set
State: Liquid, P: Atm. - SCBA set, Full suit, Tightly closed tank in isolated area, Sodium Thiosulphate
12 Bromine Toxic, Corrosive
T: Ambient Solution Pipeline arrangement
- Hydrant System
13 Sulphuric Acid 98% Corrosive - Face shield/ Goggles
T: Ambient
- Safety shower-Cum-Eye-wash fountain
- Hydrant System
14 Sulphuric Acid (Spent) 78% Corrosive - Face shield/ Goggles
T: Ambient
- Safety shower Cum Eyewash fountain
- Dyke provided for Spillage,
30 % Hydrochloric Acid State: Liquid, P: Atm.
15 Spill, Toxic Release - HHL trip provided, Tank vented to scrubber and overflow routed to seal pot
(HCl) T: Ambient
- Safety shower provided for accidental contact with fluid.
State: Liquid, P: Atm. - Dyke provided for spill and HHL trip provided
16 32 % Caustic Soda (NaOH) Spill
T: Ambient - Safety shower provided for accidental contact with fluid.
- Dyke provided for Spillage,
17 80% Sulphuric Acid (H2SO4) Spill, Toxic Release - HHL trip provided, Tank vented to scrubber and overflow routed to seal pot
T: Ambient
- Safety shower provided for accidental contact with fluid.
35 % Hydrogen Peroxide State: Liquid, P: Atm. Violent Decomposition - At high temperature sprinklers will start and for spillage dyke is provided
18
(H2O2) T: Ambient and Spill - At HH temp, process water will be added to tank.
State: Liquid, P: Atm. - For Spillage bund provided and HH level trip on pump provided
19 Kerosene Fire, Spill
T: Ambient - For fire fighting, foam connection nozzle provided and fire hydrants around tank.
20 Tri-Butyl Phosphate (TBP) Fire, Spill - For Spillage bund provided and HH level trip on pump provided

Types of hazards
Sr. Possible (Fire,
if any) (°C)
- For fire fighting, foam connection nozzle provided and fire hydrants around tank.
T: Ambient
21 Decanol Fire, Spill
22 Alamine 336 Fire, Spill
23 Cyanex 923 Fire, Spill
State: Liquid, P: Atm. - Dyke provided for spill and HHL trip provided
24 Off Spec Acid (85% H3PO4) Spill
T: Ambient - Safety shower provided for accident contact with fluid.
85 % Phosphoric Acid State: Liquid, P: Atm. - Dyke provided for spill and HHL trip provided
25 Spill
(H3PO4) T: Ambient - Safety shower provided for accident contact with fluid.
26 Lean Brine Spill - HHL trip provided
T: Ambient
27 Flocculant (0.1%) None - PPE
T: Ambient
28 Antifoam None - PPE
T: Ambient
State: Solid, P: Atm.
29 Phosphate Rock (ITC 25%) Dusting - Dedusting system provided.
T: Ambient
State: Liquid - Dyke provided for spill and HHL trip provided
30 26 % Sodium thiosulphate P: Atm. Spillage
T: Ambient - Safety shower provided for accident contact with fluid.

Process and Vessel Hazards and Controls
Control measures provided for the process & vessel hazard is tabulated in Table 7-32.
Other Hazards & Controls
Details of Other Hazards & Controls is provided in Table 7-33.
Medical Arrangements
Details of Medical Arrangements is provided in Table 7-34.
Expenditure spend on health & safety in six months is tabulated in Table 7-31.
Table 7-31: Expenditure Spend on Health & Safety in Six Months

S. No. Expenditure Details Amt in INR
1 Expenditure on fire and safety items recevied from Store department 20,62,510
2 Expenditure on fire and safety works order recevied from Accound department 5,46,000
Conducting regular safety drills and training programs to educate employees on safety practices.
3
(Please consider the cost of expenditure made for safety training, mock drill conducted etc.)
a Mock drill 20,000
b Safety trainings 15,000
c Membership 8,100
d Others (Tea, Snacks, Stationary,Transport facilities, programme etc.) 12,000
e T&D Department 55,000
Total 27,18,610

Table 7-32: Process & Vessel Hazard Control

S. Name of the hazardous Materials in the Process/ Name of the Vessel Type of hazards
Control measures provided
No process and operation operation with their quantity and its Location possible
 Fire Hydrant line
Ammoniated Liquor -A, Line burst
NH3 – concentration 6.70% Max.  Self-contained
OR A - Liquor storage Release of NH3
1 Storage 675 MT (considering 50%  Breathing apparatus.
Liquor tank leakage. tank level) tanks V-412A/B/C vapors
 Canister Gas mask.
(Tank - 2 Nos.)
 Gas sensor installed at ammonia bullet
Carbonated Liquor -C  Fire Hydrant line
Liquor line burst NH3 – concentration 5.40% Max.  Self-contained-
C – Liquor storage Release of NH3
2 OR Storage 375 MT (considering 50%  Breathing apparatus.
tanks V-413A/B/C vapors
Liquor tank leakage. tank level)  Canister Gas mask.
(Tank - 2 Nos.)  Sparger system installed for Chlorine leakage
 Chlorine detection
Chlorine production Toxic release  System
3 Brine Electrolysis
Hydrogen production Fire & Explosion  Flame arrestor
 Auto nitrogen flushing
 Chlorine detection
 System
4 Filling & Compressing Chlorine Chlorine Tonner Toxic release  Connection to Hypo
 Chlorite Unit to avoid
 Chlorine leakage to atmosphere
 Fire hydrant system
Compression & Fire &
5 Hydrogen Hydrogen Cylinder  Flame arrestor
Bottling Explosion
 Fire Extinguisher
 Provided bromine vapour detectors system 7nos.
 Sodium Thio sulphate Solution Pipeline arrangement
at all plant Stock Maintain 1,000 kg
 Suction Hood 6 nos.
6 Bottling Bromine Glass Bottle Toxic release  Scrubber System 2 nos.
 SCBA 2 nos. & ALBA 4 nos.
 Emergency tripping by DCS and Process interlocks

S. Name of the hazardous Materials in the Process/ Name of the Vessel Type of hazards
Control measures provided
No process and operation operation with their quantity and its Location possible
 Fire hydrant system
 Fire Extinguishers
Phosphate slurry (40 to 60 wt%
RE-71001, RE-71002 Toxic release of
solid and 8% HCl)- 19.5 m3/hr,  For spillage, overflow from tank routed to TK-71004,
7 Leaching reaction and RE-71003- 9.5 m HCl, HF gas and
30% HCl-16.55 m3/hr, Filtrate for toxic gas release absorption package provided
above grade possible spill
(18% HCl) - 12.2 m3/hr
 CEMS system provided to measure toxic gas
3,250 Nm3/hr (200 ppm HCl and
8 Absorption package XX-71041 Toxic release  In case of power failure, scrubber circulation pumps
100 ppm HF)
will start on DG
 Fire sprinkler network provided
Barren solvent A – 223 m3/hr, CP-72011, 8.5m above
9 Extraction column circuit A Fire  72-HS-0723, emergency push button provided for
Semi raffinate pump – 55 m3/hr grade
solvent extraction area
Purified Acid B – 14.9 m3/hr, CP-72021, 8.5m above
10 Purification section circuit A Fire  72-HS-0723, emergency push button provided for
Loaded solvent A- 223 m3/hr grade
Purified Acid B – 14.9 m3/hr (0.5% CP-72031, 8.5m above
11 Washing section circuit, A Fire  72-HS-0723, emergency push button provided for
HCl), Loaded solvent A- 223 m3/hr grade
Purified Acid A – 43 m3/hr, Barren Ambient pressure and
12 Extraction column circuit B Fire  72-HS-0723, emergency push button provided for
solvent B- 130 m3/hr 40 to 45 Deg C
HX-73005, TV-  Rupture disc provided for overpressure protection,
Release of toxic
73005A/B, PA-73005, scrubber provided for scrubbing toxic gas
gas, Overpressure
13 Tripple effect evaporation 2,500 m /hr circulation flowrate
3
HX-73015, TV-73015,
in case of vacuum  In case of power failure, scrubber circulation pumps
PA-73015, HX-73025,
pump failure will start on DG
TV-73025, PA-73025
Release of toxic  Rupture disc provided for overpressure protection,
gas, scrubber provided for scrubbing toxic gas
Phosphoric acid (85%) – 2.8 CS-73050, 16 m above
14 Defluorination/ Dechlorination Overpressure in
m3/hr, Steam – 1,000 kg/hr grade  In case of power failure, scrubber circulation pumps
case of vacuum
will start on DG
pump failure

Table 7-33: Details of Other Hazards & Controls

Name of the possible hazard or Its effects on persons, property &
Sr. No. Its source & reasons Place of effect Control measures provided
emergency environment
Ignition Source & Auto The fire hazard is controlled by providing
1 Fire Hazard in Coal yard Loss of material due to fire R.M.H. Area
ignition fire hydrant system
The fire hazard is controlled by providing
2 Coke Yard Ignition Source Loss of material due to fire R.M.H. Area
fire hydrant system
Caustic The fire hazard is controlled by providing

3 Hydrogen gas Compression & Bottling Ignition Source Loss of material due to fire & Explosion fire hydrant system & Flame arrestor
Plant System
Table 7-34: Medical Arrangements

Ambulance van or alternate
First-aid Centre / Ambulance Room/OHC/Hospital
arrangement
In charge Person First Place of No. Facilitie
S. Name & Facilities & Antidotes Nursing Accomm
Name & aidors availabil Of s in the Driver's
No location Address Equipment available Staff odation
Designation available ity Amb. van
Dr. H.J. Jani 6 beds Hospital, O2

(M.B.B.S., 1038, Nirbhaya Nivas Cylinder,
D.I.M.) Meghani Road, 15 Sets of O2 Emergen
Ambawadi, Bhavnagar. Cylinders, cy
Medical Officer Mukesh
Health Gohil Fire medicine Two
centre Mahesh station, s, Drivers
ECG Machine, Hardik round the
1 Opp. Dr. Z M Jethva Available Parmar 6 beds Nr. 2 No. injection
Engg. "Tammanna", 10/B, Glucometer, Patel & clock at
Salim Malik, Health
M.B.B.S, Nutan Bharati Society, Suction m/c, the Health
Office Certificate of Deepak Centre IV Fluid Centre
Opp. Fatima Convent, Stretcher - 1
traning in Dabala &
Ghogha Road, Bhavnagar Audiometer
Industrial Heath with full
Spirometer furnished
Strecher

7.5.3 Off-Site Emergency Plan
Outside Assistance
Fire Fighting Assistance

Apart from our own firefighting arrangements, we can get the help of Bhavnagar Municipal Corporation (BMC) Fire
Station for providing extra fire tender with manpower.
Medical Assistance
Following Seven hospitals are on our panel in Bhavnagar, which treats the victims of our factory on priority
 Jigger Hospital for surgical cases

 Anand Ortho Hospital for orthopedic cases
 Malavia Eye Hospital for ophthalmic cases
 Patel Hospital for general medical treatment
 Shivani E.N.T. Hospital for E.N.T. cases
 Bajrangdas Bapa Hospital
 HCG Hospital for all cases
Apart from the above, medical help for treating the victims may be sought from the Sir T Hospital (Government
Medical College) at Bhavnagar.
External Technical Support
Following organizations / establishments may be contacted for external technical assistance in case of any
emergency:
 Akzo Nobel Engineering BV, The Netherland – for technical know-how

 Jacobs H&G Pvt. Ltd., Navi Mumbai – detailed engineering consultant
 National Institute of Oceanography, Mumbai.
 Central Salt & Marine Chemical Research Institute, Bhavnagar.
 Simens Ltd., Vanijya Bhavan, Rescorse Road, Baroda.
 Invenfis 29, Sarthynagar, Velachery, Chennai.
 Bharat Heavy Electrical Ltd., Ramchandrapuram, Hydrabad-502 032
 D.G.F.A.S.L.I, Center Labour Institute, Sion, Bombay.
 M/s UHDE Germany for technical Know how
 M/s Uhde India Limited, Mumbai – Detailed Engineering
 M/s Betrams Chemical Plants Limited, Switzerland
 M/s Graphite India Limited Nasik, Maharastra
 M/s Burckhardt compression (India) Pvt Ltd, Baroda
 Excel Industries, Bhavnagar.
Contact Telephone Numbers of Govt. Officials / Outside agencies for information and mutual help is provided in
Table 7-35.
Table 7-35: Contact Telephone Numbers of Govt. Officials / Outside agencies
Sr. Name of the Telephone Duty under On/Off Site
Office Address
No. Department/Agency No. Emergency Plan if any
2424814 Fire Brigade, Nr. Nilambag circle,
1 Fire Brigade For Fire and rescue help
2424815 Vitthalvadi, Bhavnagar.
2423250
2 Civil Hospital For Medical help Civil Hospital, Jail road, Bhavnagar.
2510455

Sr. Name of the Telephone Duty under On/Off Site

Office Address
No. Department/Agency No. Emergency Plan if any
Collector & Dist. 2428822 Collector Office, Galaxy Theator,

3 For information and help
Magistrate 2568866 Bhavnagar.
4 Supdt.of Police 2520050 For information and help S.P. Office Navapara, Bhavnagar.
Dy.Supdt.of Police
5 2518091 For information and help D.S.P. Office Navapara, Bhavnagar.
(Administration)
Police Control room, Police Control Room Navapara,
6 2520350 For information and help
Bhavnagar Bhavnagar.
T-8, Bahumali bhavan, Nr. Nilambag
7 Inspector of Factories 2428473 For information and help Circle,
Bhavnagar.
Municipal Corporation For information and help(If Municipal Corporaation OfficeOpp. Galaxy
8 2428628
Commissioner required) Theator, Bhavhagar.
Gujarat Polution Contorl BoardRace
Regional Poll. Control For information and help(If
9 2524108 Course, Ring Road, Nr. IOC Petrol Pump
Board Officer-Rajkot required)
Rajkot - 360 001
State Transport, 2424147 For information and help(If B/H S. T. Bus stope, Opp. Purbat travels,
10
Bhavnagar-region. 2422699 required) Bhavnagar
G.E.B, Dy.
2421913
Engr.,Bhavnagar For information and help(If
11 2522922
Nari Sub-station required)
2540629
Vartej Sub-station
Excel Industries, For information and help (If Excel Industries, Ruvapari Raod,
12 2422542-3
Bhavnagar required) Bhavnagar.
For information and help (If I.O.C. botteling plant, Tagadi, Dist :
13 I.O.C. 2428659
required) Bhavnagar
7.6 SOCIAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT AND R&R ACTION PLANS
The existing & proposed industrial operational activities are within the existing land premises in possession of Nirma
Ltd. No additional land area is to be acquired. Thus, there are no R&R issues for the proposed expansion.

NIRMA LTD. KALATALAV, TALUKA & DISTRICT - BHAVNAGAR, GUJARAT PROJECT BENEFITS
8 PROJECT BENEFITS
8.1 Improvements in the Physical Infrastructure

Nirma have made approach road from Nirma Check post to Kala Talav, which is being used by Narbad & Kala Talav
village. Internal roads of Kala Talav are also upgraded from “kaccha” road to RCC road by Nirma, Bhavnagar.
Regular maintenance of these roads is being carried out and shall be done in future also.
8.2 Improvements in the Social Infrastructure
As a part of CER as mentioned in Chapter 6, Section 6.3.2, Table 6-3, up gradation of school buildings, water
supply systems, hospital / Primary health centres, Anganwadis, skilling centres etc. shall be done by Nirma.
8.3 Employment Potential –Skilled; Semi-Skilled and Unskilled
As already mentioned in Chapter 2, Section 2.9, manpower required during construction phase would be 150
nos. The manpower required during the operation phase of expansion plants would be 100 nos. (direct) & around
700 nos. (indirect - company contracts, shops and small businesses in the vicinity). They may be hired locally. First
preference shall be given to skilled, semi-skilled work force of local community.
8.4 Other Tangible Benefits
 Project has various locational benefits like availability of coal from nearby ports in the region;
 Site is well connected with ports, highway and railway;
 Main raw material for the project is salt, for which Nirma is already having salt pans and it is also readily
available in nearby area;
 There will be increase in some scale businesses like tea stall, catering services/hotels, grocery, confectionery,
sweet marts, cycle shop etc. around the project area.
 Opportunities for transporters of raw materials and finished goods;
 Increasing other business opportunities for local people as there will be scope of hiring vehicle like tractors &
trolleys, bulldozers, JCB, excavators during construction and operation phase of the project.

EIA FOR PROPOSED EXPANSION IN NIRMA CHEMICAL COMPLEX AT VILLAGE - ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT
NIRMA LTD. KALATALAV, TALUKA & DISTRICT - BHAVNAGAR, GUJARAT ANALYSIS
9 ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS
No recommendation of environmental cost benefit analysis was given during scoping stage, hence it is not carried
out.

EIA FOR PROPOSED EXPANSION IN NIRMA CHEMICAL COMPLEX AT VILLAGE - ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT
NIRMA LTD. KALATALAV, TALUKA & DISTRICT - BHAVNAGAR, GUJARAT PLAN (EMP)
10 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (EMP)
Description of the administrative aspects of ensuring that mitigative measures are implemented and their
effectiveness is monitored, after approval of the EIA.
10.1 INTRODUCTION
The EIA study for the proposed project has identified impacts that are likely to arise during different phases of the
project. The study has also examined the extent to which the adverse impacts identified can be controlled through
the adoption of mitigation measures. An EMP, presented in the following sections, describes generic good practice
measures as well as site-specific measures, the implementation of which is aimed at mitigating potential impacts
associated with the proposed activities.
The EMP is prepared with a view to facilitate effective environmental management of the project in general and
implementation of the mitigation measures in particular. The EMP describes a delivery mechanism for implementing
the suggested mitigation measures aimed at addressing the potential adverse impacts and to introduce standards
of good practice to be adopted for all project works. For each stage of the program, the EMP lists all the
administrative aspects necessary to ensure effective implementation of the mitigation measures. It also lists the
parameters which needs to be monitored to ensure effective implementation. The detailed description of the
Environmental Monitoring Program appears in Chapter 6, Section 6.1, Table 6-1.
For each impact or operation, which could otherwise give rise to impact, the following information is presented:
 Role of Nirma and its contractors;

 A comprehensive listing of the mitigation measures (actions) that Nirma will implement;
 The parameters that will be monitored to ensure effective implementation of the action;
 The timing for implementation of the action to ensure that the objectives of mitigation are fully met.
10.2 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN
Administrative aspects for ensuring the proposed mitigation measures for conserving various environment, namely
air, water, soil, ecology & biodiversity are tabulated in Table 10-1 to Table 10-6.

NIRMA LTD. BHAVNAGAR, GUJARAT ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (EMP)
Table 10-1: Environment Management Plan – Air Environment

To ensure that the air emission during site preparation, plant operation, and decommissioning phase is properly managed and
Objective
mitigated to minimize its effect
Benefits of EMP Reduce deterioration of air quality in and around the site, and in turn protecting health of workers and surrounding community
Mitigation measures Implementation Monitoring and Management

Impacting Activities
and Rationale Location Timing Responsibility Monitoring Records Administrative Aspects
Soda Ash Plant Operations

Lime  To ensure Bag filters &
Bag filters in grinding
Grinding scrubbers are ordered
system will be provided.
Lime grinding & operation of Lime Section to comply emission
Kiln Scrubbers and ESP in norms.
Lime Kiln  If monitoring results are
series will be provided
Section exceeding the
with lime kiln. Stack monitoring,
workplace prescribed norms,
Ammonia
Operation of Ammonia Recovery Brine Scrubbers will be monitoring & Monitoring corrective actions to be
Recovery
System provided Once in a AGM – QA & Ambient air quality results (stack taken immediately to
Section
month Environment monitoring by analysis, AAQM make APC equipment
authorized & workplace) work efficiently.
laboratory in and  Compliance reports of
around the site EC to be reviewed 6
Water Scrubber will be Densification monthly.
Densification
provided section  Compliance reports of
CtO/environment audit
report to be reviewed
yearly.
Chlor Alkali Plant Operation
Continuous
Water Scrubbers will be HCl  To ensure that water
Scrubbing of HCl vapors and (OCEMS) & Stack Monitoring by Process vents
provided in HCl Synthesis Synthesis AGM – QA & scrubber & caustic
Absorption of Chlorine in Hypo monthly (stack authorized monitoring
section & Caustic scrubber section & Environment scrubber are working
Tower analysis by laboratory results
in Hypo Plant Hypo Plant properly.
third party)
Co-Generation Plant Operations

Coal, petcoke & limestone Raw material
Coal, petcoke & limestone storage Utility Quantity in (truck
will be stored in closed handling Daily Log sheets -
and stock pilling Department counts) and out
silos area

To ensure that the air emission during site preparation, plant operation, and decommissioning phase is properly managed and
Objective
Benefits of EMP Reduce deterioration of air quality in and around the site, and in turn protecting health of workers and surrounding community

(Boiler operation
hours) from the silo
 To ensure ESP are

ordered to comply
ESP with adequate field emission norms.
will be provided. Adequate Continuous
Stack height will be (OCEMS) & Flue gas stacks  If monitoring results are
Boiler Utility exceeding the
Operations of Boilers & Turbines provided for proper monthly (stack Stack Monitoring monitoring
Section Department prescribed norms,
dispersion. Online meter analysis by results
for PM, SO2 & NOx will be third party) corrective actions to be
provided. taken immediately to
make APC equipment
work efficiently.

Table 10-2: Environment Management Plan – Traffic Management

To ensure that there is smooth traffic both within and outside the facility for the duration of the construction phase and operation
Objective
phase
Benefits of EMP Smooth and congestion free traffic operation

If considerable
Main gate emissions
Speed of truck not to Security Visual Observations
and internal observed -
exceed 30 km/hr Department (speeding trucks)
roads during
Movement of vehicles throughout operations.  To ensure that water
the construction phase and Water sprinkling is done
operational phase Water sprinkling will be Parking area, consumption properly.
done at regular intervals loading / Once a day Transport Ambient air /
Random check
on roads and parking unloading during day time Department Workplace
area. area monitoring
results

Table 10-3: Environment Management Plan – Noise Management

Objective To reduce noise level due to proposed project in workplace and in surrounding areas
Benefits of EMP Noise environment of the area will not be impacted due to proposed project

 To ensure that regular maintenance
is carried out to ensure overall noise
levels does not exceeds the
Acoustic enclosures will be prescribed norms.
built-in with equipment by  If monitoring results are exceeding
Co- Noise level the prescribed norms, corrective
Operations of Boilers & technology provider. Ear Once in a Utility
generation Noise levels monitoring actions to be taken immediately.
Turbines plugs & ear muffs will be month Department
Plant records
provided to workers and  Compliance reports of EC to be
its use shall be ensured. reviewed 6 monthly.
 Compliance reports of
CtO/environment audit report to be
reviewed yearly.

Table 10-4: Environment Management Plan – Water Environment

To ensure that the water environment during site preparation, plant operation, and decommissioning phase is properly managed and mitigated
Objective
to minimize its effect
Benefits of EMP Reduce deterioration of water quality in and around the site, and in turn protecting health of workers, marine life and surrounding community

 Effluent from soda ash
plant will be disposed
off to Malcom creek at
point recommended by  To ensure final disposal to sea is as
NIO. per GPCB norms & NIO's
 Soda ash ETP recommendations and regular
 Proper channelling will Outlet (final Monitoring of pH,
be made for transfer of SS, Ammonical maintenance is carried out to
disposal to ensure proper diffusion takes place.
effluent. sea) & Nitrogen & Flow at
 Effluent from caustic ETP outlet of soda Effluent  If monitoring results are exceeding
Effluent Treatment &  Caustic Soda Once in a AGM – QA & ash and the prescribed norms, corrective
soda plant will be monitoring
disposal ETP Outlet month Environment actions to be taken immediately.
reutilized in Soda ash Flow by online results
(to Soda Ash
plant for brine plant) meter & Camera at  Compliance reports of EC to be
preparation. Caustic soda ETP reviewed 6 monthly.
 ETP (Toilet outlet.
 Sewage will be treated soap) outlet  Compliance reports of
in ETP (Toilet Soap) CtO/environment audit report to be
and shall be reused in reviewed yearly.
gardening after
meeting the GPCB
norms.

Table 10-5: Environment Management Plan – Land / Soil Environment

To ensure that the soil environment during site preparation, plant operation, and decommissioning phase is properly managed and mitigated to
Objective
minimize its effect
Benefits of EMP Reduce deterioration of soil quality in and around the site, and in turn protecting health of workers and surrounding community

Brine sludge will be used Caustic Soda
Once in a AGM – QA & Quantity of brine Log book of  To ensure no brine sludge is being
Brine sludge disposal for strengthening of bunds & Soda ash
month Environment sludge generated brine sludge disposed outside the plant premises.
of salt pans ETP Plant
Hazardous wastes will be
stored in identified area.  Compliance reports of EC to be
Spill control mechanisms reviewed 6 monthly.
AGM – QA &
will be followed in case of
Storage, handling and Hazardous Environment & Monthly patrak and Manifest of  Compliance reports of
any leakages. Generated Once in a
disposal of waste Head – inventory of hazardous CtO/environment audit report to be
hazardous waste will be month
solid/hazardous waste storage yard Commercial hazardous waste waste reviewed yearly.
disposed off as per
Department  To check manifest of hazardous
applicable Hazardous
waste rules, as amended waste annually.
till date.

Table 10-6: Environment Management Plan – Ecology & Biodiversity

To ensure that the ecological environment during site preparation, plant operation, and decommissioning phase is properly managed and
Objective
Benefits of EMP Reduce deterioration of ecological quality in and around the site, and in turn protecting health of workers and surrounding community

Laying of  To ensure effluent discharge line is

pipeline/strengthening of laid down as recommended by NIO.
trestles in Malcom Creek It will be ensured that Photographic  Redevelopment of mangroves is
AGM – QA &
disposal line & mangroves if cut, shall be Near Malcom evidences of carried out as per CRZ
Environment & Area of Mangroves
Construction of redeveloped in the same & Sonarai One time cutting and recommendations.
Head – Civil development patch
additional Raw water area as recommended by creek redevelopment  Compliance of CRZ
Department
(sea) intake station next NIO. (if any) recommendations along with EC
to existing Gundala conditions will be submitted
Station, Sonarai Creek regularly.
Startup and shutdown
activities including
washing of process
equipment, pipeline, 33% of greenbelt will be AGM – QA & Survival rate and  To ensure based on the survival
Entire Photographs of
tanks etc., Venting in developed in plant Annually Environment & new trees planted rate, 33% of greenbelt is
project site tree plantation
case of pressurized premises. Head – ADM each year maintained on site.
operation or Vessel,
Sludge removal, storage
and disposal.

10.3 SOCIAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

The social management plan proposes to improve the quality of life of inhabitants of potentially affected villages
directly.
The goal is “a pollution free area with improved quality of life and empowered community “ and the three key
pillars on which this would be developed are – social, health, infrastructure improvements with efforts on minimal
disruptions present life style and any ensuing negative impacts.
Social – Awareness on project benefits, gender empowerment, increases livelihood opportunities during
implementation of technical and social remediation plans and generating community participation.
Health - Awareness on health, hygiene, environmental sanitation and generic issues related to improving quality of
life with specific emphasis on potable drinking water, HIV/AIDS/STI mitigation).
Infrastructure - Developing prioritized infrastructure facilities which are related to the continuum of project
benefits to the local communities and area as a whole.
10.3.1 Implementation Arrangement
The social management plan and its activities will be implemented by NGO under the close supervision and
monitoring of the CSR division of the company or any consultant appointed by the company.
10.3.2 Monitoring and Evaluation
Two time (Mid-term and after completion of the work) monitoring will be done by the third party appointed by the
company.
10.3.3 Grievance Redressal Mechanism
A grievance is indignation from a feeling of having been wronged. Attempts will be made to solve all grievances at
the community level with the help of village level committee. Any remaining grievances would be taken up to CSR
division of the company for resolution. Grievance Redressal Group (GRG) will be formed before the Contractor for
development work is appointed.
10.4 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT CELL
Nirma is having environment management cell headed by a senior manager supported by managers and other
supporting staff which shall perform the following functions:
 Achieve objectives of the ‘Environment Protection Policy’ of the management;

 Collect information from regular monitoring and create a database;
 Analyze the data and decide thrust area;
 Based on the data collected, decide target for each thrust area;
 Carry out ‘Projects’ in each thrust area to arrive at practical solutions to environmental problems;
 Discuss the reports of study on environment and disseminate the information;
 Work out ‘Action plan’ for implementation of the recommendations made in the reports;
 Prepare Management Information System (MIS) reports and budget for environment management program.
10.4.1 Environment Policy
Environment Health & Safety policy approved by Occupier & EHS director is attached as Annexure 25.
10.4.2 Environment Management Cell
Hierarchy of Environment Management Cell of Nirma, Bhavnagar Unit is shown in Figure 10-1.

10.4.3 Reporting mechanism of Non-Compliance / Violations of Environmental Norms
Reporting mechanism of Non-Compliance / Violations of Environmental Norms to the Board of Directors is given in
Figure 10-2.
Figure 10-1: Hierarchy of Environment Management Cell – Nirma, Bhavnagar

Figure 10-2: Reporting Mechanism

NIRMA LTD. KALATALAV, TALUKA & DISTRICT - BHAVNAGAR, GUJARAT SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION
11 SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION
This will constitute the summary of the EIA Report and
 Overall justification for implementation of the project and

 Explanation of how, adverse effects have been mitigated
11.1 PROJECT DESCRIPTION
Nirma Limited is one of the leading soda ash producing companies in India. Nirma has more than 20 years of
operating experience. The turnover of the company is ~INR 10,000 Crores. The group has integrated backwards for
the production of detergents and toilet soaps by establishing industrial chemical manufacturing facilities of Linear
Alkyl Benzene, Alfa Olefin Sulphate, Soda Ash (light and dense), Caustic Soda, Cogeneration Plant, industrial salt
and consumer salt to facilitate quality production of their consumer products. Additionally, the unit is also
developing manufacturing facility for Phosphoric Acid (Food Grade), Refined Sodium Bicarbonate and Calcium
Chloride.
Nirma has received Environmental Clearances from MoEF&CC, New Delhi as tabulated in Table 11-1.
Table 11-1: Details of Previous Environmental Clearances

S. No. Letter No. Dated
1 J-11011/369/2014-IA II (I) 10th March, 2017
2 J-11011/423/2010-IA-II(I) 8th August, 2014
3 J-11011/456/2007-IA-II(I) 24th June, 2008
Nirma Limited is hereby proposing for expansion of their existing production plant capacities of soda ash, caustic
soda & cogeneration plant at Village - Kalatalav, Taluka & District - Bhavnagar, Gujarat.
The project is classified as Category “A” project. As per the EIA notification dated 14th September, 2006, as
amended till date, the proposed project falls in Project / Activity: 4(d), 4(e) & 1(d).
11.1.1 Proposed Project
Plot area of the proposed project consists of 22,49,458 m2 out of which expansion will take place in 4,00,824 m2 of
existing land. The proposed project cost is estimated to be around INR 1,320 Crore.
Production capacities for the products in which expansion is proposed are provided in Table 11-2.
Table 11-2: Production Capacities for the Products in which Expansion is Proposed

End Use
Soda Ash Plant (Area = 2,61,548.33 m2)
Used as a water softener, in detergents which
helps remove grease, oil and stains. Used as
Light Soda Ash
1 497-19-8 2,800 1,500 4,300 ingredient in the manufacture of dyes and
Plant
colouring agents, synthetic detergents,
Silicates and fertilizers.
Dense Soda Used as raw material for manufacture of glass,
2 497-19-8 1,800 600 2,400
Ash* silicate & precipitated silica
* Dense Soda Ash is conversion of Light Soda Ash
Caustic Soda Plant (Area = 2,88,945.55 m2)
Caustic Soda Used in manufacture of Pulp & Paper, Alumina,
1 1310-73-2 750 250 1,000
(100%) Soap & Detergents, Petroleum products, water


End Use
treatment, food, textiles, metal processing &
mining
Used in manufacture of batteries, photoflash
Hydrochloric
2 7647-01-0 280 220 500 bulbs, fireworks, in process sugar & gelatine,
Acid (100%)
Caustic Soda Plant – By Products
Used as an antiseptic and is used to make
drinking water safe and to treat swimming
pools. Large amounts of chlorine are used in
Chlorine Gas
1 7782-50-5 665.2 220.8 886 many industrial processes, such as in
(100%)
the production of paper products, plastics,
dyes, textiles, medicines, antiseptics,
insecticides, solvents and paints
Used to make ammonia for agricultural
fertiliser (the Haber process) and cyclohexane
Hydrogen and methanol, which are intermediates in
2 1333-74-0 18.75 6.25 25
(100%) the production of plastics and pharmaceuticals.
It is also used to remove sulfur from fuels
during the oil-refining process
Used in bleaching, cleaning, disinfection,
Sodium Hypo
3 7681-52-9 12 3 15 deodourizing, waste water treatment, nerve
Chlorite (100%)
agent neutralization, reduction of skin damage
Co-Generation Plant (Area = 69,100 m2)
Cogeneration 197.18 152.82
1 -- 350 MW Captive usage (Not for sale)
Plant MW MW
11.1.2 Utilities
Sea Water Intake
Pumping stations for sea water intake are located at Gundala, New Gundala, Narbad and Jaswantpara. Infratructure
like water pumping station is situated in highly dynamic marine environment. Hence, these marine facilities will be
regularly monitored for structural damage and maintained for proper functioning. New installation will be done after
necessary strengthening work for intake water pumping station.
For the proposed project, utilities & fuel required are provided in Table 11-3 & Table 11-4.
Table 11-3: List of Existing & Proposed Utilities

S. Unit of
Name of Utility Existing Proposed Total Source
No. Measurement
1 Power MW 197.18 152.82 350
Sea Water (after
3 KLD 14 x 105 3.6 x 105 17.6 x 105 Sonarai Creek, near village Gundala
recycle)
Table 11-4: Details of Fuel required for Existing & Proposed Project
S. Existing/
Stack Attached to Fuel & its Consumption
No. Proposed
Soda Ash Plant
Lignite-71 MT/hr &/or Coal-50 MT/hr &/or Pet coke-50
1 Boiler - A, B, C & D (100 TPH Each) Existing
MT/hr
DG Set (1,000 KVA)
2 Existing HSD-8.6 Litres/Min
2 No.

S. Existing/
Stack Attached to Fuel & its Consumption
No. Proposed
3 DG Set (2,000 KVA) Proposed HSD- 400 KL/Month
Caustic Soda & Co-generation Plant

1 Boiler - E (200 TPH) Existing
MT/hr &/or LDO (for starting of CFBC boiler)- 54.8 KL/Year
As per EC 2014 Boiler - F (200 TPH) – Lignite-55 MT/hr &/or Coal-55 MT/hr &/or LDO (for starting
2 Existing
Not Installed Yet of CFBC boiler)- 54.8 KL/Year
As per EC 2017 Boiler - G & H (350 TPH Lignite-135 MT/hr &/or Coal-15 MT/hr &/or Pet coke-70
3 each ) – Installed One boiler having Existing MT/hr
capacity 410 TPH LDO (for starting of CFBC boiler)- 100 KL/Year
4 DG Set (1,000 KVA) Existing HSD-144 KL/Month
5 DG Set (1,500 KVA) Existing
HSD-440 KL/Month
6 DG Set (1,500 KVA) Existing
7 DG Set (1,850 KVA) Proposed HSD-340 KL/Month

8 Boiler-I & J (410 TPH + 130 TPH)* Proposed MT/hr
LDO (for starting of CFBC boiler)- 163 KL/Year
Toilet Soap Plant

Thermic Fluid Heaters- 10,00,000
1 Existing FO-360 kg/hr
Kcal/hr (3 Nos.)
1 Furnace (Calcium Chloride) Existing Coal-75 TPD
* Capacity of proposed boilers may vary however total proposed capacity of steam generation will remain same as
540 TPH
11.1.3 Manpower
Existing manpower employed at the operational site is 1,630 nos. Manpower required during construction phase
would be 150 nos. The manpower required during the operation phase of expansion plants would be 100 nos.
(Direct) & around 700 nos (indirect - company contracts, shops and small businesses in the vicinity).
They may be hired locally. First preference shall be given to skilled, semi-skilled work force of local community.
Thus, the total manpower during full operation phase of Nirma-Kalatalav complex will be approximately 1,730 nos.
11.1.4 Air Emissions
 Point Source Emissions: SPM, SO2 & NOx from flue gas stacks attached to boilers & DG set. SPM, SO2, NOx,
Ammonia, HCl & Cl2 from other process stacks/vents;
 Line Source Emissions: SPM, CO, HC & NOx from additional 460 vehicles (400 trucks/tankers, 20 buses, 10
cars & 30 two wheeler) per day is anticipated on SH - 6 connecting Site with Bhavnagar & Ahmedabad, via
Kalatalav Narbad Road.
11.1.5 Noise Sources
Noise generation sources are the heavy machinery like DG Set, Compressors, Boiler, Coal Mill, Turbine, Pumps,
Cooling Tower, Chiller, Lime Kiln, Lime grinding system etc. & vehicular movement for transportation of raw
materials and Products.

11.1.6 Waste Water Generation & Disposal
Plant wise effluent treatment procedure and its disposal/utilization is given in Table 2-30.
Table 11-5: Plant wise Effluent treatment procedure and disposal/utilization

Existing Effluent Proposed Disposal / Utilization
S. No. Plant Description
Disposal/Utilization after expansion
The treated effluent of soda ash
plant (clear liquor) is being
utilized in the existing solar salt
works to enhance the recovery
of additional salt and gypsum
and there is no effluent
discharge from the said plant.
Treatment will be done in settling
However as & when needed,
pond followed by disposal at
Process Effluent treated effluent conforming to
the GPCB norms can be disposed
recommendation of NIO.
1 Soda Ash Plant into the Malcolm Channel at a
recommendation of NIO after pH
neutralization. Nirma has
permission to discharge 12,000
m3/day soda ash treated effluent
in the Malcolm channel.
Once through Utilized in existing salt works for
through return sea water shall be
return sea water salt production and utilization of
disposed at designated point as
(cooling) heat content.
Utilized for brine preparation in Will be utilized in Soda Ash Plant
Process Effluent
Soda Ash Plant. for Brine Preparation
2 Caustic Soda Plant Additional blow down will also be

Cooling tower Utilized in existing salt works for utilized in existing salt works for
Blow down salt production. salt production as per the present
practices.
Boiler blow down Recycled in RO-DM Plant. Will be recycled in RO-DM Plant.
3 Co-generation Plant Once through
Utilized in existing salt works for through return sea water shall be
return sea water
salt production disposed at designated point as
(Cooling)
Final Effluent Discharge
Existing
In existing scenario, soda ash process effluent is taken into series of settling ponds for separation of suspended
solids. Out of this, 12 MLD after meeting GPCB discharge norms, is being disposed into the Malcom Channel at
21°50’36.36” N, 72°15’27.06” E, in line with CSIR-NIO recommendations and CRZ clearance granted. The balanced
18 MLD treated wastewater is recirculated to the salt works.
Presently, 13.5 MLD bittern is generated from the salt works which is sent to Bromine plant and de-brominated bittern
is being disposed at a controlled rate of 6 MLD in Bhavnagar Creek, as per CRZ clearance at a point suggested by
CSIR-NIO at location 21°49’39” N and 72°11’44” E and balance is being recycled in salt works.
After Expansion
After expansion, ~60 MLD process effluent is proposed to be discharged after settling into the Malcom Channel at
points in line with CSIR-NIO recommendations:
 12 MLD at present disposal point located at 21°50'36.18"N & 72°15'27.033"E.

 48 MLD at the end of an existing trestle, located at 21°50'33.52"N & 72°15'22.45"E.

823 MLD effluent from once through cooling sea water will be generated. It will be discharged into Bhavnagar
Creek via open channel as per:
 Except Monsoon: ~ 600 MLD will be recycled in salt works and balance ~223 MLD will be disposed.
 During Monsoon: 823 MLD.
11.1.7 Hazardous & Other Solid Waste
The following hazardous/solid wastes will be generated due to proposed expansion:
 Hazardous Waste: Used/Spent Oil, Spent ion exchange resins, Discarded drums & containers, Inorganic Acid
(Spent Sulphuric Acid – 80%);
 Non-Hazardous Waste: Brine Sludge, Fly ash/ Bottom ash, Settling Pond Sludge, Lime stone rejects /under
size;
 Small amounts of e-waste and scrap.
These will be managed as per the applicable Rules, mainly, Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling, Storage and
Transboundary) Rules 2016, and Fly Ash Notification, 2016 as amended till date.
11.2 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT
11.2.1 Study Period, Area & Monitoring/Sampling Locations
Baseline monitoring study and surveys of the study area have been carried out in Post Monsoon, 2017 within 10 Km
radius of the project site.
Air monitoring was carried out at 9 locations. Noise measurement was carried out at 8 locations. Surface water
samples from 5 locations, ground water samples from 3 locations (all Borewells) and soil samples from 6 locations
were collected and analysed.
11.2.2 Land Use and Land Cover
Land use of study area is classified as Agricultural land (~ 6.28%), Vegetation cover (~13.97%), Built-up Land &
Habitation (~ 4.66%), Water bodies (~ 5.99%) & Waste land (~ 34.96%), others (~ 34.14).
11.2.3 Meteorology
As per the long-term climatological tables (1961-1976) published by Indian Meteorological Department (IMD) for
Bhavnagar (Station ID: 42838), during post monsoon season, temperature ranges from 15 – 35.1°C, in morning &
evening relative humidity ranges 56 – 64 % and 35 – 42 % respectively, average wind speed was recorded as 2.5
m/sec and the predominant wind direction was recorded to be blowing from NW & NE direction (22.0%).
Site specific meteorological data was collected at project site, near salt works. Average temperature were recorded
as 26.9°C. Average relative humidity was 48.0 %. Average wind speed was 0.89 m/sec & predominant wind
direction was from NNW (~9.5%) followed by NNE (7.5 %). Calm wind contributed to about 33.15%.
11.2.4 Ambient Air Quality
The broad findings of the ambient air quality monitoring are:
 At various locations, average concentration of PM10 was observed to be varying from 83 µg/m3 to 88 µg/m3
which is within NAAQS by CPCB. But, it is also noted that maximum PM10 values have exceeded NAAQS at Time
office, Narbad village, P4 pumping station & at Bhavnagar salt works which could be due to vehicular
movement on nearby roads, due to strong winds near sea coast area;
 An average concentration of PM2.5 levels was observed to be in range of 21 to 29 µg/m3 which is well within
NAAQS by CPCB;

 The average concentration of SO2 (8.5 – 12.2 µg/m3), NOx (7.1 – 11.8 µg/m3), Cl2 (1.8 – 3.6 µg/m3) & CO
(1.08 – 1.32 mg/m3) are within permissible limits as prescribed by CPCB;
 The average concentration of HCs (Total) is recorded in the range of 1,186 µg/m3 to 1,316 µg/m3;
 Average concentration of HC & Mercury was found below detectable limits of 1.0 µg/m3 at all locations;
 Average concentration of NH3 was found below detectable limits of 10.0 µg/m3 at all locations.
11.2.5 Noise Levels
Noise level varied from 52.2 dB (at Narbad Village) to 74.2 dB (At Project Site) during day time and 43.2 dB (at
Narbad Village) to 70.4 dB (At Project Site) during night time.
Noise level at project site during night time was slightly higher than the CPCB standards which could be to due to
construction activities of plant expansion (for which EC is obtained recently).
11.2.6 Water Quality
Surface water (Pond)
 TDS and electric conductivity are high at Kalatalav, Narbad & Port Road Pond due to salinity ingress because of
nearby coastal area.
 Hardness is high at all locations and chloride found high at locations except Gangajalia pond due to saline area.
 DO observed less at all locations and BOD is high at all location except Gangajalia pond it may due to some
accidental discharge of other effluents/sewage water into the pond.
Based on analysis results and observations the quality of ponds can be compared with Class E as per classification
of inland surface water standard and water can be used for Irrigation and Industrial Cooling.
Ground water
The area in the close proximity of sea. The aquifer comprises of saline water containing high TDS. The wells located
near the surface water bodies are only yielding relatively good quality water. TDS, Chloride & Sulphate are in higher
concentration which is due to saline coastal belt formation.
11.2.7 Soil Quality
It is observed that at different locations:
 Porosity is in the range from 49 to 58 % and WHC varied from 35 to 78.5 % which is due to sandy loam to clay
loam texture of soils;
 Permeability is in the range from 1.05 to 8.35 mm/hr;
 Soil texture were either Clay Loam, Loam or Sandy Loam;
 Cation Exchange capacity is in the range from 17.2 to 30.4 meq/100gm;
 EC is in the range from 0.215 to 1.908 dS/m which indicates soil is saline in nature;
 Exchangeable sodium is <15.0, which indicates soil is non-sodic;
 pH ranged from 7.12 to 8.05, which indicates that soil are neutral (<7.8) to slightly alkaline;
 Among water soluble cations predominance of sodium was seen followed by Ca, Mg & K.
Soil Fertility data indicate that soil is
 Low in nitrogen (OC<0.50%);

 Medium (28-56 kg P2O5/ha) to high (>56 kg P2O5/ha) in phosphorus; and
 Low (<140 kg K2O/ha) to medium (140-280 kg K2O/ha) in potassium
Study are covers mainly saline soil which is due to ingress of sea water and closeness of Bay of Cambay.

11.2.8 Biological Environment
There is no National Park, Wildlife Sanctuary, etc. exists within 10 km radius of project area. Protected forest area
is present in the Madhiya Village which is dominated by Prosopis juliflora, which comes under study area.
Blackbuck national park, Velavadar situated around 15 km far from project area.
Four reserve forest are available near the study area but not existed within 10 km radius of the project area.
Namely Rajgadh reserved forest, Mevasa reserved forest, Ganeshgadh Un-class forest and Savainagar reserved
forest.
Mangroves patches are present within 10 km radius of the study area.
Flora
Buffer zone has been reported as general vegetation cover of the project stretch is sparse with patches of
vegetation dominated by Prosopia juliflora followed by Calotropis giganeia, Casia holoserica, Cyperus arenarius,
Melia azadarch. Tree species observed in the study area belong to 3 families, herbaceous species belongs to 15
families. The climbers and twiners were observed along the agricultural hedges and road side hedges of the study
area. Among the enumerated flora in the study area, no rare and endangered flora was observed.
Fauna
The vast coastal plain from Khambhat to Bhavnagar is locally known as “Bhal” region, the Black Buck National Park,
Velavadar. During the field survey, wild animals were recorded by direct observation as well as indirect evidences of
Nilgai, Black Buck etc and the details of the same are given in below.
Mammals: Most common mammals which, observed in the study area were Black Buck, Fox, Jackal, Mongoose,
Nilgai, Wild Boar, Wolf etc.
Reptiles: Amongst the reptiles Common Garden lizard, Monitor lizard and Sea Snake were most important species.
Avifauna: Important avifauna of the study area were African open bill Stork, Black Drongo, Brown Crane, Clapper
rail, Common crane, Crane, Sarus Crane, Cuckoo, Eagle, Flamingo, Indian House Crow, Kite, Lesser Adjutant Stork,
Red Wattled Lapwing and Myna.
11.2.9 Socio-Economic Environment
The summary of the social survey for the study area is provided below:
 Population: There are 6 habitations, with total population of 6,15,866 persons and 1,28,231 households;
 Gender Ratio: 919 females per 1,000 males;
 Literacy Level: male literacy is 79.62 % and female literacy is 70.24 % of total population;
 Educational Facilities: Primary schools in all villages in study area are available;
 Medical facilities: There are no medical facilities in any of the villages in the study area;
 Drinking water: Main source of drinking water is tap water. Nirma is also supplying water through tankers;
 Communication facility: Landline phones, Mobile Phones & Internet facility is available in the study area;
 Transportation Facility: Bus services and Auto rickshaw services are available in the study area.
Major issues in the communities were inadequate supply of drinking water, sanitation, unemployment & poor
infrastructure.

11.3 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES
11.3.1 Air Environment
Dispersion modelling (using “AERMOD” modelling software) was carried out for point and line sources. This
indicates:
 Maximum predicted GLCs at nearest habitation (i.e. Narmad village which is ~2.0 km in NNW direction from
site) are PM10 (87.7 µg/m3), SO2 (28.2 µg/m3), NOx (18.5 µg/m3), HCl (0.02 µg/m3), Cl2 (3.007 µg/m3), NH3
(0.07 µg/m3), CO (1,292.57 µg/m3) & HC (1,204.89 µg/m3), which are well within the specified norms;
 It is also noted that average incremental GLC’s at all villages will continue to be well within specified norms of
CPCB for ambient air quality.
Mitigation Measures for Air Quality Impacts:
 Adequate stack height will be provided to boilers, lime kilns, Lime grinding system, calcination vessel &
densification unit.
 High efficient ESPs will be provided, lime stone dosing will be done with blended coal & pet coke.
 APC like DM Water & Caustic Scrubbers will be provided;
 Effective water spraying will be done on the access roads to control re-entrained dust during dry season (if
required);
 Proper operating procedures will be followed during startup and shutdown;
 Proper PPE like dust masks will be provided to workers and its use ensured;
 Regular Work place monitoring will be done.
11.3.2 Traffic
Based on the traffic survey conducted on Kalatalav - Nirma Plant road, it is noted:
 Average peak hourly traffic is 252 and 294 PCU respectively;

 From the proposed project, additional 146 PCU’s per hour will be added on both roads (considering worst case
of all trucks traveling in each road);
 Thus, the maximum PCU on the road will be 440 PCU (SH – 6).
 As per IRC, carrying capacity of this approach road, which is a 2-Lane (Two way) Collector Road is 900 PCU.
 Thus, existing road is capable of carting additional traffic.
To ensure smooth traffic movement in the plant, proper in and out movement will be ensured. PUC certified
vehicles, covered with tarpaulins, will be used.
11.3.3 Noise Environment
The sound pressure levels were predicted using “Soundplan” modelling software. This indicates:
 Maximum increase of 0.0 to 0.1 dB during the night time is expected;

 It is also noted that incremental noise at all villages will continue to be well within specified norms of CPCB.
Mitigation Measures for noise related impacts:
 Ear plugs & ear muffs will be provided to workers working in high noise sections and its use shall be ensured;
 Acoustic enclosures will be built-in with equipment by technology provider.
 Imposing speed limits on transportation vehicles near village habitations.
11.3.4 Water Environment
No withdrawal of groundwater is proposed in the project. Hence, ground water will not be impacted. Following
mitigation measures will be implemented to minimize the impact on the water environment:

 During construction phase, sewage will be disposed into soak pit and septic tank. Regular cleaning will be
carried out.
 Treated water from caustic soda plant will be recycled and reused in soda ash process make up and utilities.
 Properly designed effluent drains will be provided & inflow will be diverted to ETP for necessary treatment.
 Proper operation and maintenance of effluent treatment plant will be done to ensure meeting specified disposal
standards.
 ETP sludge will be disposed properly as per norms.
 Drip irrigation system will be proposed for greenbelt development to reduce fresh water demand.
 Process, chemical fuel storage and handling area will have proper bunds and dyke walls as applicable so that
contaminated run-off cannot meet the storm-water line. In case of leakage, leaked fuel/chemical shall be
immediately transferred to the spare tank;
 Use of PPE’s during the collection, storage, handling and treatment of liquid waste.
 Rainwater harvesting shall be continued in existing structures.
The overall impact on surface water quality will be negligible by following all precautionary measures as mentioned
in mitigation measures.
11.3.5 Land Environment
Since, no additional land is being purchased / acquired for the proposed project, there will not be any change in
landuse due to the proposed project.
Following mitigation measures will be implemented to minimize the impact on the land environment:
 Approved and standard designs will be procured from well-established technology suppliers to meet
environmental standards;
 Brine sludge will be used for strengthening of bunds of salt pans;
 Trucks carrying coal will be covered with tarpaulin sheet;
 Storage area with proper flooring will be ensured;
 Hazardous wastes will be stored in identified area. Spill control mechanisms will be followed in case of any
leakages. Generated hazardous waste will be disposed off as per applicable Hazardous waste rules, as
amended till date;
 Aesthetics of the nearby area will be become better;
 Proper flooring in the process area will be ensured;
 All the safety measures related to production, compression & storage of chlorine will be in place;
 It will be ensured that all proper care is taken to avoid any leaching. If by any chance soil gets contaminated. It
will be remediated.
Consequently impacts on land and soil will be negligible.
11.3.6 Biological Environment
Removal of common site specific floral species from barren land of project site will not have significant or
permanent impact on the habitat structure of associated faunal diversity.
Greenbelt Development
Since the project is expansion, the greenbelt with various species is already developed. In the existing premises,
green area of 4,59,031 m2 (20.5 % of total plot area) is already developed which includes around 1,43,804 trees.
Additional around 2,83,290 m2 (12.5%) has been allotted for greenbelt development within existing site boundary.
Total 7,42,321 m2 (33%) of greenbelt area shall be developed. Due to saline nature of land and harsh climatic
conditions in the region, survival rate of plant species is very low.
Nirma has undertaken mangrove plantation programme in a phased manner along the coastal boundary. Nirma has
already planted mangroves in 128 ha. (316 acres) in consultation with District Forest Department against 50 acres

as directed by MoEF/DoEF in the vicinity of seawater intake system and effluent disposal system. The plantation of
mangroves shall continue in future also as per directions received from competent authority.
11.3.7 Socio-Economic Environment
While assessing the socio-economic and sociological impact including health impacts to surrounding population, it is
estimated that the upcoming project will bring job opportunities for the local people as already mentioned in
Section 11.1.3.
11.4 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM

Expenditure to be incurred by Nirma Ltd. on environmental monitoring and management shall include capital cost
of ~ INR 63.5 Lacs and ~ INR 15.97 Lacs recurring cost (annually). Various environmental parameters to be
monitored are tabulated in Table 11-6.
Table 11-6: Post EC Environment Monitoring Plan

S. Environmental Component /
Frequency of monitoring Location
No. Parameter
1) Boiler stack (SPM, SO2 & NOx)
1 CEMS – Stack Online
2) HCl Synthesis Unit - 5 (HCl & Cl2)
2 PM, SO2, NOx – Flue gas stack Monthly Boiler, Lime Kiln & DG Set Stacks
PM10, PM2.5, SO2 , NOx, Ammonia, HCl Process stacks of soda ash plant &
3 Monthly
& Cl2 – Process gas stacks caustic plant
4 CEMS – AAQM (PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx) Online Plant Gate & Caustic Plant
Soda Ash Plant, HCl plant, Cl2 filling &
5 Ammonia, HCl & Cl2 As per Factories Rules
storage area
Eight locations within Main Plants and
6 Noise levels Monthly
Utilities Area
Quantity of water consumed in various
7 activities and waste water generated Daily Main Intake and final discharge point
from various areas of plants
8 Temperature, pH, TSS & TDS Once in a month At outlet of soda ash ETP to deep sea
9 SS, COD, BOD, Ammonical Nitrogen Once in month At ETP outlet (Toilet soap)
10 Quantity of Fly Ash Generated Monthly Ash Silo
11 Quantity of Brine Sludge Generated Monthly Brine sludge storage area
12 Soil analysis for EC, pH and ESP Once a Season / Before plantation At Site
13 Tree Counts Yearly Within plant premises
11.4.1 Corporate Environmental Responsibilities (CER)
Based on the need of the community and proper assessment, Nirma will do socio-economic development activities
towards community welfare in the field of Education, Drinking Water Supply, Sanitation, Primary Health Care,
Infrastructure Facilities, and Plantation in Community in the study area.
As per office memorandum dated 01st May, 2018 of MoEF&CC, CER budget of INR 3.3 crores i.e. 0.25% of project
cost INR 1,320 crores has been earmarked towards community development program in the study area. Activities
based on the yearly need based assessment will be taken up.

11.5 ADDITIONAL STUDIES
11.5.1 Risk & Hazards
Based on all the chemicals handled at site, important chemicals were selected for maximum credible loss scenarios.
The maximum distance affected due to Radiation level, Overpressure effect and Toxic Dispersion effect for these
chemicals are given in Table 11-7.
Table 11-7: Summary – Maximum Effective Distances (Consequence Analysis)

Effect Distance in Meters
At Radiation At Radiation Consequence Consequence
Chemical Scenario
level 4 level 37.5 At Toxic Level Zone Acceptability
Kw/m2 Kw/m2
Normal Condition
(5 mm Leak)
Ammonia
Worst case (25
mm Leak)
Normal Condition
(25 mm Leak)
LDO Worst case
Rupture)
Normal Condition
(25 mm Leak)
HSD Worst case
Rupture)
Normal Condition
(5 mm Leak)
Bromine
Worst case (25 Slightly outside
- - 2,307 @ 2.5/E Not Acceptable
mm leak) plant boundary
Normal Condition
(5 mm Leak)
Chlorine
Bullet Worst case
Slightly outside
(Catastrophic - - 3,167 @ 2.5/E Not Acceptable
plant boundary
Rupture)
Normal Condition
(5 mm Leak)
Chlorine
Tonner Worst case
(Catastrophic - - 445 @ 2.5/E Within the Site Acceptable
Rupture)
It is noted that for few scenarios, the effective distance lies in offsite region. Thus, individual and societal risk
assessment was carried out. The summary of the same is as follows:
Individual Risk Assessment

The risk to the member of the public from the raw material storage System at Kalatalav is within 1.0E-06 per year
which is in ‘Acceptable’ region.
Societal Risk Assessment

As per HSE, UK (Existing Hazardous Industry) it is Acceptable.

11.6 PROJECT BENEFITS
 Employment potential for semi-skilled and unskilled workers will be generated during the construction phase
and indirect employment opportunities for transporters of coal and limestone during the operational phase.
 Project has various locational benefits like availability of coal from nearby ports in the region;
 Main raw material for the project is salt, for which Nirma is already having salt pans and it is also readily
available in nearby area;
 There will be increase in some scale businesses like tea stall, catering services/hotels, grocery, confectionery,
sweet marts, cycle shop etc. around the project area.
 Opportunities for transporters of raw materials and finished goods;
 Increasing other business opportunities for local people as there will be scope of hiring vehicle like tractors &
trolleys, bulldozers, JCB, excavators during construction and operation phase of the project.
11.7 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN
Environmental Monitoring Plan for suggested mitigation measures and monitoring plan will include:
 Review of Compliance of EMP, EC & statutory conditions in the management meeting;

 Preparation and timely submission of required statutory reports;
 Proper hazardous waste inventory accounting by HSE department;
 Monitoring for reduction in air emissions, effluent generation, generation of hazardous waste quantity by
concerned department heads as per QMS to be developed by Nirma Ltd;
 Reviewing time bound action plan for imparting training to drivers and availability of TREM cards;
 Reviewing annual performance of EHS in board meeting.
An Environmental Management Cell with adequate professional expertise and resources shall be established to
discharge responsibilities related to environmental management including statutory compliance, pollution
prevention, environmental monitoring, etc.
11.8 CONCLUSION
Based on the EIA study conducted in Post-Monsoon Season of 2017 and as per terms of reference given by
MoEF&CC, Delhi the following highlight emerges:
 Project has various locational benefits like availability of fuel & other raw materials from nearby region;
 There is no applicability of General Conditions, as per EIA Notification, to the project;
 Safety and environmental norms will be followed;
 Provision of air pollution control equipment, management of hazardous waste, will lead to minimum adverse
environmental impacts;
 The project shall generate employment potential for skilled, semiskilled, unskilled people during construction &
operation phase.
In view of this, the project may be considered for grant of Environmental & CRZ Clearance.

NIRMA LTD. KALATALAV, TALUKA & DISTRICT - BHAVNAGAR, GUJARAT DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS
12 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS
Nirma, has appointed Kadam Environmental Consultants (Kadam) for carrying out this Environmental Impact
Assessment Study as per the EIA notification, 2006 as amended till date.
12.1 BRIEF RESUME AND NATURE OF CONSULTANCY (KADAM)
Kadam is accredited EIA Consultant organization by NABET, Quality Council of India under EIA accreditation
scheme as per mandatory requirement of the MOEFCC, Govt. of India for carrying out Environmental Impact
Assessment studies.
Kadam have been accredited by NABET as an Accredited Consultant Organization since 25-05-2010 till date without
a break. The time period for all activities of this EIA study was fully covered with NABET Accreditation issued on 28-
03-2017 and valid up to 26-05-2019. Validity of the same was extended upto 29-10-2019 by NABET vide their letter
reference QCI/NABET/EIA/ACO/19/0961 dated 15th April, 2019. Further Kadam has received revised certificate from
NABET issued on 05-08-2019 and valid upto 25-05-2022, vide certificate number NABET/EIA/1922/RA 0138.
Certificates & letters from NABET are attached in Annexure 28.
Kadam Environmental Consultants (KEC) was established in 1981 and has four decades of varied experience in the
field of environment. The mission of the company is to provide sustainable solutions in the field of Environmental
Consultancy and allied fields with the firm belief on “Environment for Development”.
Headquartered at Vadodara, India, Kadam group of companies (including Kadam Pollution Control Pvt. Ltd. and
Kadam Enviro Projects LLP in addition to Kadam Environmental Consultants), have a total office and site staff
strength of ~350 persons covering the entire gamut of specializations in the Environment, Health and Safety
spheres.
KEC has been servicing its clients, including several multinationals, government institutions, public and private
sector Indian enterprises across several sectors for four decades, now.
KEC is certified to ISO 9001:2015 and OHSAS 18001:2007 by BSI. KEC has been recognized as Environmental
Auditors with Gujarat Pollution Control Board (GPCB) since inception of the Environmental Audit Scheme. KEC is
also empanelled with Gujarat Industrial Development Corporation (GIDC), Ministry of Housing and Urban Affairs
(MHUF) and Gujarat Infrastructure Development Board (GIDB) as Consultants.
Customer services provided by KEC are mainly categorized into:
 Consultancy Services: Environmental Impact assessment, Environmental Site Assessment and Due Diligence,
Enviro-Legal Services, Statutory Environmental Audits/ Environmental Statements/Compliance, Risk
assessments and HAZOP, Energy Audit, Environmental, Health and Safety Management Systems, Deep Sea
Pipeline Projects and Waste Management Systems.
 Engineering Services: Collection and Conveyance of liquid and solid wastes, designing and executing effluent
and sewage treatment plants, municipal solid waste studies and solid waste management systems, bio gas
plants, rain water harvesting systems and deep sea marine disposal systems.
 Laboratory Services: Chemical and waste testing, microbiology, soil testing and field sampling. The company
has a well-equipped laboratory with modern instruments and experienced staff catering to the need of
statutory and advisory environmental testing of water, wastewater and hazardous solid waste. KEC’s widely-
acclaimed laboratory is accredited by National Accreditation Board for Testing and Calibration Laboratories
(NABL), a Constituent Board of Quality Council of India. The laboratory is capable of monitoring of ambient air
and air emissions, water, including surface waters (marine as well as sweet water including ecological
parameters), groundwater, soil, solid and hazardous wastes. The laboratory is staffed by more than 25 full time

scientists supported by an equal number of field staff engaged in sampling and collection of environmental
samples. Kadam’s Laboratory is accredited with NABL. Certificate is provided in Annexure 29.
KEC has a team comprising of environmental planners and engineers, chemical, civil, structural and electrical
engineers, geologists and hydrogeologists, enviro-legal experts, socio-economic experts, microbiologists, zoologists,
botanists, industrial hygienists and industrial / analytical chemists.
For Environmental Impact Assessment Studies, the company’s strength lies in project management, performing risk
assessment, HAZOP/HAZID studies, formulating environmental disaster plans, use of satellite imagery in impact
assessment, use of mathematical models for air / surface water / ground water / marine studies / solid waste /
hazardous waste and soil assessment, and expertise in public consultation.
KEC is an accredited EIA Consultant Organization (ACO) by NABET, Quality Council of India under EIA accreditation
scheme as per mandatory requirement of the MOEF&CC, Govt. of India for carrying out Environmental Impact
Assessment studies. It has accredited EIA coordinators and Functional Area Experts for undertaking Environmental
Impact Assessment and related studies in all approved functional areas.
12.2 EIA TEAM MEMBERS
Work presented in this report was carried out by KEC with active co-operation of Nirma. The name of the EIA co-
ordinator and FAE’s deployed for the project is mentioned at the start of the report (in Quality Control Section). KEC
team Members (along with their roles in the project) is given in Table 12-1.
Table 12-1: EIA Team Members involved in the Project

Involvement
Name / Role Functional Area
Task Under Guidance
Filling up of Form 1 as per technical data
Mr. Bhavin Jambucha collection, preparation of TOR, PH & EC
EIAC – Soda Ash Mr. Sangram Kadam
(TM) presentations, assistance in compiling EIA report
based on the inputs from FAEs
Site visit, identification of sampling locations,
Water Pollution evaluation of results of water quality, water
Prevention, Control & balance preparation for the project, evaluation of
Mrs. Kundan Ajudiya
Prediction of Impacts water pollution control management,
Mr. Bhavin Jambucha
(WP) identification of impacts, suggestion and
(TM – WP & RH) finalization of mitigation measures for WP
Risk Assessment & Collection of secondary data, preparation of
Hazard Management layout plan showing storage areas and Ms. Jitixa Upadhyay
(RH) contribution to EMP/RA/DMP Documentation
Site visit, Identification of waste generated from
Mr. K. Antani Solid Waste and the industry as per HW Rules and MSW Rules,
Hazardous Waste Studying existing management practices and Mr. Sameer Kadam
(TM-SHW) Management (SHW) adequacy, Identification of Impact and mitigation
measures for management of hazardous waste
Air Pollution
Ms. Tannu Prasad Prevention, Checking air quality data, evaluation of results of
Mr. Sangram Kadam
(TM – AP) Monitoring & Control Ambient Air Quality Monitoring (AAQM)
(AP)
Meteorology, Air Running air quality model (AERMOD) and

Mr. Sagar Shah Quality Modelling & prediction of GLCs based on results of Ambient
Prediction Mr. Sangram Kadam
(TM – AQ) Air Quality Monitoring (AAQM), identification of
(AQ) possible impacts on AQ
Ms. Prachi Shah Noise & Vibration
Noise survey, monitoring results Mr. Parag Kunjnare
(TM – NV) (NV)
Socio-Economic survey within study area,
Mr. Hitendra Parmar Socio-Economic (SE) collection of secondary data, assisting in Ms. Shital Tamakuwala
identification of Impacts and mitigation

Involvement
Name / Role Functional Area
Task Under Guidance
measures, assisting in preparation of ESMP in
FAE report and contribution to EIA report
As head draftsman, involvement in preparation

and releasing final maps like Land Use, project
Mr. Jayesh Gajjar
Drawings/Map location, study area, baseline sampling location, -
(Head – Draftsman)
site layout map & green belt plan prepared by
subordinate draftsman
Preparation of various maps like Land Use,
Mr. Krunal project location, study area, baseline sampling
Drawings/Map Mr. Jayesh Gajjar
(Draftsman) location, site layout map & green belt plan using
AutoCAD
Collection of air, water, solid & hazardous waste
Mr. Vir Singh Mr. Sangram Kadam, Mr.
samples from sampling locations, monitoring
Field Monitoring Sameer, Mr. Neeraj
(TM – Lab) noise levels for baseline study. Conducting traffic
Sharma
survey
QC Review of the EIA report with respect to ToR,
Independent QC
Mr. Satish Joshi EIA Notification and Kadam QMS- Independent -
Review of EIA Report
Review of EIA report against pre-set criteria.

Kadam
Environmental Consultants
www.kadamenviro.com
Environment for Development
CONTACT DETAILS
Vadodara (Head Office)

871/B/3, GIDC Makarpura, Vadodara, India – 390 010.
E: kadamenviro@kadamenviro.com; T:+91-265-613 1000
Delhi / NCR
Spaze IT Park, Unit No. 1124, 11th Floor, Tower B-3, Sector 49, Near Omaxe
City Center Mall, Sohna Road, Gurgaon, India – 122 002
E: delhi@kadamenviro.com; T: 0124-424 2430-436

Nirma LTD Bhv39 Eia1

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Nirma LTD Bhv39 Eia1

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

M/S.

Draft EIA Report for EC & CRZ of

Environment for Development

NABL Certificate No. TC- 7099 valid until 26/03/2020

M/S. NIRMA LIMITED

EC & CRZ of Proposed Expansion in Nirma Chemical

Description of images on the front page:

1. Site view of Bhavnagar Plant

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | JANUARY 2020 2

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | JANUARY 2020 3

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | JANUARY 2020 4

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | JANUARY 2020 5

1.1 PURPOSE OF THE REPORT................................................................................................................. 26

1.2 IDENTIFICATION OF PROJECT PROPONENT ....................................................................................... 26

1.2.1 About Nirma ............................................................................................................................... 26

1.2.2 History of the Company ............................................................................................................... 27

1.3 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT ............................................................................................... 27

1.3.1 Importance to the country & region .............................................................................................. 28

1.4 REGULATORY FRAMEWORK ............................................................................................................... 29

1.4.2 Statutory Clearance as Other Permissions ...................................................................................... 37

1.5 SCOPE OF STUDY.............................................................................................................................. 38

2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION ................................................................................................................. 51

2.1 TYPE OF PROJECT ............................................................................................................................. 51

2.2 NEED FOR THE PROJECT ................................................................................................................... 51

2.3 LOCATION ........................................................................................................................................ 51

2.3.1 Approach to the Project Site ......................................................................................................... 51

2.4 SIZE OR MAGNITUDE OF OPERATION ................................................................................................ 55

2.4.1 Size, Land Distribution and Project Site Layout .............................................................................. 55

2.4.2 Magnitude of the Project .............................................................................................................. 57

2.4.3 Site History & Nearby Industries ................................................................................................... 63

2.5 PROPOSED SCHEDULE FOR APPROVAL AND IMPLEMENTATION ........................................................... 63

2.6 TECHNOLOGY AND PROCESS DESCRIPTION ....................................................................................... 63

2.6.3 Cogeneration Plant (Expansion from 197.18 MW to 350 MW) ......................................................... 68

2.6.4 Sea Water Intake and Effluent Discharge ...................................................................................... 71

2.7 PROPOSED INFRASTRUCTURE FOR THE PROJECT ............................................................................... 72

2.8.1 Water Requirement and its Source ................................................................................................ 73

2.8.2 Power & Steam Requirement and its Source .................................................................................. 73

2.8.3 Fuel Requirement and its Source .................................................................................................. 73

2.9 MANPOWER ...................................................................................................................................... 74

2.10 STORAGE DETAILS ...................................................................................................................... 74

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | JANUARY 2020 6

2.10.1 Raw Material ........................................................................................................................... 74

2.10.2 Finished Products .................................................................................................................... 74

2.11 AIR EMISSIONS & ONLINE MONITORING SYSTEMS ....................................................................... 77

2.11.2 Volume Source Emissions & Control .......................................................................................... 80

2.11.3 Line Source Emissions & Control ............................................................................................... 80

2.11.4 Fugitive Emissions & its Control ................................................................................................ 81

2.11.5 Work Place Monitoring ............................................................................................................. 81

2.11.6 Online Monitoring Systems ....................................................................................................... 81

2.12 NOISE GENERATION ................................................................................................................... 82

2.13.1 Water Consumption & Waste Water Generation Details .............................................................. 82

2.13.2 Water Balance ......................................................................................................................... 83

2.13.3 Wastewater Generation, Treatment and Disposal facility ............................................................. 87

2.13.4 Wastewater Characteristics ...................................................................................................... 87

2.13.5 Wastewater Treatment Facility for Existing Unit ......................................................................... 87

2.13.7 Wastewater Treatment Facility after Expansion of Plant .............................................................. 93

2.13.9 Plant wise effluent treatment and disposal/utilization ................................................................. 94

2.14.1 Quantification and Categorization of Waste ................................................................................ 95

2.14.2 Storage of Waste ..................................................................................................................... 96

2.14.3 Handling of Solid and Hazardous Wastes ................................................................................... 96

2.14.4 Treatment & Disposal of Hazardous Waste ................................................................................ 96

2.14.5 Decontamination of discarded drums/ containers ....................................................................... 96

2.14.6 Ash Handling System ............................................................................................................... 97